Page #1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
9838
रायपसेणियसुत्त
FIRST PART
EDITED WITH
Introduction, Translation, Exhaustive Notes and Model Questions with Answers
BY
Hiralal B. Gandhi, M. A.
Ardha-magadhi Scholar, University of Bombay, Formerly Fellow, Wadia College, Poona and Professor of Ardha magadhi, M. T. B. College, Surat.
1938
CITY CHEST
293
Page #2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त
FIRST PART
EDITED WITH Introduction, Translation, Exhaustive Notes and
Model Questions with Answers
BY
Hiralal B. Gandhi, M. A. Ardha-magadhi Scholar, University of Bombay,
Formerly Fellow, Wadia College, Poona and Professor of Ardha-magadhi, M. T. B. College, Surat.
1838
Page #3
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Can be had from:Hiralal 'B. Gandhi,
SHANTI VILLA, GOPIPURA, SURAT.
FIRST EDITION
Printed mat"the" Jashwantsinh Printing Press, Limbdi.
Page #4
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
PREFACE
In the present edition of the first part of Rāypaseniya-Sutta, I have presented, as clearly as possible, the text, translation, notes of almost all words and expressions with their Sanskrit renderings.
As there was no authoritative text, I had to depend on the text of Āginodaya Samiti and Rāypaseniya-Sutta published by Rāy Dhanpatsingh. Though my path was beset with pitfalls, yet being imbued with the idea of presenting an accurate text, I have tried my level best to judge the correctness of every form.
Due to very short span of time and being placed amidst a multitude of other avocations, I was but compelled to entrust most of the press work to my friend, as a result of which some mistakes might have crept in. But if this edition, in its present form, meets the requirements of the students, I shall consider my labours fully repaid, and will be refreshed to devote my time, to the service of Ardhamāgadhi literature.
I must record my thanks to the proprietor of the Jashwantsinh printing press for completing the work in time with utmost care.
Shanti Villa, 2
Gopipura, Surat 10-6-38.
H. B. Gandhi.
Page #5
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Preface
Introduction
Text
Translation
Notes
CONTENTS
iii
V-xxxvii
1-64(c)
65-192(j)
193-280
Page #6
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त
१ तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं आमलकप्पा नामं नयरी होत्था, रिद्धस्थिमियसमिद्धा जाव पासादीया दरिसणिज्जा अभिरूवा पडिरूवा।
. २ तीसे णं आमलकप्पाए नयरीए बहिया उत्तरपुरस्थिमे दिसीभाए अंबसालवणे नाम चेइए होत्था, पोराणे जाव पडिरूवे । __३ असोयवरपायवपुढविसिलावट्टयवत्तवया ओघवाइयगमेणं नेया। . ४ सेओ राया, धारिणी देवी, सामी समोसढे, परिसा निग्गया, जाव राया पज्जुवासइ ।। . ५ तेणं कालेणं तेग समएणं सूरियाभे देवे सोहम्मे कप्पे सूरियाभे विमाणे सभाए सुहम्माए सूरियाभसि सीहासणसि चउहिं सामाणियसाहस्सीहिं चउहिं अम्गमहिसोहिं सपरिवाराहिं तिहिं परिसाहिं सत्तहिं अणियाहिं सत्तहिं अणियाहिवईहिं सोलसहिं आयरक्खदेवसाहस्सीहिं अन्नहिं य बहूहिं सूरियाविमाणवासीहिं वेमाणिएहिं देवेहिं देवीहिं य सद्धि संपरिखुडे, महयाऽइहयनगीयवाइयतंतीतलतालतुडियघणमुइंग. पडुप्पवाइयरवेणं दिवाई भोगभोगाई भुंजमाणे विहरइ । इमं च णं केवलकप्पं जंबुद्दीवं दीवं विउलेणं ओहिणा आभोएमाणे २ पासइ । तत्थ णं समण भगवं महावीरं जंबुद्दीवे भारहे वासे आमलकप्पाए नयरीए बहिया अंबसालवणे चेइए अ
Page #7
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त
हापडिरूवं उम्गहं उग्गिण्हित्ता संजमेणं तवसा अप्पाणं भावे. माणं पासइ । पासित्ता हट्टतुट्ठचित्तमाणदिए नदिए पीइमणे परमसोमणस्सिए हरिसवसविसप्पमाणहियए विकसियवरकमलनयणे पयलियवरकडगतुडियकेउरमउडकुंडलहारविरायतरइयवच्छे पालंबपलंबमाणघोलंतभुसणधरे ससंभमं तुरियचवलं सुरवरे ( जाव) [सीहासणाओ अब्भुट्टेइ, २ पायपीढाओ पच्चोरुहइ, २ एगसाडियं उत्तरासंगं करेइ,२ सत्तटुपयाई तित्थयराभिमुहे अणुगच्छा,२ वामं जाणु अंचेइ,२ दाहिणं जाणुं धरणितलंसि निहट्ट तिक्खुत्तो मुद्धाणं धरणितलंसि निवेसेइ, २ ईसिं पच्चुण्णमइ.२ करयल परिग्गहियं दसणहं सिरसावत्त मस्थए. अंजलिं कट्ट एवं वयासी
___“नमोऽत्थु णं अरिहंताणं भगवंताणं आइगराणं तित्थगराणं सयंसंबुद्धाणं पुरिसेोत्तमाणं पुरिससीहाणं पुरिसवरपुंडरीयाणं पुरिसवरगंधहत्थीणं लोगुत्तमाणं लोगनाहाणं लोगहियाणं लोगपईवाणं लोगपज्जोयगराणं अभयदयाणं चक्खुदयाणं मम्गदयार्ण जीवदयाणं सरणदयाणं बोहिदयाणं धम्मदयाणं धम्मदेसयाणं धम्मनायगाणं धम्मसारहीणं धम्मवरचाउ. रंतचकवट्टीणं अपडिहयवरनाणदसणधराणं वियदृछउमाणं जिणाणं जावयाणं तिण्णाण तारयाण बुद्धाणं बोहयाण मुत्ताणं मोयगाणं सवण्णूणं सवदरिसीणं सिवमयलमरुयमणंतमक्खयमव्वाबाहमपुणरावत्तगं सिद्धिगइणामधेजं ठाणं संपत्ताणं, नमोऽत्थु णं समणस्स भगवओ महावीरस्स जाव संपाविउकामस्स, वंदामि गं भगवन्तं तत्थगयं इह गए. ] पासउ मे भगवं तत्थ गए इह गय" त्ति कर वंदइ नमसइ । वंदित्ता नमंसित्ता सीहासणवरगए. पुवाभिमुहं सन्निसण्णे ।
Page #8
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त ६ तए णं तस्स सूरियाभस्स इमे एयारूवे अभथिए चिंतिए मणोगए संकप्पे समुपजित्था
___ "एवं (सेयं ) (मे) खलु समणे भगवं महावीरे जंबुद्दीवे दीवे भारहे वासे आमलकप्पानयरीए बहिया अबसालवणे चेइए अहापडिरूवं उम्गह उम्गिण्हित्ता संजमेणं तवसा अप्पाणं भावेमाणे विहरइ । तं महाफलं खलु तहारूवाणं भगवंताणं नामगायस्सवि सवणयाए किमंग पुण अहिगमणवंदणनमंसणपडिपुच्छणपज्जुवासणयाए ? । किमंग पुण एगस्सवि आयरियस्स धम्मियस्स सुवयणस्स सवणयाए? । किमंग पुण विउलअट्ठस्स गहणयाए ? । तं गच्छामि गं समणं भगवं महावीरं वदामि नमसामि सक्कारेमे सम्मामि कल्लाणं मंगलं चेइयं देवयं पज्जुवासामि । एयं मे पेच्चा हियाए सुहाए खमाए निस्सेयसाए आणुगामियत्ताए भविस्सइ" त्तिकट्ट एवं संपेहेइ । एवं संपेहित्ता आभियोगिएदेवे सहावेइ । २ एवं वयासी । __ ७ “ एवं खलु देवाणुप्पिया! समणे भगवं महावीरे जंबुद्दीवे दीवे भारहे वासे आमलकप्पाए नयरीए बहिया अंबसालवणे चेहए अहापडिरूवं उग्गहं उम्गिणिहत्ता संजमेणं तवसा अप्पाणं भावेमाणे विहरइ । तं गच्छह गं तुब्भे देवागुप्पिया! जंबुद्दीवं दीवं भारहं वासं आमलकप्पं नयरिं अंबसालवणं चेइयं समणं भगवं महावीरं तिक्खुत्तो आयाहिणपयाहिणं करेह । करेत्ता वंदह नमसह । वंदित्ता नमंसित्ता साइं साई नामगोयाई साहेह । साहित्ता समणस्स भगवओ महावीरस्स ( सबओ समंता) जोयणपरिमंडलं जं किंचि तणं वा पत्तं वा कटुं वा सकरं वा असुई अचोक्खं वा पूरअं दुन्भिगंध सवं आहुणिय आहुणिय एगते एडह । एडेत्ता नच्चोदगं ना.
Page #9
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त इमट्टियं पविरलपप्फुसिय रयरेणुविणासणं दिव्वं सुरभि गंधोदयवासं वासह । वासित्ता निहयस्य नटुरयं भट्टरय उवसंतग्यं पसंतरय करेह । करित्ता जलथलयभासुरप्पभूयस्स बिटट्ठाइस्स इसद्धवण्णस्स कुसुमस्स जाणुस्सेहंपमाणमित्त ओहिं वासं वासह । वासित्ता कालागुरुपवरकुंदुरुक्कतुरुक्कध्वमघमघंतगंधुदयाभिरामं सुगंधवरगंधियं गंधवट्टिभूयं दिव्यं सुरवराभिगमणजोगं करेह, कारवेह । करित्ता, य कारवेत्ता य खिप्पामेव (मम ) एयमाणत्तियं पच्चप्पिणह” । - ८ तए णं ते आभियोगिया देवा रियाभेणं देवेणं एवं वुत्ता समाणा हट्ट तुट्ट जाव हियया करयलपरिग्गहियं (दसनह) सिरसावत्तं मत्थए अंजलिं कट्ट “एवं देवो तह" त्ति आणाए विणएण वयणं पडिसुणंति । “एवं देवो तह ” त्ति आणाए विणएण वयणं पडिसुणेत्ता उत्तरपुरस्थिमं दिसिभागं अवकमंति। उत्तरपुरस्थिमं दिसिभागं अवक्कमित्ता वेउब्धियसमुग्धारण समोहणंति। २ संखेजाई जायणाई दंडं निस्सरति । तं जहा--- ___ रयणाण, वयराणं, वेरुलियाणं, लोहियक्खाणं, मसारगल्लाणं, हंसंगम्भाणं, पुग्गलाणं, सोगंधियाणं, जोइरसाणं, अंजणपुलगाणं, अंजणाणं, रययाणं, जायरूवाणं, अंकाणं, फलिहाणं, रिहाणं अहाबायरे पुग्गले परिसाउंति । २ अहासुहुमे पुग्गले परियायति । २ दोच्चं पि वेउव्वियसमुग्याएणं समोहणति । २ उत्तरवेउधियाई रूवाई विउव्वति । २ ताए. उकिट्टाए ( पसत्थाए) तुरियाए चवलाए चंडाए जयणाए सिग्याए उध्दयाए दिवाए देवगईए तिरियमसंखेजाणं दीवसमुदाणं मझं मज्झेणं वीईवयमाणे २ जेणेव जंबुद्दीचे दीवे, जेणेव भारहे वासे, जेणेव आमलकप्पा नयरी, जेणेव अबसालवणे चेइय, जेणेव समणे भगवं महावीरे,
Page #10
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त
तेणेव उवागच्छति। २ समणं भगवं महावीरं तिक्खुत्तो
आयाहिणपयाहिणं करेंति। २ वंदति नमसंति । २ एवं वयासी.. “अम्हे णं भंते ! सूरियाभस्स आभियोगिया देवा देवाणुपियाणं वदामो नमसामो सकारेमो सम्माणेमो । कलाणं मंगलं देवयं चेयं पज्जुवासामा ।”
९ देवाइ समणे भगवं महावीरे देवा एवं वयासी । - " पोराणमेयं देवा ! जीयमेयं देवा ! किञ्चमेयं देवा ! करणिजमेयं देवा ! आइण्णमेयं देवा ! अभYण्णायमेयं देवा! जंणं भवणवश्वाणतरजोइसियवेमाणिया देवा अरहंते भगवंते वदति नमसंति। २ तओ साई साई नामगोयाई साहति । तं पोराणमेयं देवा ! जाव अभYण्णायमेयं देवा!”।
१०, तए णं ते आभियोगिया देवा समणेणं भगवया महावीरेणं एवं वुत्ता समाणा हट्ट जाव हियया समणं भगवं. वंदति नमसंति । २ उत्तरपुरस्थिम दिसीभार्ग अवकमति । २ वेउघियसमुग्घारणं समोहणंति । २ संखेजाई जोयणाई दंडं निस्सरंति । तं जहारयणाणं जाव रिट्ठाणं अहाबायरे पोग्गले परिसाइंति । २ दोच्चंपि वेउब्वियसमुग्याएणं समाहणंति । २ संवट्टवाए विउति । से जहा नामए भइयदारए सिया तरुणे जुगवं बलवं अप्पायंके [ थिरसंवयणे] थिरग्गहत्थे पडिपुण्णपाणिपायपिटुंतरोरु-[संघाय]परिणए घननिचियवट्टवलिय(वलियव)खंधे चम्मेदृगर्दुघणमुट्टियसमाहयगत्त उरस्सबलसमन्नागए तलजमलजुगल-[फलि. हनिभ बाहू लंघणपवणजइणपमहणसमत्थे छेए दक्खै पटे कुसले मेहावी निउणसिप्पोवगए एगं महं दंडसंपुच्छणि वा सला. गाहत्थगं वा वेणुसलाइयं वा गहाय रायंगणं वा रायतेपुरं वा
Page #11
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त
देवउलं वा सभं वा पवं वा आराम वा उजाणं वा अतुरियमचवलमसंभंते निरंतरं सुणिऊणं सव्वोओ समंता संपमज्जेजा। एवामेव ते ऽवि सूरियाभस्स देवस्स आभियोगिया देवा संवट्टवाए विउव्वति। २ समणस्स भगवओ महावीरस्स सवओ समंता जोयणपरिमंडलं जं किंचि तणं वा पत्तं वा तहेव सवं आहुणिय २ एगते एडेंति । २ खिप्पामेव उवसमंति। २ दोच्चपि वेउब्वियसमुग्घाएणं समाहणंति । २ अब्भवद्दलए विउव्वंति । से जहानामए भइयदारए सिया तरुणे जाव सिप्पोवगए एग महं दगवारगं वा दगथालगं वा दगकलसग वा दगकुंभग वा आराम वा जाव पवं वा अतुरिय जाव सबओ समंता आवरिसेजा। एवामेव ते ऽ वि सूरियाभस्स देवस्स आभियोगिया देवा अब्भवद्दलए विउव्वति । २ खिप्पामेव पयणुतणायन्ति । २ खिप्पामेव विज्जुयायति । २ समणस्स भगवओ महावीरस्स सव्वओ समंता जायणपरिमंडलं नच्चोदगं नाइट्टियं तं पविरलपप्फुसियं रयरेणुविणासणं दिव्वं सुरभिगंधोदगं ( वासं )वासंति। २ नियरय नट्टरय भट्टरय उवसंतरय पसंतरय करेंति । २ खिप्पामेव उवसामति । २ तच्चपि देउब्वियसमुग्घाएणं समोहणंति । २ पुप्फवद्दलए विउव्वंति। से जहानामए मालागारदारए सिया तरुणे जाव सिप्पोवगए एग महं पुष्फपडलगं वा पुष्फचंगेरियं वा पुष्फछजियं वा गहाय रायंगणं वा जाव सवओ समता कयम्गाहगहियकरयलपब्भविप्पमुक्केणं दसद्धवण्णेणं कुसुमेणं मुक्कपुप्फपुंजावयारकलियं करेजा। एवामेव ते सूरियाभस्स देवस्स आभियोगिया देवा पुप्फवद्दलए विउव्वंति। २ खप्पामेव पयणुतणार्यान्त । २ जाव जोयणपरिमण्डलं
Page #12
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त
जलथलयभासुरप्पभूयस्स बिटट्ठाइस्स दसद्धवष्णकुसुमस्स जाणुस्सेहपमाणमेत्तिं ओहिवासं वासंति । २ कालागुरुपवरकुंदुरुकतुरुकधूवमघमघतगंधुध्याभिरामं सुगंधवरगंधियं गंधर्वाट्टभूयं दिव्यं सुरवराभिगमणजोग्ग कति कारयंति। करेत्ता य कारयेत्ता य खिप्पामेव उवसामंति । २ जेणेव समणे भगवं महावीरे तेणेव उवागच्छति । २ समणं भगवं महावीरं तिक्खुत्तो जाव वंदित्ता नमंसित्ता समणस्स भगवओ महावीरस्स अंतियाओ अंबसालवणाओ चेइयाओ. पडिनिक्खमंति । २ ताए उक्किट्ठाए जाव वीईवयमाणे २ जेणेव सोहम्मे कप्पे जेणेव सूरियाभे विमाणे, जेणेव सभा सुहम्मा, जेणेव सूरियाभे देवे, तेणेव उवागच्छंति । २ सूरियाभं देवं करयलपरिम्गहियं सिरसावत्त मत्थए अंजलिं कट्ट जएणं विजएणं वद्धाति । २ तमाणत्तियं पञ्चप्पिणंति ।
११ तए णं से सूरियाभे देवे तेसिं आभियोगियाणं देवाणं अंतिए एयमटुं सोचा निसम्म हट्टतुट्ट जाव हियए पायत्ताणियाहिवई देवं सद्दावेइ । २ एवं वयासी -"खिप्पामेव भो देवाणुपिया ! सूरियाभे विमाणे सभाए सुहम्माए मेघोघरसियगंभीरमहुरस जोयणपरिमंडलं सुस्सरघंटं तिक्खुत्तो उल्लालेमाणे २ महया २ सद्देणं उग्रोसेमाणे २ एवं वयासी । ___ “आणवेइ गं भी सूरियाभे देवे, गच्छइ गं भो सूरियाभे देवे, जंबुद्दीवे दीवे भारहे वासे आमलकप्पाए नयरीए अंबसालवणे चेइए समर्ण भगवं महावीर अभिवंदर तुम्भे 5 वि गं भो देवाणुप्पिया! सबिट्टीए जाव नाइयरवेणं नियगपरिवालसद्धिं संपरिखुडा साई साई जाणविमाणाई दुरूढा समाणा अकालपरिहीणं चेव सूरियाभस्स देवस्स अतियं पाउम्भवह"।
Page #13
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त
१२ तए णं से पायत्ताणियाहिवई देवे सुरियाभेणं देवेणं एवं वृत्ते समाणे हट्टतुट्ट जाव हियए "एवं देवा ! तह" त्ति आणाए विणयेण वयणं पडिलुणेइ । २ जेणेव सुरियाभे विमाणे, जेणेव सभा सुहम्मा, जेणेव मेवे घरसियगंभीरमहुरसद्दा जायणपरिमंडला सुसरा घंटा, तेणेव उवागच्छइ । २ तं मेघेाघरसियगंभीर महुरस जायणपरिमंडलं सुस्सरं घंटं तिक्खुत्तो उल्लाले । तर णं तीसे मेघाघरसियगंभीर महुरसद्दाए जायणपरिमंडलाए सुस्सराए घंटाए तिक्खुत्तो उल्लालियाए समाणीए से सूरियाभे विमाणे पासायत्रिमाणणिकखुडावडियसघंटापडियासय सहस्स संकुले जाए याचि होत्था । तय णं ते सूरियाभविमाणवासीणं बहूणं वैमाणियाणं देवाणं य देवीणं य एयरइपसत्तनिच्च पमत्तविसय सुहमुच्छियाणं सुस्सरघंटारवविउलबोल - (तुरियचवल ) - पडिवोहणे कए समाणे घोसणकोउहलादिनकन्न एगग्गचित्तउवउत्तमाणसाणं से पायत्ताणीया हिवई देवे तंसि घंटासि निसंतपसंतंसि महया २ सद्देणं उग्घोसेमाणे उघोसेमाणे एवं वयासी | "हंत ! सुणंतु भवंता सूरियाभविमाणवासिणो बहवे वेमाणिया देवा य देवीओ य सूरियाभविमाणवरणो वयणं हियसुहत्थं आणवणियं । भो ! सरियाभे देवे गच्छह, णं भो सूरियाभेदेवे जंबुद्दीवं दीवं भारहं वासं आमलकणं नयरिं अंबसालवणं चेइयं समणं भगवं महावीरं अभिवंद, तंतुभेऽवि णं देवाणुपिया सव्विद्दीप अकालपरिहीणा चेव सूरियाभस्स देवस्स अंतियं पाउब्भवह" ।
१३ तप णं ते सुरियाभविमाणवासिणो बहवे बेमाणिया देवा देवीओ य पायत्ताणीया हिवइस्स देवस्स अतिए एयमठ्ठे सोच्चा निसम्म हट्टतुट्ट जाव हियया । अप्पेगइया वंदणवत्तियाए,
Page #14
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त
अप्पेगइया पूयणवत्तियाए, . अप्पेगइया सकारवत्तियाए, एवं संमाणवत्तियाए, कोउहलवत्तियाए “ अप्पेगइया असुयाई सुणि. स्सामो, सुयाई अट्ठाई हेऊई पसिणाई कारणाई वागरणाई पुच्छिस्सामो, अप्पेगइया सूरियाभस्स देवस्स वयणमणुयत्तमाणा, अप्पेगइया अन्नमनमणुयत्तमाणा, अप्पेगइया जिणभत्तिरागेणं, अप्पेगइया धम्मोत्ति, अप्पेगइया जीयमेयं' त्ति कट्ट सविडीए जाव अकालपरिहीणा चेव सूरियाभस्स देवस्स अतियं पाउभवति ।
१४ तए णं से सूरियाभे देवे ते सूरियार्भावमाणवासिणो बहवे वेमाणिया देवा य देवीओ य अकालपरिहीणा चेव अंतियं पाउम्भवमाणे पासइ। २ हट्टतुट्ट जाव हियए आभियोगिय देवं सद्दावेइ। २ एवं वयासी-"खिप्पामेव भो देवाणुप्पिया! अणेगखंभसयसन्निविटुं लीलट्टियसालभंजियागं ईहामियउसमतुरगनर'मगरविहगवालगकिंनररुरुसरभचमरकुंजरवणलयापउमलयात्तिचित्तं खंभुगयवरवइरवेइयापरिगयाभिरामं विज्जाहरजमलजुयलजंतजुत्तपिव अच्चीसहस्समालिणीय रूवगसहस्सकलिय भिसमाण भिभिसमाण चक्खुल्लोयणलेस्सं सुहफास सस्सिरीयरुवं घंटा. वलिचलियमहुरमणहरसरं सुहं कृतं दरिसणिज्जं णिउणोचियमिसिमिसिंतमणिरयणघंटियाजालपरिक्खित्तं जोयणसयसहस्सविच्छिन्नं दिव्वं गमणस सिग्घगमणं नाम दिव्वं जाणं (जाणविमाणं) विउव्वाहि । विउवित्ता खिप्पामेव एयमाणत्तिय पञ्चप्पिणाहि"।
१५ तए णं से आभियोगिए देवे सूरियाभेणं देवेणं एवं वुत्ते समाणे हटे जाव हियए करयलपरिग्गहियं जाव पडिमुणेइ जाव पडिसुणेत्ता उत्तरपुरथिम दिसीमागं अवक्कमइ । २ वेउन्विय..
Page #15
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
१०
रायपसेणियसुत्त समुग्घाएणं समोहणइ । २ संखेजाई जोयणाई जाव अहाबायरे पोग्गले समोहणइ । २ अहासुहुमे पोग्गले परियाएइ । २ दोच्चपि वेउब्वियसमुग्घाएणं समोहणित्ता अणेगखंभसयसन्निविटुं जाव दिव्वं जाणविमाणं विउव्विउं पवत्ते यावि होत्था । तए णं से आभियोगिए देवे तस्स दिव्वस्स जाणविमाणस्स तिदिसिं तओ तिसोवाणपडिरूवए विउव्यइ। तं जहा-पुरस्थिमेणं दाहिणेणं उत्तरेणं । तेसिं तिसोवाणपडिरूवगाणं इमे एयारूवे वण्णावासे पण्णत्ते । तं जहा-वइरामया निम्मा रिट्टामया पाटाणा वेरुलियमया खंभा सुवण्णरुप्पमया फलगा लोहियक्खमयाओ सूइओ वयरामया संधी नाणामणिमया अवलंबणा अवलंबणबाहाओ य पासादीया जाव पडिरूवा । तेसिं गं तिसोवाणपडिरूवगाणं पुरओ तोरणे विउव्वइ । तोरणा [तेसि णं] नाणामणिमएसु थंभेलु उवनिविट्ठसंनिविट्टविविहमुत्तरोवचिया विविहतारारूवोवचिया जाव पडिरूवा, तेसिं गं तोरणाणं उप्पि अट्टमंगलगा पण्णत्ता । तं जहा-सोत्थियसिरिवच्छणंदियावत्तवद्धमाणगभद्दासणकलसमच्छदप्पणा' जाव पडिरूवा । तेसिं च णं तोरणाणं उप्पिं बहवे किण्हचामरज्झए जाव सुकिल्लचामरज्झए अच्छे सण्हे रुप्पपट्टे वइरामयदंडे जलयामलगधिए सुरम्मे पासादीए दरिसणिज्जे अभिरूवे पडिरूवे विउव्वइ । तेसिं थे तोरणाणं उपि बहवे छत्ताइछत्ते घंटाजुगले पृडागाइपडागे उप्पलहत्थए कुमुदणलिणसुभगसोधियपोंडरीयमहापोंडरीयसयपत्तसहस्सपत्तहत्थए सबरयणामए अच्छे जाव पडिरूवे विउबह । तए णं से आभियोगिए देवे तस्स दिव्वस्स जार्णावमाणस्स. अंतो बहुसमरमणिज्जं भूमिभागं विउव्वइ ।
Page #16
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त
से जहानामए आलिंगपुक्खरे इ वा, मुइंगपुक्खरे इ वा, सरयले. इ वा, करयले इ वा, चंदमंडले इ वा, सूरमंडले इ वा, आयसमंडले इ वा, उरब्भवम्मे इ वा, ( वसहचम्मे इ वा), वराहचम्मे इ वा, सीहवम्मे इ वा, वग्घचम्मे इ. वा, मिगचम्मे इ वा, छगलचम्मे इ वा, दीवियचम्मे इ वा, अणेगसंकुकीलगसहस्सवियए नाणाविहपंचवण्णेहि मणीहि उवसोहिए आवडपञ्चावडसेढिपसेढिसोत्थिय-(सोवत्थिय )-पूसमाणग-(वद्धमाणग) मच्छंडगमगरंडगजारामाराफुल्लावलिवपउमपत्तसागरतरंगवसंतलयापउमलयाभत्तिचित्तेहिं सच्छाएहिं सप्पभेहिं समरीइएहि सउज्जोएहिं नाणाविहपंचवण्णेहि मणीहिं. उवसोहिए हिं तं-जहा किण्हेहिं नीलेहिं लोहिएहिं हालिद्देहि. सुक्किल्लेहिं । तत्थ णं जे ते किण्हामणी तेसिं.णं मणीण इमे एयारूवे वण्णावासे पण्णत्ते । से जहानामए जीमूयए इवा, अंजणे इ वा, खंजणे हवा, कजले इ वा, गवले इ वा, गवलगुलिया इ.वा, भमरे ६ वा, भमरावलिया इ वा, भमरपतंगसारे इ वा, जंबूफले इवा, अदारिट्टे इ वा, परहुए इ वा, गए इ वा, गयकलभे इवा, किण्हसप्पे इ वा, किण्हकेसरे इवा, आगासथिग्गले इ वा, किण्हासेए इवा, किण्हकणवीरे इ वा, किण्हबंधुजीवे इ वा, भवे एयारूवे सिया ? । णो इगट्टे समढे, ( ओवम्म समणाउसो!) ते णं किण्हामणी इत्तो इट्टयराए चेव कंतयराए चेव मणामयराए चेव मणुण्णयराए चेव वण्णेणं प-.. पणत्ता । तत्थ णं जे ते नीलामणी तेसिं णं मणोणं इमे एया-. रूवे वण्णावासे पण्णत्ते । से जहानामए भिंगे इ वा, भिंगपत्ते इ वा, सुए इ वा, सुयपिच्छे । वा, चासे इ वा, चासपिच्छे इवा, नीली इ वा, नीलीभेए इवा, नीलीगुलिया इ वा
Page #17
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त
सामा इ वा, उच्चन्ते इ वा, वणराई इवा, हलहरवसणे इ वा, मोरग्गीवा इ वा, अयसिकुसुमे इ वा, बाणकुसुमे इ वा, अंजणकेसियाकुसुमे इ वा, नीलुप्पले इ वा, नीलासोगे इ वा, नीलबंधुजीवे इ वा, नीलकणवीरे इ वा, भवेयारूवे सिया ? । णो इगटे समठे, ते णं नीलामणी एत्तो इट्टयराए चेव जाव वण्णणं पण्णत्ता। तत्थ णं जे ते लोहियगामणी तेसिं गं मणीण इमेयारूवे वण्णावासे पण्णत्ते । से जहानामए उरभरुहिरे इ वा, ससरूहिरे इ वा, नररूहिरे इ वा, वराहरुहिरे इ वा, [ महिसहहिरे इ वा, ] बालिंदगोवे इ वा, बालदिवायरे इ वा, संझब्भरागे इ वा, गुंजद्धरागे इ वा, जासुमणकुसुमे इ वा, किंजयकुसुमे इ वा, पारियायकुसुमे इ वा, जाइहिंगुलए इ वा, सिलपवाले इ वा, पवाल अंकुरे इ वा लोहियक्खमणी इ वा, लक्खारसगे इ वा, किमिरागकंबले इ वा, चीणपिट्टरासी इवा, रत्तुप्पले इ वा, रत्तासोगे इ वा, रत्तकणवीरे इ वा, रत्तबंधुजीवे इ वा, भवेयारूवे सिया ?। णो इणढे समढे, ते णं लोहियामणी इत्तो इट्टयराए चेव जाव वण्णेणं पण्णत्ता । तत्थ णं जे हालिद्दामणी, तेसिं णं मणीर्ण इमेयारूवे वण्णावासे पण्णत्ते । से जहाणामए चंपे इ वा, चंपछल्लि इवा, [चंपगभेए इ वा. ] हलिदा इ वा, हलिद्दाभेए इ वा, हलिद्दागुलिया इ वा, हरियालिया इ वा, हरियालभेए इ वा, हरियालगुलिया इ वा, चिउरे इ वा, चिउरंगराए इ वा, वरकणगे इ वा, वरकणग. णिहसे इ वा, [सुवण्णसिप्पाए इ वा, ] वरपुरिसवसणे इ वा, अल्लकीकुसुमे इ वा, चंपाकुसुमे इ वा, कुहडियाकुसुमे इ वा, तडवडाकुसुमे इ वा, घोसाडियाकुसुमे इ वा, सुवण्णकुसुमे इ वा, सुहिरण्णकुप्लुमे इ वा, कोरण्टवरमल्लदामे इ वा, बीयो-( बीय
Page #18
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणिथसुत्त .. १३ कुसुमे ) इ वा, पीयासोगे इ वा, पीयकणवीरे इ वा, पीयबंधुजीवे इ वा, भवेयारूवे सिया? । णो इणले समढे, णं हलिद्दामणी एत्तो. इट्टयराए चेव जाव वण्णेणं पण्णत्ता । तत्थ णं जे ते सुकिल्लामणी तेसि णं मणीणं इमेयारूवे वण्णावासे पण्णते । से जहानामए अंके इ वा, संखे इ वा, चंदे इ वा, कुंदे इ वा, दंते इ वा, (कुमुदोदकदयरयदहियणसारगोक्खीरपूर) हंसावली इ वा, कोंचावली इ वा, हारावली इ वा, चंदावली इ वा, सारइयबलाहए इ वा, धंतघोयरुप्पपट्टे इ वा, सालिपिट्टरासी इ वा, कुंदपुष्फरासी इ वा, कुमुदरासी इवा, सुक्कच्छिवाडी इ वा, पिहुणमिजिया इ वा, भिसे इ वा, मुणालिया इ वा, गयदंते इ वा, लवंगदलए इवा, पोंडरियदलए इ वा, सेयासोगे इ वा, सेयकणवीरे इ वा, सेयबंधुजीवे इ वा, भवे. यारूवे सिया ? । णो इणटे समटे, ते णं सुकिल्लामणी एत्तो इट्टयराए चेव जाव वण्णेणं पण्णत्ता ।
.. तेसिं णं मणीणं इमेयारूवे गंधे पण्णत्ते । से जहानामए कोटपुडाण वा, तगरपुडाण वा, एलापुडाण वा, चोयपुडाण वा, चंपापुडाण वा, दमणापुडाण वा, कुंकुमपुडाण वा, चंदणपुडाण वा, उसीरपुडाण वा, मरुयापुडाण वा, जाइपुडाण वा, जूहियापुडाण वा, मल्लियापुडाण वा, हाणमल्लियापुडाण वा, केतगि. पुडाण वा, पाडलिपुडाण वा, नोमालियापुडाण वा, अगुरुपुडाण वा, लवंगपुडाण वा, कप्पूरपुडाग वा, वासपुडाण वा, अणुवायसि वा, ओभिजमाणाण वा, कोट्टिजमाणाण वा, भंजिजमाणाण वा, उकिरिजमाणाण वा, विक्किरिजमाणाण वा, परिभुजमाणाण वा, परिभाइजमाणाण. वा, भंडाओ वा भंडं साहरिजमाणाण वा, ओराला मणुण्णा मणहरा घाणमणान इक़रा
Page #19
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त
सव्वओ समंता गंधा अभिनिस्सर्वति, भवेयारूवे, सिया ? । णो इणने समटे, ते गं मणी एत्तो इट्टयराए चेव गंधेणं पण्णत्ता।
तेसि मणीणं इमेयारूवे फासे पण्णत्त, से जहानामए आईणे इ वा, रूए इ वा, बूरे इ वा, नवणीए इ वा, हंसगम्भतूलिया इ वा, सिरीसकुसुमनिचये इ वा, बालकुमुदपत्तरासी इ वा, भवेयारूवे सिया? । णो इणढे समतु, ते णं मणी एत्तो इट्टयराए चेव जाव फासेणं पण्णता । तए णं से आभियोगिए देवे तस्स दिव्वस्स जाणविमाणस्स बहुमज्झदेसभाए एत्थ णं महं पिच्छा. घरमंडवं विउघइ। अणेगखंभसयसन्निविटुं अब्भुग्गयसुकयवरवेइयातोरणवररइयसालभंजियागं सुसिलिट्टविसिट्ठलट्ठसंठियपसत्थवेरुलियविमलखभं नाणामणि [ कणगरयण] खचियउजलबहुसमसुविभत्तदेसभाइए ईहामियउसभतुरगनरमगरविहगवालगकिन्नररुरुसरभचमरकुंजरवणलयापउमलयाभत्तिचित्तं कंचणमणिरयणथूभियाग नाणाविहपंचवण्णघंटापडागरिमंडियग्गसिहरं चवलं मरीइकवयं विणिम्मुयंत लाउल्लोइयमहियं गोसीस(सरस)रत्तचंदणदद्दरदिन्नपंचंगुलितलं उवचियचंदणकलसं चंदणघडसुकयतारणपडिदुबारदेसभागं आसत्तोसत्तविउलवट्टवग्धारियमल्लदामकलावं पंचवण्णसरससुरभिमुक्कपुप्फपुंजोवयारकलियं कालागुरुपवरकुंदुरुक्कतुरुक्कधूवमघमघंतगंधुदृयाभिरामं सुगंधवरगंधियं गंधवट्टिभूयं दिव्यं तुडियसहसंपणाइयं अच्छरगणसंघविकिण्णं पासाईयं दरिसणिजं जाव पडिरूवं । तस्स णं पिच्छाघरमंडवस्स बहुसमरमणिजभूमिभाग विउबइ जाव मणीणं फासो ।
तस्स णं पेच्छाघरमंडवस्स उल्लोयं विउब्वइ पउमलयभ-त्तिचित्तं जाव पडिरूवं । तस्स णं बहुसमरमणिजस्स भूमिभा
Page #20
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त
गस्स बहुमझदेसभाए एत्थ णं महं एगं वइरामयं अक्खाडगं विउघड । तस्स णं अक्खाडयस्स बहुमज्झदेसभाए. एत्थ णं महेग मणिपेढिय विउव्वद । अट्टजायणाई आयामविक्खंभेणं चत्तारि जायणाई बाहल्लेणं सव्वं मणिमयं अच्छं सहं जाव पडिरूवा। तीसे गं मणिपेढियाए उवरि एत्थ गं महेग सीहासणं विउघड । तस्स णं सीहासणस्स इमेयारूवे वण्णावासे पण्णत्ते । -
तवणिजमया चकला, रययमया सीहा, सोर्वाणया पाया, नाणामणिमयाई पायसीसगाई, जम्बूणयमयाई गत्ताई, वहरामया संधी, नाणामणिमये वेश्चे । से णं सीहासणे ईहामियउसभतुरगनरमगरविहगवालगकिन्नररुरुसरभचमरकुंजरवणलयापउमलयाभत्तिचित्तं सारसारावचियमणिरयणपायवीढे अच्छरयमिउमसूरगणवतयकुसंतलिम्बकेसरपच्चत्थुयाभिरामे सुविरइयरयत्ताणे उवचियामदुगुल्लपट्टपडिच्छायणे रत्तंसुअसंवुए सुरम्मे आईणगरूयबूरणवणीयतूलफासे मउए पासाईए ४।। __ तस्स णं सीहासणस्स उवरि एत्थ णं महेगं विजयदृसं विउचर । संखंक(संख)कुंददगरयअमयहियफेणपुंजसंगिगासं सबरयणामयं अच्छं सहं पासादीयं दरिसणिज्जं अभिरूवं पडिरूवं । तस्स णं सीहासणस्स उवरि विजयदूसस्स य बहुमझदेसभाए एत्थ णं (महेग) वइरामयं अंकुस विउव्वा । तस्सि च णं वइरामयंसि अंकुसंसि कुंभिक्के मुत्तादाम विउबइ। से णं कुंभिक्के मुत्तादामे अन्नेहिं चउहिं अद्धकुंभिक्केहि मुत्तादामेहिं तद दुश्चत्तपमाणेहिं सवओ समता संपरिक्खित्ते । ते णं दामा तवणिजलंबूसगा सुवण्णपयरगमंडियग्गा नाणामणिरयणविविहहारद्धहारउवसोहियसमुदाया ईसिं अण्णमण्ण
Page #21
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
१६
रायपसेणियसुत्त
मसंपत्ता वाहिं पुव्यावरदाहिणुत्तराग पहि. मंद मंद एजमाणाणि २ पलंबमाणाणि २ पेजंज [पज्झुंझ] माणाणि २ : उरालेणं मणुन्नेणं मणहरेणं कण्णमणजिग्युइकरेणं सद्दणं ते परसे सब समता आपूरेमाणा सिरीप अईव २ उबसोहेमाणा चिट्ठति । तर से आभियेोइए देवे तस्स सोहासणरसअवरुत्तरेणं उत्तरेणं उत्तरपुरत्थिमेणं एत्थ णं सूरियाभस्स देवस्स चउन्हं सामाणियसाहस्सीणं चत्तारि भद्दासणसाह-सीओ विउव्व । तस्स णं सीहासणस्स पुरत्थिमेणं एत्थ णं सूरियाभस्स देवस्स चउन्हं अग्गमहिसीणं सपरिवाराणंचत्तारि भंद्दासणसाहस्सीओ विउव्वर | तस्स णं सीहासणस्स दाहिणपुरत्थमेणं एत्थ णं सूरियाभस्स देवस्स अभिंतर परिसाए अट्ठण्हे देव साहसीं साहस्सीओ विउब्वइ । एवं दाहिणेणं मज्झिमपरिसाए. दसहं देवसाहस्सीणं दसभद्दा सणसाहस्सीओ विउव्वर । दाहिणपञ्च्चत्थिमेण बाहिरपरिसाए बारसहं देवसाहस्सीणं बारसभद्दा सणसाहस्सीओ विउव्वइ । पञ्च्चत्थिमेण सत्तण्हं अणियाहिवईणं सत्तभद्दासणे विउव्वइ । तस्स णं सीहासणस्स चउदिसिं एत्थ णं सूरियाभस्स देवस्स सोलसहं आयरक्खदेव साहस्सीणं सोलसभद्दासणसाहसीओ विउव्व । तं जहा - पुरस्थमेणं चतारिसाहसीओ, दाहिणेण चत्तारिसाहस्सीओ, पञ्च्चत्थिमेणं चत्तारिसाहस्सीओ, उत्तरेणं चत्तारिसाहस्सीओ ।
अट्ठभद्दासण
|
तस्स दिव्वस्स जाणविमाणस्स इमेयारूवे वण्णावासे पण्णत्ते । से जहानामए अइहग्गयस्स वा हेमेतियबालियसूरियस्स वा खयरिंगाला वा रत्तिं पज्जलियाण वा जावाकुसुमवणस्स वा किं यवणस्स वा पारियायवणस्स वा सव्वओ समता संकुसु
Page #22
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त
मियरस, भवेयारूवे सिया ? | जो इणट्ठे समट्ठे, तस्स णं दिव्वस्स जाणविमाणस्स एत्तो इट्ठयराए चेव जाव वण्णेणं पण्णत्ते, गंधो य फासो य जहा मणीणं ।
तणं से आभियोगिए देवे दिव्वं जाणविमाणं विउव्वइ । २ जेणेव सूरियाभे देवे तेणेव उवागच्छा, २ सूरिया देवं करयल परिग्गहिये जाव पञ्चणि ।
१६ तर णं सूरियाभे देवे आभियोगस्स देवस्स अतिए एयम सोच्चा निसम्म हट्टु जाव हियए दिव्यं जिणिदाभिगमणजोगं उत्तरवेउव्त्रियरूवं विउव्वर । २ चउहि अग्गमहिसीहि. सपरिवाराहिं दाहिं अजीएहि, तं जहां
गंधवाणीरण ये नट्टाणीपण य सद्धि संपरिवुडे तं दिव्यं जाणविमाणं अगुपयाहिणीकरेमाणे २ पुरच्छिमिल्लेणं तिसावा परूवणं दुरूह । २ जेणेव सीहासणे तेणेव उवागच्छइ । २ सीहास गए पुरस्थाभिमुहे सन्निसण्णे । तए णं तस्स सूरियाभस्स देवस्स चत्तारि सामाणियसाहस्सीओ तं दिव्वं जाणविमानं अगुवयाहिणी करेमाणा उत्तरिल्लेणं तिसावाणपडिरूपणं दुरुर्हति । दुरूहित्ता, पत्ते व २ पुव्वत्येहिं भहासणेहिं निसीयंति । अवसेसा देवा य देवीओ य तं दिव्वं जाणविमाणं जाव दाहिणि लेणं तिसेावाणपडिरूवएणं दुरुदेति । दुरूहित्ता पत्तेयं २ पुव्वत्थेहिं भहासणेहिं निसीयंति । तए णं तस्स सूरियाभस्स देवस्स तं दिव्वं जाणविमाणं दुरूढस्स समाणस्स अट्टमंगलगा पुरओ अहाणुपुब्वीर संपत्थिया, तं जहा
सोत्थियसिरिवच्छ जाव दप्पणा । तयाणंतरं च णं पुण्गकलसभिंगारदिना य छत्ताडागा सचामरा दंसणरइया आलोयदरिसणिज्जा वाउध्यवि जयवेजयंतीपडागा ऊसिया गगणत
Page #23
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त
लमगुलिर्हति पुरओ अहाणुपुत्रीए संपत्थिया । तयाणंतरं च णं वेरुलियभिसंतविमलदंडं पलंब कारंड मल्ल दामोव साहियं चंद मंडलनिहं समुस्सियं विमलमायवत्तं पवरसीहासणं च मणिरयणमत्तिचित्तं सपायपीढं सपाउयाजे यसमा उत्तं बहुकिंकरामरपरिगहियं पुरओ अहाणुपुत्रीए संपत्थियं । तयाणंतरं चणं वइरामयवट्टलट्ठसंठिय सुसिलिट्ठपरिघट्टमट्ठसुपइट्टिए विसिट्टे अगवर पंचवण्णकुडभीसहरस्सिए [ परिमंडियाभिरामे ] वाउध्यविजय वे जयंती पडागच्छत्ताइछत्तकलिए तुंगे ग़गणतलमगुलित सिहरे जोयणसहस्समसिए महइमहालए महिंदज्झए पुरओ अहागुपुवीए संपत्थिए । तयानंतरं च णं सुरूवणेवत्थपरिकच्छिया सुसज्जा सव्वालंकारभूसिया महया भडचडगरपहकरेणं पंचअणीया हिवइणे। पुरओ अहागुपुवीए संपत्थिया । ( तयानंतरं च णं वहवे आभियोगिया देवा देवीओ य सएहिं २ रूवेहिं, सरहिं २ विसेसेहिं, सरहिं २ विदेहिं सएहिं २ नेज्जापहि सएहिं २ नेवत्थेहिं, पुरओ अहाणुपुथ्वीप संपत्थिया । ) तयाणंतरं च णं सूरियाभविमाणवासिणा बहवे वेमाणिया देवा य देवीओ य सब्बिडीए जाव रुवेणं सूरिया देवं पुरओ पासओ य मग्गओ य समनुगच्छति ।
१८
१७ तए णं से सूरियाभे देवे तेणं पंचाणीयपरिक्खित्तेणं वरामयवट्टलसंठिएणं जाव जायणसहस्समूसिएणं महइमहालयेणं महिंदज्झणं पुरओ कहिजमाणेणं चउहिं सामाणियसहस्सेहिं जाव सेालसहिं आयरक्ख देवसाहस्सीहिं अन्नेहिं य बहहिं सूरियाभविमानवासीहिं वैमाणिरहिं देवेहिं देवीहिं य सद्धि संपरिवडे सव्विडिए जाव रेवेणं सोहम्मस्स कप्पस्स मज्झमज्झेणं तं दिव्यं विद्धिं दिव्यं देवजुई दिव्वं देवाणुभाव उवदंसेमाणे २
Page #24
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त पडिजागरमाणे २ जेणेव साहम्मकप्पस्स उरिल्ले निजाणमग्गे तेणेव उवागच्छइ । २ जोयणसयसाहस्सिएहि विगहेहिं ओवयमाणे वीईवयमाणे ताए उक्किट्ठाए जाव तिरियमसंखिजाणं दीवसमुदाणं मज्झमझेणं वीईवयमाणे २ जेणेव नंदीसरवरदीवे, जेणेव दाहिणपुरच्छिमिल्ले रइयरपव्वए, तेणेव उवागच्छइ २ तं दिव्वं देविड़ि जाव दिव्वं देवाणुभावं पडिसाहरेमाणे २ पडिसंखेवेमाणे २ जेणेव जंबुद्दीवे दीवे, जेणेव भारहे वासे, जेणेव आमलकप्पा नयरी, जेणेव अंबसालवणे चेइए, जेणेव समणे भगवं महावीरे, तेणेव उवागच्छद । २ समणं भगवं महावीरं तेणं दिवेणं जाणविमाणेणं तिक्खुत्तो आयाहिणं पयाहिणं करेइ । २ समणस्स भगवओ महावीरस्स उत्तरपुरच्छिमे दिसिभाए तं दिव्वं जाणविमाणं ईसिं चउरंगुलमसंपत्तं 'धरणियलंसि ठवेइ । २ चउहिं अग्गमहिसीहिं सपरिवाराहिं दोहिं अणीयाहिं, तं जहा-गंधवाणीएण य नट्टाणीएण य सद्धिं संपरिखुडे ताओ दिवाओ जाणविमाणाओ पुरच्छिमिल्लेणं तिसोवाणपडिरूवएणं पञ्चोरूहइ । तए णं तस्स सूरियाभस्स देवस्स चत्तारि सामाणियसाहस्सीओ ताओ दिव्वाओ जाणविमाणाओ उत्तरिल्लेणं तिसोवाणपडिरूवएणं पच्चारुहंति । अवसेसा देवा य देवीओ य ताओ दिवाओ जाण - विमाणाओ दाहिणिल्लेणं तिसोवाणपडिरूवएणं पञ्चोरुहति । तए णं से सूरियाभे देवे चउहिं अग्गमहिसीहिं जाव सोलसहि आयरक्खदेवसाहस्सीहिं अन्नेहिं य बहूहिं सूरियाभविमाणवासीहिं वेमाणिएहिं देवेहिं देवीहिं य सद्धिं संपरिवुडे सविडीए जाव नाइयरवेणं जेणेव समणे भगवं महावीरे तेणेव उवागच्छह । २ समर्ण भगवं महावीरं तिक्खुत्तो आयाहिणं पयाहिणं करेह । २
Page #25
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
२०
रायपणियसुत्त वंद नमसह । २ एवं वयासी-“अहं गं भंते सूरियाभे देवे देवाणुप्पियाणं वंदामि नमसामि जाव पञ्जुवासामि"। ...
१८ सूरियाभा इ समणे भगवं. महावीरे सूरियाभं देवं एवं वयासी-"पोराणमेयं सूरियाभा! जीयमेयं सूरियामा !, किञ्चमेयं सूरियाभा ! करणिजमेयं सूरियाभा! आइण्णमेयं सूरियाभा! अम्भणुण्णायमेयं सूरियाभा! जे णं भवणवइवाणमंतरजाइसवेमाणिया देवा अरहंते भगवंते वंदति नमसंति, वंदित्ता नमंसित्ता, तओ पच्छा साइं साई नामोत्ताई साहिति, तं पोराणमेयं सूरियामा : जाव अब्भणुनायमेयं सूरियाभा!"।
१९ तए णं सूरियाभे देवे समणेणं भगवया महावीरेणं एवं वुत्ते समाणे हट जाव समणं भगवं महावीरं वंदइ नमसंह २ नचासन्ने नाइदरे सुस्सूसमाणे नमसमाणे अभिमहे विणयेणं पंजलिउडे पज्जुवासइ।
२० तए णं समणे भगवं महावीरे सूरियाभस्स देवस्स तीसे य महइमहालियाए परिसाए जाव परिसा जामेव दिसि पाउन्भूया तामेव दिसि पडिगया ।
२१ तए णं से सूरियाभे देवे समणस्स भगवओ महावीरस्स अतिए धम्म सेोच्चा निसम्म हटतुट्र जाव हयहियए उठाए उट्रेड । २ समणं भगवं महावीरं वंदइ नमसइ। २ एवं वयासी “अहं णं भंते ! सूरियाभे देवे किं भवसिद्धिए अभवसिद्धिए ? सम्मट्टिी मिच्छदिट्टी ? परित्तसंसारिए अणंतसंसारिए ? सुलभबाहिए दुलभबाहिए ? आराहए विराहए ? चरिमे अचरिमे ?" सूरियामा इ समणे भगवं महावीरे सूरियाभं देवं एवं वयासी-"सूरियामा ! तुमं णं भवसिद्धिए, नो अभवसिद्धिए जाव चरिमे, नो अचरिमे" ।
Page #26
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त २२ तए णं से सूरियाभे देवे समणेणं भगवया महावीरेणं एवं वुत्ते समाणे हट्टतुट्ठ-चित्तमाणदिए परमसोमणस्से समणं भगवं महावीरं वंदइ नमसइ । २ एवं वयासी “तुम्भे गं भन्ते ! सव्वं जाणह, सन्वं पासह, [सवओ जाणह, सव्वओ पासह,] सव्वं कालं जाणह, सव्वं कालं पासह, सवे भावे जाणह, सव्वे भावे पासह । जाणंति णं देवाणुप्पिया मम पुवि वा पच्छा वा ममेयारूवं दिव्वं देविड्डूि दिब्धं देवजुइं दिव्वं देवाणुभावं लद्धं पत्तं अभिसमण्णागयं । तं इच्छामि णं देवाणुप्पिपाणं भत्तिपुधगं गायमाइयाणं समणाणं निग्गंथाणं दिवं देविडिं दिव्वं देवजुई दिव्वं देवाणुभावं दिव्वं बत्तीसइबद्धकं नट्टविहि उवदंसित्तए" ।
२३ तए णं समणे भगवं महावीरे सूरियाभेणं देवेणं एवं वुत्ते समाणे सूरियाभस्स देवस्स एयमढें ना आढाइ नो परियाणा तुसिणीए संचिट्ठइ । तए णं से सूरियाभे देवे समणं भगवं महावीर दोच्चाप एवं वयासी “तुब्भे णं भंते! सव्वं जाणह, जाव उवदंसित्तए" त्ति कट्ट, समणं भगवं महावीरं तिक्खुत्तो आयाहिणं पयाहिणं करेइ । २ वंदइ नमसइ । २ उत्तरपुरच्छिम दिसीभार्ग अवकमइ । २ वेउब्वियसमुग्धारण समोहणइ । २ संखिजाई जायणाई दंड निस्सरइ । २ अहाबायरे० २, अहासुहुमे०२ दोच्चंपि वेउब्वियसमुग्धाएणं जाव बहुसमरमणिज्जं भूमिभागं विउवह । से जहाणामए आलिंगपुक्खरे इ वा जाव मणीणं फासो तस्स णं बहुसमरमणिजस्स भूमिभागस्स बहुमझदेसभाए पिच्छाघरमंडवं विउव्वइ । अणेगखंभसयसनिविट्ठ वण्णओ बहुसमरमणिजभूमिभाग विउब्बइ। उल्लोयं अक्खाडग च मणिपेढियं च विउवह। तीसे णं मणिपेढियाए उरि
Page #27
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
२२
रायपसेणियसुत्त
सीहासणं सपरिवारं जाव दामा चिट्ठति । तए णं से सूरियाभे देवे समणस्स भगवओ महावीरस्स आलोए पणामं करेइ । २ “अणुजाणउ मे भगवं" त्ति कट्ट सीहासणवरगए तित्थयराभिमुहे सन्निसण्णे। तए णं से सूरियाभे देवे तप्पढमयाए नाणामणिकणगरयणविमलमहरिहनिउणोवचिमिसिमिसिंतविरइयमहाभरणकडगतुडियवरभूसणुजलं पोवरं पलंब दाहिणं भुयं पसारेइ । तओ णं सरिसयाणं सरित्तयाणं सरिव्वयाणं सरिसलावण्णरूवजोव्वणगुणोववेयाणं एगाभरणवसणगहियणिज्जोयाणं दुहओसंवलियग्गणियत्थाणं आविद्धतिलयामेलाणं पिणिद्धगेविजकंचुयाणं उप्पीलियचित्तपट्टपरियरसफेणकावत्तरइयसंगयपलंबवत्थंतचित्तचिल्लगनियंसणाणं एगावलिकंठरइयसोभंतवच्छपरिहत्थभूसणाणं अट्ठसय नट्टसजाणं देवकुमाराणं निगच्छइ । तयाणंतरं च णं नाणामणि जाव पीवरं पलंबं वाम भुयं पसारेइ । तओ णं सरिसयाणं सरित्तयाणं सरिब्बयाणं सरिसलावण्णरूवजावणगुणोववेयाणं एगाभरणवसणगहियनिज्जोयाण. दुहओसंवेल्लियग्गनियत्थीणं आविद्धतिलयामेलाणं पिणद्धगेवेजकंचुईणं नाणामणिरयणभूसणविराइयंगमंगाणं चंदाणणाणं चंदद्धसमनिडालाणं चंदाहियसोमदंसणाणं उक्का इव उज्जोवेमाणीणं सिंगारागरचारुवेसाणं हसियभणियचिट्टियावलास-- सलियसलावनिउणजुत्तोवयारकुसलाणं गहियाउजाणं अट्ठसयं नट्टसजाणं देवकुमारियाणं निग्गच्छइ । तए णं से सूरियाभे देवे अट्ठसयं संखाणं विउब्वइ । अट्ठसयं संखवायाणं विउब्वइ । अट्ठसय सिंगाणं विउव्वइ । अट्टसयं सिंगवायाणं विउव्वइ । अट्ठसयं संखियाणं विउव्वइ । अट्ठसयं संखियवायाणं विउव्वइ । अट्ठसयं खरमुही. विउव्वइ । अट्ठसयं खरमुहिवाइयाणं
Page #28
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त
विउव्वइ । अट्टसयं पेयाणं विउव्वइ । अट्टसयं पेयावायगाणं विउब्वइ । अट्टसयं पीरिपीरियाणं विउव्वइ । एवमाइयाई एगूणपण्णं आउजविहाणाई विउव्वइ । २ तए णं ते बहवे देवकुमारा य देवकुमारियाओ य सद्दावेइ । तए णं ते बहवे देवकुमारा य देवकुमारीओ य सूरियाभेणं देवेणं सदाविया समाणा हट्ट जाव जेणेव सूरियामे देवे तेणेव उवागच्छन्ति । २ सूरियाभं देवं करयलपरिग्गहियं जाव वद्धावित्ता एवं वयासी । “संदिसंतु णं देवाणुप्पिया! ज अम्हेहिं कायव्वं"। तए णं से सूरियाभे देवे ते बहवे देवकुमारा य देवकुमारीओ य एवं वयासी-"गच्छा णं तुम्भे देवाणुप्पिया ! समणं भगवं महावीरं तिक्खुत्तो आयाहिणं पयाहिणं करेह । करित्ता वंदह नमसह । वंदित्ता नमंसित्ता गोयमाइयाणं समणाणं निग्गंथाणं तं दिव्वं देविडिं, दिव्वं देवजुई, दिव्वं दिवाणुभावं, दिव्वं बत्तीसइबद्धं, नट्टविहिं उवदसेह । उवदंसित्ता खिप्पामेव एयमाणत्तिय पञ्चप्पिणह" । तए णं ते बहवे देवकुमारा देवकुमारीओ य सूरियाभेणं देवेणं एवं वुत्ता समाणा हट्ट जाव करयल जाव पडिसुणंति । २ जेणेव समणे भगवं महावीरे तेणेव उवागच्छन्ति । २ समगं भगवं महावीर जाव नमसित्ता, जेणेव गोयमाइया समणा निग्गंथा तेणेव उवागच्छन्ति । तए णं ते बहवे देवकुमारा देवकुमारीओ य समामेव समोसरणं करेन्ति । २ समामेव पंतीओ बंधति । २ समामेव पंतीओ नमसंति । २ समामेव पंतीओ अवणभंति । २ समामेव उन्नमति । २ एवं सहियामेव ओणमति । एवं सहियामेत्र उन्नमति । २ थिमियामेव ओगमति थिमियामेव उन्नमंति, संगयामेव ओणमति, संगयामेव उन्नमंति । २ समामेव पस
Page #29
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त रंति, २ समामेव आउजविहाणाई गेण्हंति । समामेव पवाएं सु, पगाइंसु, पणञ्चिसु । किं ते ? । उरेण मंदं सिरेण तारं. कंठेण वितारं तिविहं तिसमयरेयगरइयं गुंजावककुहरोवगूढं रतं तिठाणकरणसुद्धं सकुहरगुंजतवंसतंतीतलताललयगहसुसंपउत्तं महुरं समं सललिय मणोहरं मिउरिभियपयसंचारं सुरई सुणई वरचाहरूवं दिव्वं नट्टसज्जं गेयं पगीया वि होत्था। किं ते ? । उद्धम्मंताणं संखाणं सिंगाणं संखियाणं खरमुहीणं पेयाणं पीरिपीरियाणं, आहम्मंताणं पणवाणं पडहाणं, अप्फालिजमाणाणं भंभाणं हारंभाणं, तालिज्जंताण भेरीणं झलुरोणं, वहीणं, आलताणं (मुरयाणं) मुइंगाणं नंदिमुइंगाणं, उत्तालिज्जताणं आलिंगाणे कुतुंबाणं गोमुहीणं मद्दलाणं, मुच्छि जंताणं वीणाणं विपंवीण वल्लकीण, कुट्टिजंताणं महंतीणं कच्छभीणं चित्तवी. जाणं, सारिजंताणं बद्धोसकाणं सुघोसाणं नंदिघोसाणं, फुट्टिजंतीगं भामरी छम्भामरीणं परिवायणीणं, छिप्पंतीणं तूणाणं तुंबवीणाणं, आमोडिजंताणं आमोयाणं झञ्झाणं नउलाणं, अच्छि जंतीणं मुगुंदाणं हुडुकाणं विचिक्कीणं उत्तालिजंताणं करडाणं डिडिमाणं किणियाणं कडंबाणं, वाइजंतागं ददरगाणं ददरियाणं कुतुवाणं कलसियाणं मड्डयाणं, आताडिजंताणं तालाणं [तलतालाणं] कंसतालाणं, घट्टिजन्ताणं गिरिसियाणं लत्तियाण मगरियाणं सुसुमारियाणं, फूमिजंताण वंसाणं वेलूणं (वेणूणं) चालीणं परिलीणं पव्वगाणं । तए णं से दिवे गीए, दिवे नट्टे, दिवे वाइए, एवं अध्भुए सिंगारे उराले मणुण्णे मणहरे गीए, मणहरे नट्टे, मणहरे वाइए, उप्पिंजलभूए कहक हभूए दिवे देवरमणे पवत्ते यावि होत्था । तए णं ते बहवे देवकुमारा य देवकुमारीओ य समणस्स भगवओ महावीरस्स
Page #30
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियनुत्त सोत्थियसिरिवच्छणंदियावत्तवद्धमाणगभद्दासणकलसमच्छदप्प - णमंगलभत्तिचित्तं नाम दिव्वं नट्टविहि उवदंसेंति । . २४ तए णं ते बहवे देवकुमारा य देवकुमारीओ य समामेव समोसरणं करेन्ति । २ तं चेव भाणियन्वं जाव दिवे देवरमणे पवत्ते यावि होत्था । तए णं ते बहवे देवकुमारा य देवकुमारीओ य समणस्स भगवंओ महावीरस्स आवडपञ्चावडसेढिपसेढिसाथियोवत्थिअपूसमाणगमच्छंडमगरंडजारामाराफुल्लयावलिपउमपत्तसागरतरंगवसंतलयापउमलयाभत्तिचित्तं नातं दिव्वं नट्टविहिं उवदंसति । एवं च एकियाए नट्टविहीए समोसरणाइयां एसा वत्तवया जाव दिब्वे देवरमणे पवत्ते यावि होत्था । तए ण ते बहवे देवकुमारा य देवकुमारियाओ य समणस्स भगवओ महावीरस्स ईहामियउसमतुरगनरमगरविहगवालगकिंनररुरुसरभचमरकुंजरवणलयापउमलयाभत्तिचित्तं नामं दिवं नट्टविहिं उवदंसेंति ३ । एगओवकं दुहओ वक्र [एगओ खुहं दुहओ खुहं ] एगओ चकवालं दुहओ चकवालं चकवधालं नामं दिवं नट्टविहिं उबदसैंति ४ । चंदावलिपविभत्तिं च वलियावलिपविभत्तिं च हंसावलिपविभत्तिं च सूरावलिपविभत्तिं च एगावलिपविभत्तिं च तारावलिपविभत्ति च मुत्तावलिपविभत्तिं च कणगावलिपविभत्तिं च रयणावलिपविभत्तिं च नाम दिव्वं नट्टविहिं उवसेंति ५ । चदुम्गमणपविभत्तिं सूरग्गमणपविभत्तिं च उग्गमणुग्गमणपविभत्तिं च नाम दिव्वं नट्टविहिं उवदसेंति ६ । चंदागमणपविभत्तिं च सूराग. मणपविभत्तिं च आगमणागमणपविभत्तिं च नाम दिव्वं नट्टविहिं उवदंसेंति ७। चंदावरणपविभत्तिं च सरावरणपविभत्तिं चं नाम दिव्वं नट्टविहिं उवदसेंति ८ । चंदत्थमणपविभत्तिं च सत्थ
Page #31
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
२६
रायपसेणियसुत्त
मणपविभत्तिं च अत्थमणऽत्थमणपविभत्तिं नामं दिव्वं नट्टविहि उवदंसेंति ९ । चंदमंडलपविभत्तिं च सूरमंडलपविभत्तिं च नागमंडलपविभत्तिं च जक्खमंडलपविभत्तिं च भूयमंडलपविभत्ति च [ रक्खस० महारग० गंधव्वमंडलपविभत्तिं च] मंडलपवि भति नामं दिव्वं नट्टविहिं उवदति १० । उसललियत्र तं सीहललियवतं हयविलंबियं गयविलंबियं मत्तहयविलंबिय मत्तगयविलंबियं दुयविलंबियं नामं दिव्वं नट्टविहिं वदति११. सागरपविभत्तिं च नागरपविभत्तिं च सागरनागरपविभत्तिं च नामं दिव्वं नट्टविहि उवसेंति १२ । नंदापविभत्तिं च चंपापविभत्ति च नंदाचंपापविभत्तिं च नामं दिव्वं नट्टविहि उवसेंति १३ । मच्छंडापविभत्तिं च मयरंडापविभत्तिं च जारापविभत्तिं च मारापविभत्तिं च मच्छंडामयरंडाजारामारापविभत्तिं च नामं दिव्वं नट्टविहिं उवदंसेंति १४ । कत्तिककारपविभत्तिं च खत्तिखकारपविभत्तिं च गत्तिगकारपविभत्ति च घत्तिधकारपविभत्तिं च ङत्तिङकारपविभत्तिं च ककारखकारगकारघकारङकारपविभत्तिं च नामं दिव्वं नट्टविहिं उवसेति १५ । एवं चकारवग्गोवि १६ । टकारवग्गोवि १७ । तकारवग्गोवि १८ । पकारवग्गोवि १९ । असोयपल्लवपविभत्ति च अंबपल्लवपविभत्तिं च जंबूपलवपविभत्तिं च कासंबपल्लवपविभत्तिं च पल्लवपल्लवपविभत्तिं च नामं दिव्वं नट्टविहि उवसेंति २० । पउमलयापविभत्तिं च जाव सामलयापविभति च लयालयापविभत्तिं च नामं दिव्यं नट्टविहि उवदंति २१ । दुयनामं नट्टविहिं उवदति २२ । विलंबियं नामं नट्टविहिं २३ | दुयविलंबियं नामं नट्टविहिं २४ | अंचियं २६ । रिभियं० २६ । अचियरिभियं० २७ । अभिड० २८ ।
Page #32
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त
भसोलं० २९। आरभडभसोलं ३० । उप्पयनिवयपवत्तं संकुचियं पसारियं रियारियभंत संभंतनामं दिव्वं नट्टविहि उवदंसेति । तए णं ते बहवे देवकुमारा य देवकुमारियाओ य समावेव समोसरणं करेंति जाव दिव्वे देवरमणे पवत्ते यावि हात्था | तए णं ते बहवे देवकुमारा य देवकुमारीओ य समणस्स भगवओ महावीरस्स पुव्वभवचरियनिबध्द्धं च ( देवलोयचरियनिबध्दं च ) चवणचरियनिबध्द्धं च संहरणचरियनिबध्दं च जम्मणचरिय निबध्दं च अभिसेयचरियनिबध्दं च बालभाव - चरियनिबध्द्धं च जेोव्वणचरियनिबध्द्धं च कामभोगचरियनिबध च निक्खमणचरियनिबध्दं च तवचरणचरियनिबध्दं च (नाणुप्यायचरियनिबध्दं) च तित्थपवत्तणचरियनिप्परिनिव्वाणच रियनिबद्धं च चरिमचरियनिबध्द्धं च नामं दिव्वं नहविहिं उबदंसेंति ३२ । तए णं ते बहवे देवकुमारा य देवकुमारियाओ य चउग्विहं वाइतं वाएंति, तं जहा-ततं विततं घणं झुसिरं च । तए णं ते बहवे देवकुमारा य देवकुमारीओ य चउव्विहं गेयं गायंति, तं जहा - उक्खित्तं पयत्तं मंदायं रोइयावसाणं च । तए णं ते बहवे देवकुमारा य देवकुमारियाओ य चडव्विहं नट्टविहि उवदेसेंति, तं जहा अंचियं, रिभियं, आरभर्ड, भसोलं च । तए णं ते बहवे देवकुमाराय देवकुमारियाओ य चव्विहं अभिणयं अभिणयेंति, तं जहा दितियं पाडितियं सामन्तावणिवाइयं अन्तेोमज्झोवसाणियं । तए णं ते बहवे देवकुमारा य देवकुमारियाओ य गोयमाइयाणं समणाणं निग्गंथाणं दिव्वं देविडिं दिव्वं देवजुई दिव्यं देवाणुभागं दिव्वं बत्तीसइबद्धकं नाडयं उवदंसित्ता समणं भगवं महावीरं तिक्खुत्तो आयहि
पयाहिणं करेंति । २ वंदेति नमसंति । २ जेणेव सूरियांभे
Page #33
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
२८
रायपसेणियसुत्त देवे तेणेव उवागच्छन्ति । २ सूरियाभं देवं करयलपरिग्गहिय सिरसावत्तं मत्थए अंजलि कट्ट जएणं विजएणं वद्धाति । २ एवमाणत्तियं पञ्चप्पिणति ।
२५ तए णं ते सूरियाभे देवें तं दिव्वं देविडिं दिवं देवजुई दिव्वं देवाणुभावं पडिसाहरइ । २ खणेणं जाए एगे, एगभूए तए णं से सूरियाभे देवे समणं भगवं महावीरं तिक्खुत्तो आयाहिणपयाहिणं करेइ, वंदइ, नमसइ । २ नियगपरिवालसद्धिं संपरिखुडे तामेव दिव्वं जाणविमाणं दुरूहइ । २ जामेव दिसिं पाउम्भुया तामेव दिसि पडिगया । ___ २६ "भंते!” त्ति भगवं गोयमे समणं भगवं महावीरं वंदइ नमंसह । २ एवं वयासी-"सूरियाभस्स णं भंते! देवस्स एसा दिवा देविड्डी, दिव्वा देवजुई, दिव्वे देवाणुभावे कहिं गए कहिं अणुपविढे ?”। “गायम ! सरीरं गए सरीरं अणुपविट्टे” । “से केण?ण भंते ! एवं वुश्चइ,-सरीरं गए सरीरं अगुपविठू ?" - "गोयम ! से जहानामए कूडागारसाला सिया दुहओ लित्ता, दुहओ गुत्ता, गुत्तदुवारा निवांया निवायगंभीरा तीसे णं कूडागारसालाए अदूरसामंते एत्थ णं महेगे जणसमूहे चिट्ठइ । तए णं से जणसमूहे एगे महं अब्भवद्दलगं वा वासवद्दलगं वा महावायं वा एजमाणं पासइ । २ तं कूडागारसाल अंतो अणुपविसित्ता णं चिटुइ । से तेणट्टेणं गायमा ! एवं वुश्चइ-सरीरं अणुपविटे”।
२७ , “ कहिं गं भंते ! सूरियाभस्स देवस्स सूरियाभे नाम विमाणे पत्ते ? " ।
Page #34
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त
२९
" गोयमा ! जंबुद्दीवे दीवे मंदरस्स पव्वयस्स दाहिणेणं इमी से रयणपभाए पुढवीर बहुसमरमणिजा भूमिभागाओ उर्दू चंदिमसूरियगहगणन क्वत्ततारारूवाण बहूई जोयणाई बहूई जोयगसयाई बहूई जोयणसहस्साई बहुई जायण सय सय सहस्सा इं बहूईओ जोयणको डीओ बहूईओ जोयणसय सहस्सकोडीओ. उ दूरं वीईवत्ता एत्थ णं सोहम्मे-कप्पे नामं कप्पे पन्नत्ते । पाईप डीआयए उदीणदाहिणविच्छिण्णे अद्धचंदसंठाणसंठिए अच्चिमालिभासरासिवण्णाभे असंखेजाओ जोयणकोडाकोडोओ - आयाम विक्खंभेणं असंखंजाओ जोयणकोडाकोडीओ परिक्खेवेणं, एत्थ णं सोहम्माणं देवाणं बत्तीसं विमाणावाससयसहस्साई भवतीतिमक्खायं । ते णं विमाणा सव्वरयणामया अच्छा जाव पडिरूवा । तेसिं णं विमाणाणं बहुमज्झदेसभाए पंचवर्डिसया पण्णत्ता, तं जहा - १ असायवर्डसए २ सत्तवण्णवडिसए ३ चंपकवडिसए ४ चूयगवडिसए ५ मझे सम्वडिसए | ते णं वडिंसगा सव्वरयणामया अच्छा जाव पडिरुवा । तस्स णं सोहम्मवाडेंसगस्स महाविमाणस्स पुरच्छिमेणं तिरियमसंखेजाइं जोयणसय सहस्साई वीईवइत्ता एत्थ णं सूरियाभस्स देवरस सूरिया नामं विमाणे पन्नत्ते । अद्धतेरस जायणसहस्साई आयामविक्खंभेणं गुणयालीसं च सयसरस्साई बावन्नं च सहस्साई अर्द्ध य अडयाले जेोयणसए परिकखेत्रेण से णं एगेणं पागारेणं सव्वओ समता संपरिक्खित्ते । से णं पागारे तिणि जोयणसयाई उड्डुं उच्चत्तेणं, मूले एगंज - यस विक्खंभेणं, मज्झे पण्णासं जायणाई विक्खंभेणं, उपि पणवीसं जोयणाई विक्खंभेणं, मूले विच्छिन्ने, मज्झे संखित्ते, उतिर गोपुच्छ ठाणसंठिए सव्वकणगामए अच्छे जाव
Page #35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
३०
रायप सेणियसुत्त
'पडिरूवे । से णं पागारे नाणा [मणि] विहपंचवण्णेहिं कविसीसएहि उसे हि तं जहा - किण्हेहिं नीलेहिं लोहिप हि हालिदेहि सुकिल्लेहिं कविसीसरहिं । ते णं कविसीसगा एवं जोयणं आयामेणं, अद्धजेोयणं विक्खभेणं, देसूणं जोयणं उडे उच्चत्तेणं, सव्वमणि ( रयण) मया अच्छा जाव पडिरुवा । सूरियाभस्स णं विमाणस्स एगमेगाए बाहाए दारसहस्सं २ भवइ ति अक्वायं । ते णं द्वारा पंचजेोयणसयाई उडे उच्चत्तेणं, अड्डाजाई जायणसयाई विक्खंभेणं, तावइयं चेव पवेसेणं सेया वरकणगथूमियागा ईहामियउसभतुरगनर मगर विहगवालग किन्नररुरुसरभचमरकुंजरवणलयापउमलयाभत्तिचित्ता खंभुग्गयवरवयरवेइया परिगयाभिरामा विजाहरजमलजुयलजंतजुत्तपिव अच्श्चिसहस्समालिणीया रूवगसहस्सकलिया भिमाणा भिब्भिसमाणा चक्खुल्लायणलेस्सा सुहफासा ससिरीयरूवा वण्णा दाराणं तेसिं होइ । तं जहा - वइरामया निम्मा, रिट्ठमया 'पड्डाणा, वेरुलियमया सूईखंभा, जायरूवावचियपवर पंचवण्णमणिरयणामितला, हंसगम्भमया एलुया, गोमेजमया इंदकीला 'लोहियखमईओ दारचेडीओ, जोईरसमया उत्तरंगा, लोहियक्खमईओ सूईओ, वयरामया संधी, नाणामणिमया समुग्गया, वयरामया अभ्गला अग्गलपासया, रययामयाओ आवत्तणपेढियाओ अंकुत्तरपासगा, निरंतरियघणकवाडा भित्ती चेव भित्तिगुलिया छप्पन्ना तिष्णि हांति गोमाणसिया, तइया नाणामणिरयणवालरूबगलीलट्ठिअसालभंजियागा, कुड्डा, रययामया उस्सेहा, सव्वतवणिज्जमया उल्लाया, नाणामणिरयणजालपंजर मणिवं सगला हियक्खपडिवंसगरययभामा, अंकामया पक्खा पक्खबाहाओ, जोइरसमया वंसा वंसकवेल्लु
वयरामया
Page #36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त
३१ याओ, रययामयाओ पट्टियाओ, जातरूवमईओ, ओहाडणीओ, वइरामईओ उवरिपुंछणीओ, सव्वसेयरययामयाच्छायणे, अंकामया कणगकूडतवणिजथूभियागा सेया संखतलविमलनिम्मलदधिघणसारगोखीरफेणरययणिगरप्पगासा तिलगरयणद्धचंदचित्ता नाणामणिदामालंकिया अंतो बहिं च सहा तवणिजवालुयापत्थडा सुहफासा सस्सिरीयरूवा पासाईया दरिसणिजा अभिरूवा पडिरूवा।
२८ तेसिं णं दाराणं उभओ पासे दुहओ निसीहियाए सोलस २ चंदणकलसपरिवाडीओ पन्नत्ताओ । ते णं चंदणकलसा वरकमलपइट्टाणा सुरभिवरवारिपडिपुण्णा चदणकयचञ्चगा आविद्धकंठेगुणा पउमुप्पलपिहाणा सव्वरयणामया अच्छा जाव पडिरूवा महया २ इंदकुंभसमाणा पन्नत्ता । समणाउसो! तेसिं णं दाराणं उभओ पासे दुहओ निसीहियाए सोलस २ नागदंतपरिवाडीओ पन्नत्ता । ते णं नागदंता मुत्ताजालंतरुसियहेमजालगवक्खजालखिखिणी-(घंटा)-जालपरिक्खित्ता अ. भुगया अभिणिसिट्ठा तिरियसुसंपग्गहिया अहेपन्नगद्धरूवा पन्नगसंठाणसंठिया सबवयरामया अच्छा जाव पडिरूवा महया महया गयदंतसमाणा पन्नत्ता । समणाउसा ! तेसु णं नागदंतएलु बहवे किण्हसुत्तबद्धववग्घारियमल्लदामकलावा, नीलं', लोहियं', हलिई, सुकिल्लसुत्तवट्टवग्धारियमल्लदामकलावा, ते णं दामा तवणिजलंबूसगा सुवण्णपयरमंडियगा जाव कन्नमणणित्रुइकरेणं सद्देणं ते पएसे सघओ समंता आपूरेमाणा २ सिरीए अईव २ उवसाहेमाणे चिट्ठति । तेसिं णं नागदंताणं उवरि अन्नाओ सेोलस सेलस नागदंतपरिवाडीओ पन्नत्ता। ते णं नागदता तं चेव जाव महया २ गयदंतसमाणा पन्नत्ता।
Page #37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
३२
रायपसेणियसुत्त ।
समणाउसो ! तेसु णं नागदंतएसु बहवे रययामया. सिक्कगा पन्नत्ता । तेसु ण रययामएसु सिकएसु बहवे वेरुलियामईयो धूवघडीओ पन्नत्ता। ताओ गं धूवघडीओ कालागुरुपवरकुंदुरुकतुरुक्कधूवमघमघन्तगंधुभ्याभिरामाओ सुगंधवरगंधियाओ गंधवटिभूयाओ ओरालेणं मणुण्णेणं मणहेरणं घाणमणिचुइकरेणं गंधेणं ते पएसे सबओ समंता जाव चिट्ठति । तेसिं णं दाराणं उभओ पासे दुहओ निसीहियाए सोलस सोलस सालभंजियापरिवाडीओ पन्नत्ता। ताओ णं सालभंजियाओ लीलट्टियाओ सुपट्टियाओ सुअलंकियाओ नाणाविहरागवसणाओ नाणामल्लपिणद्धाओ मुट्ठिगिज्झसुमझाओ आमेलगजमलजुयलवट्टियअब्भुन्नयपीणरइयसंठियपीवरपओहराओ रत्तावं. गाओ असियकेसीओ मिउविसयपसत्थलक्खणसंवेल्लियग्गसिरयाओ ईसिं असोगवरपायवसमुट्टियाओ वामहत्थग्गहियग्गसालाओ ईसिं अद्धच्छिकडक्खचिट्ठिएणं लूसमाणीओ विव चक्खुल्लायणलेस्सेहि अन्नमन खिजमाणीओ (विव) पुढविपरिणामाओ सासयभावमुवगयाओ चंदाणणाओ चंदविलासिणीओ चंदद्धसमणिडालाओ चंदाहियसोमदंसणाओ उक्का (विव उज्जोवेमाणाओ) विज्जुघणमरिचिसूरदिप्पंततेयअहियतरसन्निगासाओ सिंगारागारचारुवेसाओ पासादीया दरिसणिजा अभिरूवा पडिरूवा चिट्ठति ।
२९ तेसिं णं दाराणं उभओ पासे दुहओ निसीहियाए सोलस-सोलस-जालकडगपरिवाडीओ पन्नत्ता । ते णं जालकडगा सन्वरयणामया अच्छा जाव पडिरूवा । तेसि णं दाराणं उभओ पासे दुहओ निसीहियाए सोलस-सोलस घंटा परिवाडीओ पन्नत्ता । तासिं गं घंटाणं इमेयारूवे वण्णावासे
Page #38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेगिय सुत्त
३३ पन्नत्ते, तं जहा जंबूणयामईओ घंटाओ, वयरामयाओ लालाओ, नाणामणिमया घंटापासा, तवणिजमइयाओ संखलाओ, रय यामयाओ रजओ । ताओ णं घंटाओ ओहस्सराओ मेहस्स. राओ सीहस्सराओ दुंदुहिस्सराओ कुंचस्सराओ नंदिस्सराओ दिघोसाओ मंजुस्सराओ मंजुघोसाओ सुस्सराओ सुरसरनिग्धोसाओ उरालेणं मणुण्णेणं मणहरेणं कण्णमणणिवुइकरेणं सद्देग ते पएसे सबओ समंता आपुरेमाणोओ २ जाव चिट्ठति । तेसिं णं दाराणं उभओ पासे दुहओ निसीहियाए: सेोलस-सोलस-वणमालापरिवाडीओ पन्नत्ता। ताओ णं वणमालाओ नाणामणिमयदुमलयाकिसलयपल्लवसमाउलाओ छप्पयपरिभुजमाणा सेाहतसस्सिरीयाओ पासाईयाओ ४ । तेति णं दाराणं उभओ पासे दुइओ निसीहियाए सेलससोलसपगंठगा पन्नत्ता । ते णं पगंठगा अड्राइजाई जायणसया आयामविखंभेणं; पणवीसं जोयणसयं बाहललेणं, सब्बवयरामया अच्छा जाव पडिरूवा । तेसिं णं पगंठगाणं उवरि पत्तेय २ पासायवडिंसगा पन्नत्ता । ते पासायडिंसगा अदाइजाई जायणसयाई उई उच्चत्तेणं, पणधीसं जायणसयं विखंभेणं, अध्भुग्गयमुसिअपक्षसिया इव विविहमणिरयणभत्तिचित्ता वाउदुयविजयवेजयंतपडागछत्ताइच्छत्तकलिया तुंगा गगणतमणुलिहंतसिहरा जालंतरयणपंजरुम्मिलियब मणिकणगा. भियागा वियसियसयवत्तपोंडरीया तिलगरयणद्धचंदचित्ता नाणापणिदामालंकिया अंतो बहिं च सण्हा तवणिजवालुयापत्थडा सुहफाप्ता सस्सिरीयरूवा पासादीया दरिसणिज्जा जाव दामा उवारे पगंठगाणं झया छत्ताइच्छत्ता । तेसि णं दाराणं उभओ पासे सेलिस-सोलस-तोरणा पन्नत्ता नाणा
Page #39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
३४
रायपसेणियसुत्त
मणिमया, नाणामणिमप्सु खंभेसु उवणिविट्ठसन्निविट्ठा जाव पउमहत्थगा । तेसिं णं तारणाणं पुरओ दो दो सालभंजियाओ पन्नत्ताओ, जहा हेट्ठा तहेव । तेसिं णं तोरणाणं पुरओ नागदंता पन्नत्ता, जहा हेट्ठा जाव दामा । तेसिं णं तोरणाणं पुरओ दो दो हयसंघाडा गयसंघाडा नरसंघाडा किन्नरसंघाडा किंपुरिसघाडा महारगसंघाडा गंधव्वसंघाडा उसहसंघाडा सव्वरयणामया अच्छा जाव पडिरूवा । एवं वीहीओ पंतोओ मिहुणाई । तेसिं णं तोरणाणं पुरओ दो दो पउमलयाओ जाव सामलयाओ निच्चं कुसुमियाओ सव्वरयणामया अच्छा जाव पडिरूवा । तेसिं णं तोरणाणं पुरओ दो दो अक्खय- (दिसा ) - सावत्थिया पन्नत्ता । सव्वरयणामया अच्छा जाव पडिरूवा । तेसि णं तोरणाणं पुरओ दो दो चंदणकलसा पन्नत्ता । ते णं चंदणकलसा वरकमलपइट्टाणा तहेव । तेसि णं तोरणाणं
ओदो दा भिंगारा पन्नत्ता । ते णं भिंगारा वरकमलपट्टाणा जाव महया मत्तगयमुहाकिइसमाणा पन्नत्ता । समाणाउसो ! तेसिं णं तोरणाणं पुरओ दो दो आयंसा पन्नत्ता । तेसिं णं आसाणं इमेयारूवे वण्णावासे पन्नत्ते । तं जहा - तवणिजमया पगठगा वेहलियमया थंभया वहरामया दोवारंगा नाणामणिमया मंडला अगुग्धसियनिम्मलाए छायाए समणुबद्धा चंदमंडलपडिणिकासा महया अद्धकायसमाणा पन्नत्ता । समणाउसो ! तेसिं णं तोरणाणं पुरओ दो दो वरनाभथाला पन्नत्ता । अच्छतिच्छडियसालितं दुलणहसंदट्ठपडिपुण्णा इव चिट्ठेति सव्यजंबूणयमा जान पडिरूवा, महया २ रहचक्कवालसमाणा पन्नत्ता । समण उसे ! तेसिं णं तोरणाणं पुरओ दो दो पाईओ, ताओ णं पाईओ अच्छोद्गपरिहत्थाओ नाणामणिपंचवण्णरस फलहरि
Page #40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त
३५
यगस्स बहुपडिपुण्णाओ विवं चिटुंति । सव्वरयणामईओ अच्छा जाव पडिरूवा, महया महया गोकिलंजयचक्कसमाणीओ पन्नत्ताओ। समणाउसो ! तेसिं गं तोरणाणं पुरओ दो दो सुपट्टा पन्नत्ता । नाणाविहभंडविरइय इव चिटुंति सबरयणामया अच्छा जाव पडिरूवा । तेसिं गं तोरणाणं पुरओ दो दो मणगुलियाओ पन्नत्ता । तासु णं मणगुलियासु बहवे सुवण्णरुप्पमया फलगा पन्नत्ता। तेलु णं सुवण्णरुप्पमएसु 'फलगेलु बहवे वयरामया नागदंतया पन्नत्ता । तेसु णं वयरामएलु नागदंतेलु बहवे वयरामया सिकगा पन्नत्ता । तेलु णं वयरामएलु सिक्कगेलु किण्हसुत्तसिक्कगवच्छिया नीलसुत्तसिकगवच्छिया लोहिय उत्तसिकगवच्छिया हालिहसुत्तसिकगवच्छिया सुकिल्लसुत्तसिकगवच्छिया बहवे वायकरगा पन्नत्ता । सम्वे वेरुलियमया अच्छा जाव पडिरूवा । तेसि गं तोरणाणं पुरओ दो दो चित्ता रयणकरंडगा पन्नत्ता । से जहानामए रनो चाउरंतचकवट्टिस्स चित्ते रयणकरंडए वेरुलियमणिलिहपडल'पञ्चोयडे साए पहाए ते पएसे सवओ समता ओभासइ उज्जोवेइ तवइ भासद एवामेव ते वि चित्ता रयणकरंडगा साए पभाए ते पएसे सवओ समंता ओभासंति उज्जेोवेंति तवंति पगासंति। तेर्सि णं तारणाणं पुरओ दो दो हयकंठा गयकंठा नरकंठा किन्न - रकंठा किंपुरिसकंठा महोरगकंठा गंधवकंठा उसभकंठा सञवयरामया अच्छा जाव पडिरूवा । तेसु णं हयकंठए सु जाव उस. भकंठएसु दो दो पुप्फचंगेरीओ (मल्लचंगेरीओ) चुण्णचंगेरीओ (गंधचंगेरीओ) बत्थचंगेरीओ आभरणचंगेरीओ सिद्धत्थचंगेरीओ लोमहत्थचंगेरीओ पन्नत्ता। सबरयणामयाओ अच्छाओ जाव पडिरूवाओ। तासुं णं पुष्फचंगेरीयासु जाव लोमहत्थचंगे
Page #41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
३६
रायपसेणियसुत्त
रीतु दो दा पुष्फपडलगाई जाव लामहत्थपडलगाई सन्चरयणामयाई अच्छाई जाव पडिरूवाई । तेसिं थे तोरणाणं पुरओ दो दो सीहासणा पन्नत्ता। तेसिं गं सीहासणाणं वण्णओ जाव दामा । तेसिं गं तोरणाणं पुरओ दो दो रुप्पमया छत्ता पन्नत्ता। ते छत्ता वेलियविमलदंडा जंबूणयकण्णिया वरसंधी मुत्ताजालपरिगया अट्टसहस्सवरकंचणसलागादहरमलयप्तुगंधी सम्वोउयसुरभी सीयलच्छाया मंगलभत्तिचित्ता चंदागारोवमा । तेसिं णं तोरणाणं पुरओ दो दो चामराओ पन्नत्ता। ताओ णं चामराओ चंदप्पभवेरुलियवरनाणामणिरयणवचियचित्तदंडाओ) नाणामणिकणगरयणविमलमहरिहतवणिज्जुजलविचित्तदंडाओ वल्लियाओ संखंककुंददगरयअमयमहियफेणपुंजसन्निगासाओ सुहुमरययदीहवालाओ सन्वरयणामयाओ अच्छाओ जाव पडिरूवाओ । तेसिं णं तोरणाणं पुरओ दो दो तेल्लसमुग्गा काट्ठसमुग्गा पत्तसमुग्गा चोयगसमुग्गा तगरसमुग्गा एलासमुग्गा हरियालसमुग्गा हिंगुलयसमुग्गा मणेासिलासमुग्गा अंजणसमुग्गा सघरयणामया. अच्छा. जाव पडिरूवा । - ३० सूरियाभे णं विमाणे एगमेगे दारे अट्टसयं चक्कझयाणं अट्ठसय मियज्झयाणं गरुलज्झयाणं छत्तज्झयाणं पिच्छन्झयाणं सउणिज्झयाणं सीहज्झयाणं उसहज्झयाणं अट्ठसयं सेयाणं चउविसाणाणं नागवरकेऊणं एवामेव सपुचावरेणं सूरियाभे विमाणे एगमेगे दारे असीई केउसहस्सं भवइ त्ति अक्खायं । सूरियाभे विमाणे पन्नर्दि पन्नट्टि भेगमा पन्नत्ता । तेसि णं भामाणं भूमिभागा उल्लोया य भाणियब्वा । तेसिं णं भोमाणं च बहुमज्झदेसभाए पत्तेयं
Page #42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त
पत्तयं सीहासणे, सोहासणवण्णओ सपरिवाराओ, अवसेसेसु भोमेसु पत्तेयं पत्तेयं भद्दासणा पन्नत्ता । तेसिं णं दाराणं उत्तमागारा सोलसविहीहिं रयणेहिं उवसोहिया, तं जहा रयणेहि जाव रिट्ठेहिं । तेसि णं दाराणं उपिं अट्ठट्ठमंगलगा सज्झया जाव छत्ता इच्छत्ता, एवामेव सपुत्रावरेणं सुरियाभे विमाणे चत्तारि-दारसहस्सा भवंति त्ति अक्खायें । असोगवणे सत्तवण्णवणे पगवणे चूयगवणे, सुरियाभस्स विमाणस्स चउद्दिसिं पंचजोयणसयाई अबाहाए चत्तारि वणसंडा पन्नत्ता । तं जहापुरच्छिमेणं असेोगवणे, दाहिणेणं सत्तवण्णवणे, पञ्चत्थिमेणं चंपगवणे, उत्तरेणं चूयगवणे । ते णं वणसंडा साइरेगाई अद्धतेरस जोयणसयसहस्साइं आयामेणं, पंच-जोयणसयाई विक्खंभेणं, पत्तेयं पत्तेयं पागारपरिक्खित्ता किव्हा किण्हाभासा घणसंडवण्णओ ।
३७
३१ तेसिं णं वणसंडाणं अंत बहुसमरमणिजा भूमिभागा, से जहा नामए आलिंगपुक्खरे ति वा जाव नाणाविपंचवण्णेहिं मणीहिंय तणेहिं य उवसेोहिया । तेसि णं गंधा फासो नेवा हक्कम | "तेसिं णं भंते! तणाणं य मणीणं य पुव्वावरदाहिणुत्तरापहि वाएहिं मंदाणं एइयाणं वेइयाणं कंपियाणं चालियाणं फंदियाणं घट्टियाणं खोहियाणं उदीरियाणं केरिसए सद्दे भव ? | गोयमा ! से जहा नामए सीयाए वा संदमाणीए वा रहस्स वा सछत्तस्स सज्झयस्स सघंटस्स सपडागरस सतारणवरस्स सनंदिघासस्स संखिखिणिहेमजालपरिवित्तस्स हेमवयचित्ततिणिसकणगणिज्जुत्तदाख्यायस्स सुसंपि
"" ८८
द्धारगमंडलधुरागस्स कालायससुकयणेमिजंतकम्मस्स आइण्णचरतुरगसुसंपउत्तस्स कुसलनरच्छेय सारहिसुसंपरंग हिस्से सरसयबत्तीस तोणपरिमंडियस्स सकंटकावयंसगस्स सचावस
Page #43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त
रपहरणावरणभरियजुज्झसजस्स रायंगणंसि वा रायतेउरंसि वा रम्मसि वा मणिकुट्टिमतलंसि अभिक्खणं अभिघट्टिजमाणस्स वा नियट्टिजमाणस्स वा ओरालमणोण्णा कण्णमणनिव्वुइकरा सदा सवओ समंता अभिणिस्सवंति, भवेयारूवे सिया ? । नो इण? ससम । से जहाणामए वेयालीयवीणाए उत्तरमंदामुच्छियाए अंके सुपइट्टियाए कुसलनरनारिसुसंपरिगहियाए चंदणकाणपरियट्टियाए पुधरत्तावरत्तकालसमयंसि मंद मंद वेइयाए पवेइयाए चालियाए घट्टियाए खोभियाए उदीरियाए ओराला मणुण्णा मणहरा कण्णमणनिव्वुइकरा सद्दा सवओ समता अहिणिस्सर्वति, भवेयारूवे सिया ?। यो इण? समटे । से जहाणामए किन्नराण वा किंपुरिसाण वा महारगाण वा गंधव्वाण वा भद्दसालवणगयाणं वा नंदणवणगयाणं वा सोमणसवणगयाणं वा पंडगवणगयाणं वा हिमवंतगच्छंगयमलयमंदरगिरिगुहासमन्नागयाणं वा एगओ सन्निहियाणं समागयाणं सन्निसण्णाणं समुवविट्ठाणं पमुइयपक्कीलियाणं गीयरइगंधवहसियमणाणं गज्ज पज्ज कत्थं गेयं पयबद्धं पायबद्धं उक्खित्तायं पयत्तायं मंदाय रोइयावसाणं सत्तसरसमन्नागयं छदासविप्पमुकं एक्कारसालंकारं अट्टगुणोववेयं गुंजंतवंसकुहरोवगूढं रत्तं तिट्ठाणकरणसुद्धं सकुहरगुंजंतवंसतंतीतल. ताललयगहसुसंपउत्तं महुरं समं सुललियमणोहरं मउयरिभियपयसंचारं सुणति वरचारुरूवं दिव्वं नर्से सज्जं गेयं पगीयाणं, भवेयारूवे सिया ?" "हंत सिया !"।
३२ तेसिंणं वणसंडाणं तत्थ तत्थ तहिं तहिं देसे देसे बहूओ खुड्डाखुड्डियाओ वा वावीयाओ पुक्खरिणीओ दीहियाओ गुंजालियाओ सरपंतियाओ बिलपंतियाओ अच्छाओ सहाओ
Page #44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त
रययामयकूलाओ समतीराओ रययामयपासाणाओ तवणिजतलाओ सुवण्णसुब्भरययवालुयाओ - वेरुलियमणिफालियपडलपञ्चोयडाओ सुओयारसुउत्ताराओ नाणामणिसुबद्धाओ चउकोणाओ अगुपुवसुजायगंभीरसीयलजलाओ संछन्नपत्तभिसमुणालीओ बहुउप्पलकुमुयनलिणसुभगोगंधिय पोंडरीयसयवत्तसहस्सपत्तकेसरफुल्लोवचियाओ छप्पयपरिभुजमाणकमलाओ अच्छविमलसलिलपुण्णाओ अप्पेगइयाओ आसवोयगाओ, अप्पेगइयाओ खेोरोयगाओ, अप्पेगइयाओ घओयगाओ, अप्पेगइयाओ खीरोयगाओ, अप्पेगइयाओ, खारोयगाओ, अप्पेगइयाओ उयगरसेण पण्णत्ता पासादीया दरिसणिजा अभिरूवा पडिरूवा । तासिं णं वावीणं जाव बिलपंतीणं पत्तेयं २ चउदिसिं चत्तारि तिसेवाणपडिरूवगा पन्नत्ता। तेसिं णं तिसावाणपडिरूवगाणं वण्णओ, तोरणाणं झया छत्ताइच्छत्ता य नेयव्वा। तासुं गं खुड्डाखुड्डियासु वावीसु जाव बिलपंतियासु तत्थ २ देसे बहवे उप्पायपव्वयगा नियइपव्वयगा जगइपव्वयगा दारुइ. जपब्वयगा दगमंडवा दगणालगा दगमंचगा उसड्डा खुड्डखुड्डगा अंदालगा पक्खदालगा सव्वरयणामया अच्छा जाव पडिरूवा। तेलु णे उप्पायपन्वएसु जाव पक्खंदोलएसु बहूई हसासणाई कांचासणाई गरुलासणाई उण्णयासणाई पणयासणाई दीहासणाई पक्खासणाई भदासणाई उसहासणाई सीहासणाई पउमासणाई दिसासेवित्थियासणाई सव्वरयणामयाइं अच्छाई जाव पडिरूवाई। तेलु णं वणसंडेसु तत्थ तत्थ तहि तहिं देसे देसे बहवे आलिघरगा मालियघरगा कयलिघरगा लयाघरगा अच्छणघरगा पिच्छणघरगा मंडणघरगा पसाहणघरगा गब्भघरगा मोहणघरगा सालघरगा जालघरगा चित्तघरगा कुस्तुमघरगा गंधघरगा
Page #45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त
आयंसघरगा सव्वरयणामया अच्छा जाव पडिरुवा । तेसु णं आलिघरगेसु जाव गंधव्वघरगेसु तहिं २ घरपसु बहुई हंसासणाई जाव दिसासेावत्थियासणाई सव्वरयणामयाई जाव पडरुवाई | तेसु णं वणसंडेसु तत्थ तत्थ देसे २ तहि २ बहवे जाइमंडवगा जूहियमंडवगा नवमालियमंडवगा वासंतिमडवगा सूरमल्लिय मंडवगा दहिवासुयमंडवगा तंबोलीमंडवगा मुद्दिया मंडवगा नागलयामंडवगा अइमुत्तयलयामंडवगा अकावगामालयामंडवगा अच्छा सव्वरयणामया जाव पडिरूवा । ते णं जाइमंडवपसु जाव मानुयामंडवेसु बहवे पुढविसिलापट्टगा हंसासणसंठिया जाव दिसासावत्थियासणसंठिया अण्णे य वहवे सलघुविसिसठाणसंठिया पुढविसिलापट्टगा प ण्णत्ता । समणाउसे। ! आईणगरूयबूरणवणीयतूलफासा सव्वरयणामया अच्छा जाव पडिरूवा । तत्थ णं बहवे वेमाणिया देवा य देवीओ य आसयति सयंति विद्वेति निसीयंति तुयति हसंति रमंति ललंति कीलंति किति मोहेंति पुरा पोराणाणं सुइण्णाण सुपडिकंतान सुहाण कडाण कम्माण कलाणाण कल्लाणं फल विवायगं पञ्चणुञ्भवमाणा विहरति ।
1
३३ तेसिं णं वणसंडाणं बहुमज्झदेसभाए पत्तेयं २ पासा - यवडिंगा पण्णत्ता । ते णं पासायवडिसगा पंचजेायणसयाई उड्ड उच्चतेणं, अड्डाइज्जाई जायणसयाई विक्खंभेणं अब्भुगयमूसियपहसिया इव । तहेब बहुसमरमणिजभूमिभागो उल्लाओ सीहासणं सपरिवारं । तत्थ णं चत्तारि देवा महिडिया जाव पलओवमट्टि · इया परिवसंति, तं जहा - असोए सत्तपणे चंपए चूए । सुरियाभरसणं देवविमाणस्स अंता बहुसमरमणिजे भूमिभाष पण्णत्ते । तं जहा वणसंडविणे जाव बहुवे वेमाणिया देवा देवीओ य आ
४०
Page #46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त
- संयंति जाव विहरति । तस्स णं बहुसमरमणिजस्स भूमिभागस्स बहुमज्झदेसे एत्थ णं महेगे उवगारियालयणे पण्णत्ते । एगं जोयणसयसहस्सं आयामविक्खंभेणं, तिणिजेोयणसय सहस्साई सोलसहरसाई दोणि य सत्तावीसं जायणसए तिणि य कासे अट्ठावीस य धणुसयं तेरस य अंगुलाई अर्द्धगुलं य किंचिविसेसूणं परिक्खेवेणं, जेोयणबाहल्लेणं, सव्वजंबूणयामए अच्छे जाव पडिरूवे |
४१
३४ से णं एगाए पउमवरवेइयाए एगेण य वणसंडेण य सव्वओ समता संपरिक्खित्ते सा णं परमवरवेइया अद्धजोयणं उ उच्चत्तेणं पंचधणुसयाई विक्खंभेणं उवगारियालेणसमा परिक्खेवेणं । तीसे णं पउमवरवेइयाए इमेयारूवे वण्णावासे प
ते । तं जहा वयरामया निम्मा, रिट्ठामया पट्टाणा, वेरुलियामया खंभा, सुवण्णप्पमया फलगा, लोहियक्खमईओ सूईओ, नाणामणिमया कडेवरा, नाणामणिमया कडेवरसंघाडगा, नाणामणिमया रूवा, नाणामणिमया रूवसंघाडगा, अंकामया पक्खबाहाओ, जोइरसामया वंसा वंसकवेल्लुगा, रययामईओ पट्टयाओ, जायरूवमई ओहाडणी, वइरामया उवरिपुंछणी, सव्वरयणामई अच्छायणे । सा णं पउमवरवेइया एगमेगेणं हेमजालेणं गवक्खजालेणं खिंखिणीजालेणं घंटाजालेणं मुत्ताजालेणं मणिजालेणं कणगजालेणं रयणजालेणं पउमजालेणं सव्वओ समंता संपरिक्खित्ता । ते णं दामा तवणिजलंबूसगा जाव चिट्ठेति । तीसे णं पउमवर वेश्याए तत्थ २ देसे २ तर्हि २ बहवे हयसंघाडा जाव उसहसंघाडा सव्वरयणामया अच्छा जाव पडिरूवा पासादीया ४ जाव वीहीओ पंतीओ मिहुणाणि लयाओ । “ से केणट्टेणं भंते ! एवं उच्चइ - पउमवर वेश्या २ ?
2.9
"गो
1
Page #47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
४२
रायपसेणियसुत्त यमा ! पउमवरवेइया णं तत्थ २ देसे २ तहिं २, वेइयासु वेइयाबाहासु य वेइयाफलएसु य वेइयापुडतरेसु य खंभेसु खंभबाहासु खंभसीसेसु खंभपुडतरेसु सूईसु सुईमुहेसु सुईफलएसु सुईपुडंतरेसु पक्खेसु पक्खबाहासु पक्खपेरतेसु पक्खपुडंतरेसु बहुयाई उप्पलाई पउमाइं कुमुयाई नलिणाई सुभगाई सेगिंधियाई पुंडरीयाई महापुंडरीयाणि सयवत्ताई सहस्सवत्ताई सव्वरयणामयाई अच्छाई पडिरूवाई महया वासिकछत्तसमाणाइं पण्णत्ताई । समणाउसो ! से एएणं अट्रेणं गायमा ! एवं उच्चइ पउमवरवेइया २।" "पउमवरवेइया णं भंते ! किं सासया० ?” " गोयमा ! सिय सासया सिय असासया।" " से केणदेणं भंते ! एवं वुच्चइ-सिय सासया सिय असासया । ? ”
" गायमा ! दवट्टयाए सासया, वण्णपजवेहिं गंधपजवेहि रसपजवेहिं फासपजवेहिं असासया । से तेणटेणं गायमा ! एवं बुच्चइ-सिय सासया सिय असासया।" " पउमवरवेइया णं भंते ! कालओ केवचिरं हाइ ?” “गोयमा ! न कयावि नासि न कयावि नत्थि न कयावि न भविस्सइ, भुवं च हवइ य भविस्सइ य, धुवा निइया सासया अक्खया अव्वया अवटिया निच्चा पउमवरवेइया"। से णं वणसंडे देसूणाई दो जोयणाई चकवालविक्खंभेणं उवगारियालेणसमे परिक्खेवेणं वणसंडवण्णओ भाणियव्वो जाव विहरति । तस्स ण उवगारियालेणस्स चउहिसिं चत्तारि तिसावाणडरूवगा पण्णत्ता, वण्णओ तोरणा झया छत्ताइच्छत्ता । तरस णं उवगारियालयणस्स उवरिं बहुसमरमणिजे भूमिभागे पत्ते जाव मणीणं फासो ।
३५ तस्स णं बहुसमरमणिजस्स भूमिभागस्स बहुमज्झदेसभाए एत्थ णं महेगे पासायचडिंसर पण्णत्ते । सेणं पासायडिं
Page #48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायप सेणियसुत्त
४३.
सरपंच जोयणसयाई उहूं उच्चत्तेणं अड्डाइजाई जायणसयाई विक्खंभेणं अब्भुग्गयमूसिय वण्णओ । भूमिभागो उल्लाओ सीहासणं सपरिवारं भाणियव्वं अट्ठट्ठमंगलगा झया छत्ता इच्छत्ता । से णं मूलपासायवडिसए अण्णेहिं चउहिं पासायवडिसएहिं तयदुच्चत्तप्पमाणमेत्तेहिं सव्वओ समता संपरिक्खित्ता । तेणं पासायवर्डिसगा अड्डा इजाई जायणसयाई उडूं उच्चत्तेणं पणवीसं जोयणसयं विक्खंभेणं जाव वण्णओ । ते णं पासायवडिंसया अण्णेहिं चउहिं पासायवडिसएहि तयदुच्चत्तप्पमाणमेत्तेहिं सओ समंता संपरिक्खित्ता । ते णं पासायवडिंसया पणवीसं जायणसयं उहूं उच्चत्तणं, बावट्ठि जायणारं अद्धजेोयणं च विक्खभेणं अध्भुमायमूसिय वण्णओ । भूमिभागे उल्लाओ सीहासणं सपरिवारं भाणियव्वं, अट्ठट्ठमंगलगा झया छत्ताहच्छत्ता । ते णं पासायवडिंसगा अण्णेहिं चउहिं पासायवडिंसाहिं तयदुच्चत्तप्पमाणमेत्तेहिं सव्वओ समता संपरिक्खित्ता । ते णं पासायवर्डिसगा बावडिं जायणाई अद्धजेोयणं च उड उच्चत्तणं एकतीसं जोयणाई कासं च विक्खंभेणं वण्णओ । उल्लाओ सीहासणं सपरिवारं पासायउवरिं अट्ठट्टमंगलगा झया छत्ताइच्छत्ता ।
-
३६ तस्स णं मूलपासायवडिसयस्स उत्तर पुरच्छिमेणं. एत्थ णं सभा सुहम्मा पण्णत्ता । एगं जायणसयं आया मेणं, पण्णासं जायणाई विक्खंभेणं, बावन्तरिं जोयणाई उड्ड उच्चतेण, अगखं भसयसन्निविट्ठा अब्भुगयसुकयवयर वेइयातारणव ररयसालभंजिया जाव अच्छरगणसंघविष्पकण्णा पासाईया ४ । सभाए णं सुहम्माए तिदिसिं तओ द्वारा पण्णत्ता । तं जहा
Page #49
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणिय सुत्त
पुरस्थिमेणं दाहिणेणं उत्तरेणं । ते णं दारा सेलसजायणाई उई उच्चत्तणं, अट्टजोयणाई विक्खंभेणं, तावश्यं चेव पवेसेण सेया वरकणगथूभियागा जाव वणमालाओ । तेसि णं दाराणं उवरि अट्टमंगलगा झया छत्ताइच्छत्ता। तेसि णं दाराणं पुरओ पत्तेयं २ मुहभंडवा पण्णत्ता । ते णं मुहमंडवा एग जोयणसयं आयामेणं, पण्णासं जायणाई विक्खभेणं, साइरेगाई सोलस जायणाई उई उच्चत्तेण, वण्णओ सभाए सरिसो। तेसिं णं मुहमंडवाणं तिदिसि तओ दारा पण्णत्ता, तं जहा-पुरस्थिमेणं दाहिणेणं उत्तरेणं । ते णं दारा सेलिस जोयणाई उड्डू उच्चत्तंग, अड्ड. जोयणाई विखंभेणं, तावइयं चेव पवेसेणं सेया वरकणगथूभियागा जाव वणमालाओ। तेसिं णं मुहमंडवाणं भूमिभागा उल्लाया। तेसिं णं मुहमंडवाणं उवरिं अट्ठमंगलगा झया छत्ताइच्छत्ता । तेसिं णं मुहमंडवाणं पुरओ पत्तथ २ पेच्छाघरमण्डवे पण्णत्ते, मुहमंडववत्तवया जाव दारा भूमिभागा उल्लाया । तेसिं गं बहुसमरमणिजाणं भूमिभागाणं बहुमज्झदेसभाए पत्तय २, वइरामए अक्खाडए पण्णत्ते । तेसिं णं वइरामयाणं अक्खाडयाणं बहुमज्झदेसभाए पत्तेयं २ मणिपेढिया पण्णत्ता । ताओ णं मणिपेढियाओ अट्ठायणाई आयामविक्खंमेणं, चत्तारि जायणाई बाहल्लेणं, सव्वमणिमईओ अच्छाओ जाव पडिरूवाओ। तासिं णं मणिपेढियाणं उवरि पत्तय २ सीहासणे पण्णत्ते । सीहासणवण्णओ सपरिवारो । तेसिं णं पेच्छाघरमंडवाणं पुरओ पत्तेय २ मणिपेढियाओ पण्णत्ताओ। ताओ णं मणिपेढियाओ सेोलसजायणाई आयामविक्खंभेणं अट्ठजोयणाई बाहल्लेणं सव्वमणिमईओ अच्छाओ जाव पडिरूवाओ। तेसिं णं उवरि पत्तेयं २ थूभे पण्णत्ते । ते णं थूभा सेलिस
Page #50
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
४५
रायपसेणियसुत्त . जायणाई आयामविक्खभेणं, साइरेगाई सेलसजायणाई उड़ उच्चत्तण, सेया संखककुंददगरयअमयमहियफेणपुंजसंनिगासा सवरयणामया अच्छा जाव पडिरूवा । तेसिं णं थूमाणं उरि अट्टमंगलगा झया छत्ताइच्छत्ता । तेसिं णं थूभाणं चउदिसिं पत्तय २ मणिपेढियाओ पण्णत्ताओ । ताओ णं मणिपेढियाओ अट्टजायणाई आयामविक्खंभेणं, चत्तारि जोयणाई बाहल्लेणं सव्वमणिमईओ अच्छाओ जाव पडिरूवाओ । तेसिं गं मणिपेढियाणं उवरिं चत्तारि जिणपडिमाओ जिणुस्सेहपमाणमेत्ताओ संपलियंकनिसन्नाओ थूभाभिमुहीओ सन्निक्खित्ताओ चिटुंति। तं जहा-उसभा १, वद्धमाणा २, चंदाणणा ३, वारिसेणा ४। तेसिं णं थूभाणं पुरओ पत्तेयं २ मणिपेढियाओ पण्णत्ताओ। ताओ णं मणिपेढियाओ सोलसजायणाई आयामविक्खंभेणं, अट्ठजोयणाई बाहल्लेणं सबमणिमईओ जाव पडिरूवाओ । तासि णं मणिपेढियाणं उवरि पत्तय २ चेइयरुक्खे पण्णत्ते । ते णं चेइयरुक्खा अट्टजोयणाई उई उच्चत्तण, अट्ठजोयणाई उव्वेहेणं, दो जोयणाई खंधा अद्धजायणं विक्खंभेणं छजोयणाई विडिमा बहुमझदेसभाए अट्ठजोयणाई आयामविक्खंभेणं साइरेगाइं अट्ठजायणाई सव्वग्गेणं पण्णत्ता । तेर्सि णं चेइयरुक्खाणं इमेयारूवे वण्णावासे पण्णत्त । तं जहा-चयरामया मूला, रययसुपइट्ठिया सुविडिमा, रिटामयविउला कंदा, वेरुलिया रुइला खंधा, सुजायवरजायरूवपढमगा विसालसाला, नाणामणिमयरयणविविहसाहप्पसाहवेरुलियपत्ततवणिजपत्तबिंटा जंबूण यरत्तमउयसुकुमालपवालसोभिया वरंकुरग्गसिहरा विचित्तमणिरयणसुरहिकुसुमफलभरेणनमियसाला अहियं मणनयणनिव्वुइकरा अमयरससमरसफला सच्छाया सप्पभा सस्सिरीया सउ
Page #51
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
४६
रायपसेणियसुत्त ज्जोया पासाईया ४ । तेसि णं चेइयरुक्खाणं उरि अट्रमगलगा झया छत्ताहच्छत्ता। तेसि णं चेइयरुक्खाणं पुरओ पत्तय २ मणिपेढियाओ पण्णत्ताओ । ताओ णं मणिपेढियाओ अट्ठजोय. णाई आयामविक्खंभेणं, चत्तारिजायणाई बाहल्लेणं, सवर्माणमईओ अच्छाओ जाव पडरूवाओ । तासि णं मणिढियाणं उवरिं पत्तय २ महिंदझया पण्णत्ता । ते णं महिंदज्झया सट्टिजायणाई उर्दू उच्चत्तेणं, जोयणं उव्वेहेणं, जोयणं विक्खंभेणं, वइरामयावट्टलट्ठसुसिलिट्ठपरिघट्टमट्टसुपइट्टिया विसिट्टा अणेगवरपंचवण्णकुडभिसहरसपरिमंडियाभिरामा । वाउदुयविजयवेजयंतीपडागा छत्ताइच्छत्तकलिया तुंगा गयणतलमभिलंघमाणसिहरा पासाईया ४। अट्ठमंगलगा झया छत्ताइच्छत्ता। तेसिं णं महिदझयाणं पुरओ पत्तेय २ नंदापुषखरिणीओ पण्णसाओ । ताओ णं पुरिणीओ एगं जायणसयं आयामेणं पन्नासं जायणाई विक्खंभेणं दसजायणाई उव्वेहेणं अच्छाओ जाव वण्णओ । एगइयाओ उद्गरसेणं पण्णत्ताओ पत्तेयं २ पउमवरवेइयापरिक्खित्ताओ पत्तेयं २ वणसंडपरिक्खित्ताओ। तासि णं नंदापुक्खरिणीणं तिदिसिं तिसोवाणपडिरूवगा पण्णत्ता । तिसोवाणपडिरूवगाणं वण्णओ, तोरणा झया छत्ताइच्छत्ता । सभाए णं सोहग्माए अडयालीसं मणागुलियासाहसीओ पण्णत्ताओ। तं जहा-पुच्छिमेणं सोलस-साहस्सीओ, पञ्चस्थिमेणं सेोलससाहस्सीओ, दाहिणेणं अटुसाहस्सीओ, उत्तरेणं अट्ठसाहस्सीओ। तासु णं मोगुलियासु बहवे सुवण्णरुप्पमया फलगा पण्णत्ता। तेस णं सुवण्णरुप्पमपसु फलगेसु बहवे वइरामया नागदंता पण्णत्ता । तेसु णं वइरामएसु नागदंतएसु किण्हसुत्तवट्टवग्धारियमल्लदामकलावा चिटुंति । सभाए णं
Page #52
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त
साहम्माए अडयालीसं गामाणसियासाहस्सीओ पण्णत्ताओ, जा मोगुलिया जाव नागदंतगा । तेलु णं नागदंतएसु बहवे रययामया सिकगा पण्णता । तेसु णं रययामएसु सिकगेसु बहवे वेरुलियामईओ धूवघडियाओ पण्णत्ताओ । ताओ णं धूर्ववडियाओ कालागुरुपवर जाव चिटुंति । सभाए णं सुहम्माए अंता बहुसमरमणिजे भूमिभागे पण्णत्ते जाव मणीहिं उवसाभिए मणिफासेा य उल्लोयओ य । तस्स गं बहुसमर. मणिजस्स भूमिभागस्स बहुमज्झदेसभाए एत्थ णं महेगा मणिपेढिया पण्णत्ता । सेलसजायणाई आयामविक्खंभेणं, अट्ट. जायणाई बाहल्लेणं, सवमणिमई जाव पडिरूवा। तीसे गं मणिपेढियाए उवरिं एत्थ णं माणवए चेइयखंभे पण्णत्ते । सट्टि जोयणाई उड़े उच्चत्तेणं, जायणं उव्वेहेणं, जोयणं विक्खंभेणं अडयालीसं असिए,अडयालीसइकाडीए अडयालीसइत्तिम्गहिए । सेसं जहा महिंदज्झयस्स माणवगस्स णं चेइयखंभस्स उवरिं बारसजायणाई ओगाहित्ता हेट्टावि बारसजोयणाई वज्जेत्ता मझे बत्तिप्ताए जायणेतु एत्थ गं बहवे सुवण्णरुप्पमयाफलगा पण्णत्ता । तेसु णं सुवण्णरुप्पमएसु फलएम बहवे वइरामया नागदंता पण्णत्ता । तेनु णं वश्रामएसु नागदंतेसु बहवे रययामया सिकगा पण्णत्ता । तेसु णं रययामएसु सिकएप्सु बहवे वइरामया गालवट्टसमुग्गया पण्णत्ता । तेसु णं वारामए लु गोलवट्टसमुग्गए सु बहवे जिणसकहाओ संनिक्खित्ताओ चिट्ठति । ताओ णं सूरियाभस्स देवस्स अन्नेसिं च बहणं देवाण य देवीण य अच्चणिज्जाओ जाव पज्जुवासणि. जाओ माणवगस्स चेइयखंभस्स उवरिं अट्ठमंगलगा झया छत्ताइच्छत्ता।
Page #53
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त
३७ तस्स माणवगस्स चेइयखंभस्स पुरच्छिमेणं एत्थ णं महेगा मणिपेढिया पण्णत्ता । अट्ठजोयणाई आयामविक्खंभेणं, चत्तारिजोयणाई बाहललेण, सम्बर्माणमई अच्छा जाव पडिरूवा । तीसे णं मणिपेढियाए उवरि एत्थ णं महेगे सीहासण० व. पणओ सपरिवारो । तस्स णं माणवगस्स चेइयखंभस्स पञ्चस्थिमेणं एत्थ णं महेगा मणिपेढिया पण्णत्ता, अट्टजोयणाई आयामविश्खंभेणं, चत्तारिजोयणाइं बाहल्लेणं, सव्वमणिमई अच्छा जाव पडिरूवा । तीसे णं मणिपेढियाए उवरि एरथ णं महेगे देवसयणिज्जे पण्णत्ते । तस्स णं देवसणिजस्स इमेयारूवे वण्णावासे पण्णत्त । तं जहा-नाणामणिमयापडिपाया, सेावण्णियापाया, नाणामणिमयाई पायसीसगाई, जंबूणयामयाई गत्तगाई, नाणामणिमए विच्चे,रययामया तूली, तवणिजमया गंडावहाणया, लोहियक्खमया बिब्बायणा, से ण सयणिज्जे उभओ बिब्बोयणं दुहओ उण्णए मज्झे नयगंभीरे सालिंगणवट्टिए गंगापुलिणवालुया उद्दालसालिसए सुविरइयरयत्ताणे उचियखामदुगुल्लपट्टपडिच्छायणे रत्तंसुयसंवुए सुरम्मे आईणगरूयबूरणवणीयतूलफासे मउए ।
३८ तस्स णं देवसयणिजस्स उत्तरपुरच्छिमेणं महेगा मणिपेढिया पन्नत्ता । अट्ठजोयणाई आयामविक्खंभेणं, चत्तारिजायणाई बाहललेणं, सवमणिमई जाव-पडिरूवा । तीसे णं मणि. पेढियाए उवरिं एत्थ णं महेगे खुड्डए. महिंदज्झए पन्नन्ने । सर्टि जोयणाई उई उच्चत्तेणं, जोयणं विखंभेणं, वइरामयावट्टलट्टसंठियालुसिलिट्टा जाव पडिरूवा । उवरि अट्टमंगलगा झया छत्ताइच्छत्ता । तस्स णं खुड्डागमहिंदज्झयस्स पञ्चत्थिमेणं एत्थ णं सूरियाभस्स देवस्स चोप्पाले नाम पहरणकासे पन्नत्ते,
Page #54
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त
सव्ववइरामए अच्छे जाव पडिरूवे । तत्थ णं सूरियाभस्स देवस्स फलिहरयणखग्गगयाधणुप्पमुहा बहवे पहरणरयणा संनिक्खित्ता चिट्रति । उज्जला निसिया : सुतिक्खधारा पासादीया ४ । सभार णं सुहम्माए उवरिं अट्ठमंगलगा झया छत्ताइच्छत्ता ।
३९ सभाए णं सुहम्माए उत्तरपुरच्छिमेणं एत्थ णं महेगे सिद्धायतणे पन्नत्ते । एग जायणसयं आयामेणं, पन्नास जायणाई विखंभेणं, बावत्तरि जायणाई उई उच्चत्तण, सभागमेणं जाव गोमाणसियाओ भूमिभागा उल्लाया तहेव । तस्स गं सिद्धायतणस्स बहुमज्झदेसभाए एत्थ णं महेगा मणिपेढिया पन्नत्ता । सेलसजायणाई आयामविक्खंभेणं अट्टजोयणाई बाहलेणं। तीसे णं मणिपेढियाए उवरि एत्थ णं महेगे देवछंदए पन्नत्ते । सेोलसजायणाई आयामविक्खंभेणं साइरेगाइं सेोलसजोयणाई उडू उच्चत्तेग, सवरयणामए जाव पडिरूवे । एत्थ णं अट्टसयं जिणपडिमाणं जिगुस्सेहप्पमाणमित्ताणं संनिक्वित्तं संचिट्ठन्ति । तासिं णं जिणपडिमाणं इमेयारूवे वण्णावासे पन्नत्ते। तं जहा-तवणिजमया हत्थतलपायतला, अंकामयाइं नक्खाई, अंतोलोहियक्खपडिसेगाई, कणगामईओ जंघाओ, कणगामया जाणू, कणगामया ऊरू, कणगामईओ गायलटोओ, तवणिजमयाओ नाभीओ, रिट्ठामईओ रामराईओ, तवणिजमया चुचुया तवणिज मया सिरिवच्छा, सिलवालमया ओट्टा, फालियामया दंता तर्वाणजमईओ जीहाओ, तवणिजमया तालया, कणगामईओ नासिगाओ, अंतोलोहियखपडिसेगाओ, अंकामयाणि अ. च्छीणि, अंतोलोहि यक्वपडिसेगाणि, रिट्टामईओताराओ, रिट्ठामयागि अच्छिपत्ताणि, रिट्टामईओ भमुहाओ, कणगामया कोला, कणगामया सवणा, कगगामईओ निडालपट्टियाओ, वइरामईओ
Page #55
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त
सीसघडीओ, तवणिजमईओ केसंतकेसभूमीओ, रिट्टामया उवरि मुद्धया । तासिं णं जिणपडिमाणं पिट्रओ पत्तय २ छत्तधारगपडिमाओ पन्नत्ताओ । ताओ णं छत्तधारगपडिमाओ हिमरययकुंदेंदुप्पगासाई सकारंटमल्लदामाई धवलाई आयवत्ताई सलीलं धारेमाणीओ २ चिति । तासिं णं जिणपडिमाणं उभओ पासे पत्तेयं २ चामरधारपडिमाओ पण्णत्ताओ । ताओ णं चामरधारपडिमाओ नाणामणिकणगरयणविमलमहरिह जाव सलीलं धारेमाणीओ २ चिटुंति । तासिं णं जिणपडिमाणं पुरओ दो दो नागपडिमाओ भूयपडिमाओ जक्खपडिमाओ कुंडधारपडिमाओ सव्वरयणामईओ अच्छाओ जाव चिट्ठति । तासिं. गं जिणपडिमाणं पुरओ अट्ठसय घंटाणं अट्ठसयं कलसाणं अट्ठसयं भिंगाराणं एवं आयंसाणं थालाणं पाईणं सुपइट्ठाणं मोगुलियाणं वायकरगाणं चित्तगराणं रयणकरंडगाणं हयकंठाणं जाव उसभकंठाणं पुष्फचंगेरीणं जाव लोमहत्थचंगेरीणं पुप्फपडलगाणं तेल्लसमुग्गाणं, जाव अंजणसमुग्गाणं अट्ठसयं धूवकडुच्छुयाणं संनिक्खित्तं चिट्ठति । सिद्धायतणस्स णं उवरिं अट्ठमंगलगा झया छत्ताइच्छत्ता ।
४० तस्स णं सिद्धायतणस्स उत्तरपुरच्छिमे णं एत्थ णं महेगा उववायसभा पण्णत्ता । जहा सभाए सुहम्माए तहेव जाव मणिपेढिया अट्ठायणाई देवसयणिज्जं तहेव सयणिजवण्णओ, अट्टमंगलगा झया छत्ताइच्छत्ता। तीसे णं उववायसभाए उत्तरपुरच्छिमेणं एत्थ णं महेगे हरए पण्णत्ते । एगं जायणसयं आयामेणं, पन्नासं जायणाई विक्खंभेणं, दसजोयणाई उन्हेणं, तहेव । तस्स णं हरयस्स उत्तरपुरच्छिमे णं एत्थ णं महेगा
Page #56
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त
अभिसेगसभा पण्णत्ता । सुहम्मागमरणं जाव गोमाणसियाओ मणिपेढयाओ सीहासणं सपरिवारं जाव दामा चिट्ठेति । तत्थ णं सूरियाभस्स देवस्स बहुअभिसेयभंडे संनिक्खित्ते चिट्ठ अट्टमंगलगा तहेव । तीसे णं अभिसेगसभाए उत्तरपुरच्छिमेणं थणं अलंकारियसभा पण्णत्ता । जहा सभा सुहम्मा, मणिपेढिया, अट्टजेोयणाई सीहासणं सपरिवारं । तत्थ णं सूरियाभस्स देवस्स सुबहु अलंकारियभंडे संनिक्खित्ते चिट्ठा, सेसं तव । तीसे णं अलंकारियसभाए उत्तरपुरच्छिमे णं एत्थ णं महेगा ववसायसभा पण्णत्ता, जहा उववायसभा जाव सीहासणं सपरिवारं मणिपेढिया अट्ठट्ठमंगलगा' । तत्थ णं सूरियाभस्स देवरस एत्थ णं महेगे पोत्थयरयणे संनिक्खित्ते चिट्ठा । तस्स णं पोत्थयरयणस्स इमेयारूवे वण्णावासे पण्णत्ते । तं जहा - रयणामयाई पत्तगाई, रिट्ठामईओ कंबिआओ' तवणोज्जमए दोरे, नाणामणिमए गंठी, वेरुलियमए लिप्पासणे, रिट्ठामए छंदणे, तवणिज्जमई संकला, रिट्ठामई मसी, वहरामई लेणी, रिट्ठामयाई अखराई धम्मिए सत्थे । ववसायसभाए णं उवरिं अट्टमंगलगा । तीसे णं ववसायसभाए उत्तरपुरच्छिमेणं एत्थ णं नंदा पुत्रखरिणी पण्णत्ता, हरयसरिसा । तीसे णं नंदाए पुक्खरिणीए उत्तरपुच्छिमेणं महेंगे बलिपोढे पण्णत्ते, सच्चरयणामए अच्छे जाव पडिरूवे |
५१
४१ तेणं कालेणं तेणं समर्पणं सुरियाभे देवे अहुणाववनमित्त चेव समाणे पंचविहार पजत्तीए पज्जत्तिभावं गच्छइ । तं जहा - आहारपज्जत्तीए सरीरपजत्तीए इंदियपजत्तीए आणपाणपज्जत्तीय भासामणपजत्तीए । तए णं तस्स सूरियाभस्स देवरस पंचविहार पज्जत्तीए पज्जत्तिभावं गयस्स समाणस्स
Page #57
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
५२.
रायपसेणियसुत्त
इमेयारूवे अब्भथिए चिंतिए पथिए मोगए संकप्पे समुपजित्था-" किं मे पुब्धि करणिज ?, किं मे पच्छा करणिज्ज ? कि मे पुबि सेयं ? किं मे पच्छा सेयं ? किं मे पुविपि पच्छावि हियाए सुहाए खमाए निस्सेसाए अणुगामियत्ताए भविस्सइ? " । तए णं तस्स सूरियाभस्स देवस्स सामाणियपरिसाववन्नगा देवा सूरियाभस्स देवस्स इमेयारूवमभत्थियं जाव समुप्पन्नं समभिजाणित्ता जेणेव सूरियाभे देवे तेणेव उवागच्छन्ति । सूरियाभं देवं करयलपरिग्गहियं सिरसावत्तं मत्थए अंजलिं कटु जएणं विजएणं वद्धावेन्ति । वद्धावित्ता एवं वयासी–“एवं खलु देवाणुप्पियाणं सूरियाभे विमाणे सिद्धायतणंसि जिणपडिमाणं जिगुस्सेहपमाणमित्ताणं अट्ठसयं संनिक्खित्तं चिटुंति । सभाए णं सुहम्माए माणवए चेइए खंभे वइरामएसु गोलवट्टसमुग्गएसु बहूओ जिणसकहाओ संनिश्वित्ताओ चिट्ठति । ताओ णं देवाणुप्पियाणं अण्णेसिं च बहूणं वेमाणियाणं देवाण य देवीण य अच्चणिजाओ जाव पज्जुवासणिजाओ । तं एयं णं देवाणुप्पियाणं पुधि करणिज्जं, तं एयं णं देवाणुप्पियाणं पच्छा करणिज्जं, तं एयं णं देवाणुपियाणं पुधि सेयं, तं एयं णं देवाणुपियाणं पच्छा सेयं, तं एयं णं देवाणुप्पियाणं पुविपि पच्छावि हियाएः सुहाए खमाए निस्सेसाए अणुगामियत्ताए भविस्सइ”।
४२ तए णं से सूरियाभे देवे तेसिं सामाणियपरिसोववनगाणं देवाणं अंतिए एयमढे सोच्चा निसम्म हट्टतुट्ठ जाव हयहियए सयणिजाओ अब्भुट्टेड । सयणिजाओ अब्भुत्ता उववायसहाए पुरच्छिमिल्लेणं दारेणं निग्गच्छइ । जेणेव हरए तेणेव उवागच्छइ । २ हरयं अणुपयाहिणी करेमाणे करेमाणे
Page #58
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त
पुरच्छिमिल्लेणं तोरणेणं अणुपविसइ । २ पुरच्छिमिल्लेणं तिसेवाणपडिरूवएणं पञ्चोरुहइ । २ जलावगाहं जलमज्जणं करेइ । २ जलकि९ करेइ । २ जलाभिसेयं करेइ । २ आयंतेचोक्खे परमसुइभूए हरयाओ पञ्चोत्तरइ । २ जेणेव अभिसेयसहा, तेणेव उवागच्छइ । २ अभिसेयसभं अणुपयाहिणी करेमाणे करेमाणे पुरच्छिपिल्लेणं दारेणं अणुपविसइ । २ जेणेव सीहासणे तेणेव उवागच्छइ । २ सीहासणवरगए पुरस्थाभिमुहे सन्निसण्णे । तए णं सूरियाभस्स देवस्स सामाणियपरिसाववनगा देवा आभियोगिए देवे सदावेंति । २ एवं वयासी"खिप्पामेव भी देवाणुप्पिया ! सूरियाभस्स देवस्स महत्थं, म. हग्घ, महरिहं विउलं इंदाभिसेयं उवटवेह"। तए णं ते आभियोगिया देवा सामाणियपरिसाववन्नेहिं देवेहिं एवं वुत्ता समाणा हट्ठा जाव हियया करयलपरिग्गहियं सिरसावत्तं मत्थए अंजलिं कट्ट " एवं देवो! तह ” त्ति आणाए विणएणं वयणं पडिसुगंति । २ उत्तरपुरच्छिमं दिसिभागं अवकमंति । २ वेउब्वियसमुग्धाएणं समाहणंति । २ संखेजाई जोयणाई जाव दोच्चपि वेउवियसमुग्घाएणं समाणित्ता अट्टसहस्सं सावणियाणं कलसाणं, अट्ठसहस्सं रुप्पमयाणं कलसाणं २, अट्ठसहस्सं मणिमयाणं कलसाणं ३, अट्ठसहस्सं सुवण्णरुप्पमयाणं कलसाणं ४, अट्ठ. सहस्सं सुवण्णमणिमयाणं कलसाणं ५, अट्ठसहस्सं रुप्पमणि. मयाणं कलसाणं ६, अट्टसहस्सं सुवण्णरुप्पमणिमयाणं कलसाणं ७, अट्रसहस्सं भामिजाणं कलसाणं ८, एवं भिंगाराणं, आयसाणं, थालीणं, पाईणं, सुपइट्ठाणं, रयणकरंडगाणं, पुप्फचंगेरीण जाव लोमहत्थचंगेरीणं, पुष्फपडलगाणं जाव लोमहत्थ. पडलगाणं छत्ताणं चामराणं तेल्समुग्गाणं जाव अंजणसमुग्गाणं
Page #59
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
५४
रायपसेणियसुत्त अट्टसहसं धूवकडुच्छुयाणं विउब्बति । २ ते साभाविए य - वेउविए य कलसे य जाव कडुच्छुए य गिण्हति । २ सूरियाभाओ विमाणाओ पडिनिक्खमंति । २ ताए उकिट्टाए चवलाए जाव तिरियमसंखेजाण जाव वीईवयमाणे २ जेणेव खी. रोदयसमुद्दे तेणेव उवागच्छति । २ खीरोयगं गिण्हन्ति, जाई तत्थुप्पलाई ताई गिण्हन्ति, जाव सयसहस्सपत्ताई गिण्हंति । २ जेणेव पुक्खरोदए समुद्दे तेणेव उवागच्छंति, २ पुक्खरोदयं गिण्हंति, २ जाई तत्थुप्पलाई सयसहस्सपत्ताई ताई जाव गिण्हन्ति । २ जेणेव समयखेत्ते, जेणेव भरहेरवयाई वासाई, जेणेव मागहवरदामपभासाइं तित्थाई तेणेव उवागच्छति । २ तित्योदगं गिण्हंति, २ तित्थमट्टियं गिण्हति । २ जेणेव गंगासिंधुरत्तारत्तवईओ महानईओ तेणेव उवागच्छति । २ सलिलोदगं गिण्हंति, २ उभओकूलमट्टि गिण्हंति। २ जेणेव चुल्लहिमवंतसिहरीवासहरपन्वया तेणेव उवागच्छंति, २ दगं गिण्हन्ति । सन्घतुयरे, सवपुप्फे, सव्वगंधे, सबमल्ले, सम्योसहिसिद्धत्थए गिण्हन्ति । २ जेणेव पउमपुंडरीयदहे तेणेव उवागच्छन्ति, २ दहेादगं गिण्हन्ति, २ जाई तत्थ उप्पलाई जाव सयसहस्सपत्ताई ताई गेण्हन्ति । २ जेणेव हेमवयएरवयाई वासाई, जेणेव रोहियरोहियंसाप्नुवण्णकूलारुप्पकूलाओ महानईओ तेणेव उवागच्छन्ति । २ सलिलोदगं गिण्हंति, २ उभओकूलमट्टियं गिण्हंति । २ जेणेव सदावइवियडावइपरियागा. वट्टवेयडपबया तेगेव उवागच्छन्ति । २ सन्वतुयरे तहेव जेणेव महाहिमवंतपिवासहरपन्चया तेणेव उवागच्छति । तहेव जे-- णेव महापउममहापुंडरीयद्दहा तेणेव उवागच्छंति, २ दहादर्ग गिण्हन्ति । तहेव जेणेव हरिवासरम्मगवासाई, जेणेव हरिकंत
Page #60
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त
५५ नारिकताओ महानईओ तेणेव उवागच्छति । तहेव जेणेव गंधावइमालवंतपरियाया वट्टवेयडूपव्वया तेणेव, तहेव जेणेव निसढनीलवंतवासहरपव्यया, तहेव जेणेव तिगिच्छिकेसरिद्दहाओ तेणेव उवागच्छन्ति । २ तहेव जेणेव महाविदेहे वासे, जेणेव सीतासीतादाओ महानईओ तेणेव, तहेव जेणेव सवचकवट्टि विजया जेणेव सन्धमागहवरदामपभासाई तित्थाई तेणेव उवागच्छंति । २ तित्थोदगं गिण्हन्ति, २ सम्वन्तरनईओ जेणेव सधवक्खारपव्वया तेणेव उवागच्छति । सवतुयरे तहेव जेणेव मंदरे पव्वए, जेणेव भद्दसालवणे, तेणेव उवागच्छति । सव्वतुयरे सव्वपुष्के सबमल्ले सम्वोसहिसिद्धत्थए य गिहन्ति । २ जेणेव नंदणवणे तेणेव उवागच्छति, २ सवतुयरे जाव सम्वोसहिसिद्धत्थए य सरसगासीसचंदणं गिण्हन्ति । २ जेणेव सोमणसवणे तेणेव उवागच्छति । सवतुयरे जाव स. व्वोसहिसिद्धत्थए य सरसगासीसचंदणं च दिव्यं च सुमणदाम दद्दरमलयसुगंधिए य गंधे गिण्हन्ति । २ एगओ मिलायति, २ ताए उकिट्टाए जाव जेणेव साहम्मेकप्पे, जेणेव सूरियाभे विमाणे जेणेव अभिसेयसहा, जेणेव सूरियाभे देवे तेणेव उवागच्छन्ति । २ सूरियाभं देवं करयलपरिग्गहियं सिरसावत्तं मत्थए अंजलिं कट्ट जएणं विजएणं वद्धाति । २ तं महत्थं महग्धं महरिहं विउलं इंदाभिसेय उवट्ठति । तए णं तं सूरियाभं देवं चत्तारिसामाणियसाहस्सीओ अग्गमहिसीओ सपरिवाराओ तिन्नि परिसाओ सत्तअणियाहिवइणो जाव अन्नव बहवे सूरियाभविमाणवासिणो देवा य देवीओ य तेहिं साभाविएहि य वेउ. विएहि य वरकमलपइट्टाणेहि य सुरभिवरवारिपडिपुण्णेहिं चंदणकयचच्चिएहिं आविद्धकंठेगुणेहिं पउमुप्पलपिहाणेहि सुकुमाल
Page #61
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायप सेणियसुत्त
कोमलकरयल परिगहिएहिं अट्टसहस्सेणं सेावणियाणं कलसाणं जाव अट्ठसहस्सेणं भामिजाणं कलसाणं सव्वादरहिं सव्वमट्टि याहि सन्तुयरेहिं जाव सासहिसित्थरहिं य सब्बिड्डीए जाव वाइरणं महया २ इंदाभिसेवणं अभिसिंचंति । तए णं तस्स सूरियाभस्स देवस्स महया २ इंदाभिसे वट्टमाणे अपेगइया देवा सूरियाभं विमाणं नच्चायगं नाइमट्टियं पविरलपफुसियरय रेणुविणासणं दिव्वं सुरभिगंधोद्गं वासं वासंति । अप्पेगइया देवा हयरयं नट्टरयं भट्ठरयं उवसंतरयं पसंतरयं करेंति । अप्पेगइया देवा सूरियाभं विमाणं आसियसंमजिओवलित्तं सुइसेमरत्थंतरावणवीहियं करेंति । अप्पेगइया देवा सुरियाभं विमाणं मंचाइमंचकलिये करेंति । अप्पेगइया देवा सूरिया विमाणं नाणाविहरागोसियं झयपडागाइप डाग मंडियं करेंति । अध्पेगइया देवा सूरियाभं विमाणं लाउल्लाइयमहिये गोसीससरसरत्तचंदणदद्दरदिन्न पंचगुलितलं करेंति । अप्पेगइया देवा सूरिया विमाणं अवचियचंदणकलसं चंदणघड सुकयतेारणपडिदुवारदेसभागं करेंति । अप्पेगइया देवा सूविमाणं आसत्तासत्तविउलबट्टबग्घारियमल्लदामकलावं करेंति । अगइया देवा सूरियाभं विमाणं पंचवण्णसुरभिमुक्क. पुष्कपुंजोवयारकलिये करेंति । अप्पेगइया देवा सूरियाभं विमाणं कालागुरुपवरकुंदुरुक्क तुरुकधूवमघमघंत गंधुद्धयाभिरामं करेंति । अध्येगइया देवा सूरियाभं विमाणं सुगंधगंधियं गंधवट्टिभूयं करेंति । अप्पेगइया देवा हिरण्णवासं वासंति, सुवण्णवासं वासंति, रययवासं वासंति, वइरवासं पुप्फवासं फलवासं मल्लवासं गंधवासं चुण्णवासं' आभरणवासं वासंति । अप्पेगा देवा हिरण्णविहिं भाएन्ति, एवं सुवण्णविहिं भारन्ति,
रिया
५६
०
o
Page #62
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त रयणविहि, पुष्फविहि, फलविहिं, मल्लविहि, चुण्णविहि, वत्थविहि, गंधविहि, भाएंति । तत्थ अप्पेगइया देवा आभरणविहिं भाएंति । अप्पेगइया देवा चउन्विहं वाइयं वाएंति तं जहाततं विततं घणं झुसिरं | अप्पेगइया देवा चउविहं गेयं गायंति, तं जहा-उक्खित्तायं पयत्तायं मंदायं रोइयांवसाणं । अप्पेगइया देवा दुयं नट्टविहि उवदंसेन्ति । अप्पेगइया विलंबियनट्टविहिं उवदंसेंति । अप्पेगइया देवा दुतविलंबियं नट्टविहिं उवदंसेंति । एवं अप्पंगइया अंचियं नट्टविहिं उवदंसेंति । अप्पेगइया देवा आरभडं भसालं आरभडभसोलं उप्पयनिवयपमत्तं संकुचियपसारियं रियारिय भंतसंभंतनाम दिव्वं नट्टविहिं उवदंसेंति । अप्पेगइया देवा चउविहं अभिणयं अभिणयंति, तं जहा-दिट्टतियं पाडितियं सामंतोवणिवाययं लोगअंतामझावसाणियं । अप्पेगइया देवा बुक्काति, अप्पेगझ्या देवा पिणेति, अप्प्गइया लासेंति, अप्पेगइया नुकाति, अप्पेगइया तंडवेंति, अपऐगइया वर्गति, अप्पोडेति, अपऐगइया, अप्फोडेंतिवगंति, अप्पेगझ्या तिवई छिदेति । अप्पेगइया हयहे. सियं करोति, अप्पेगइया हरिथगुलगुलाई कति. अप्पेगइया रहघणघणाई करेंति, अरे गइया हयहेसियहत्थिगुलगुलाइयरहघणघणाइयं करेंति । अगइया उच्छति, अप्रंगड्या पाच्छलंति, अप्पेगइया उकिट्टियं करोति, अप्रेंगइया उच्छलंतिपोच्छलंति अप्पेगगइया तिग्निवि । अप्रेगइया उप्पयंति, अपगइया निवयंति अप्पेगइया परिवयंति, अंऐगइयातिनिवि । अरे गड्या सीहनायंति, अप्दैगइया दद्दरयं करेंति, अप्दैगइया भूमिचवेड दलयंति, अप्पेगइया तिन्निवि । अप्रेगइया गज्जति, अप्दैगइया विज्जुयायंति, अप्पेगंइया वासं वासंति, अप्पेगइया तिन्निवि
Page #63
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त करेंति । अप्पेगइया जलंति, अप्पेगइया तवंति अप्पेगइया पतवेंति, अप्पेगइया तिन्निवि । अप्पेगइया हक्कारोति, अप्पेगइया थुक्कारोति, अप्पेगइया धक्कारेंति (पुकारेंति ), अप्पेगइया साइं २ नामाई साहेति, अप्पेगइया चत्तारिवि । अप्पेगइया देवा देवसन्निवायं करेंति, अप्पेगइया देवुज्जोयं करोति, अप्पेगइया देवु. कलियं करोति । अप्पेगइया देवा कहकहग करेंति, अप्पेगइया देवा दुहदुहगं करेंति, अप्पेगइया चेलुक्खेवं करोति । अप्पेगइया देवसन्निवायं देवुज्जोयं देवुकलियं देवकहकहगं देवदुहदुहगं चेलुक्खेवं करोति । अप्पेगइया उप्पलहत्थगया जाव सयसहस्तपत्तइत्थगया। अप्पेगइया कलसहत्थगया, जाव धूवकडुच्छुयहत्थगया हट्टतुट जाव हियया सवओ समता आहावंति, परिधावंति । तर णं तं सूरियाभं देवं चत्तारिसामाणियसाहस्सीओ जाव सोलसआयरक्खदेवसाहस्सीओ अण्णे य बहवे सूरियाभरायहाणिवत्थया देवा य देवीओ य महया २, इंदाभिसेगेणं अभिसिंचंति । २ पत्तय २ करयलपरिग्गहियं सिरसावत्तं मत्थए अंजलि कट्ट एवं वयासी-"जय २ नंदा जय २ भद्दा, जय जय नंदाभदा ते अजियं जिणाहि, जियं च पालेहि, जियमझे वसाह, इंदा इव देवाणं, चंदो इव ताराण, चमरा इव असुराणं, धरणा इव नागाणं, भरहा इव मणुयाणं, बहूई पलि. ओवमाई बहूई सागरावमाई, बहूई पलिओवमसागरावमाई चउण्हं सामाणियसाहस्सीणं जाव आयरक्खदेवसाहस्सीणं सूरियाभस्स विमाणस्स अन्नेसिं च बहूणं सूरियाभविमाणवासीणं देवाण य देवीण य आहेवच्चं जाव महया २ करेमाणे पालेमागे विहराहि" ति कट्ट जय जय सदं पउंजंति। तए णं से सूरियाभे देवे महया २ इंदाभिसेगेणं अभिसित्ते समाणे
Page #64
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त अभिसेयसभाओ पुरच्छिमिल्लेणं दारेणं निगच्छइ । २ जेणेव अलंकारियसहा तेणेव उवागच्छइ, २ अलंकारियसभं अणुपयाहिणी करेमाणे, २ अलंकारियसभं पुरच्छिमिल्लेणं दारेणं अगुपविसइ । २ जेणेव सीहासणे तेणेव उवागच्छइ, सीहास. णवरगए पुरत्थाभिमुहे सन्निसण्णे । तए णं तस्स सूरियाभस्स देवस्स सामाणियपरिसेविवन्नगा अलंकारियभंड उवट्ठति । तए णं से सूरियाभे देवे तप्पढमयाए पम्हलसुमालाए सुरभीए गंधकासाइए गायाइं लूहेइ। २ सरसेणं गासीसचंदणेणं गायाई अगुलिंपइ। २ नासानीसासवायवाझं चक्खुहरं वण्णफरिसजुत्तं हयलालापेलवातिरेगं धवलं कणगखचियंतकम्म आगासफालियसमप्पभं दिव्वं देवदृसजुयलं नियंसेइ । २ हारं पिणद्धेइ, २ अद्ध. हारं पिणद्धइ, २ एगावलि पिणद्धेइ,२ मुत्तावलि पिणद्धइ, २ रयणावलिं पिणद्धेइ,२ एवं अंगयाइं केयूराइं कडगाई तुडियाई कडिसुत्तग दसमुदाणंतग वत्थसुत्तगं मुरविं पालंब कुंडलाइं चूडामणि मउडं पिणद्धेइ। २ गंथिमवेढिमपूरिमसंघाइमेणं चउविहेणं मल्लेण कप्परुक्खगं पिव अप्पाणं अलंकियविभूसियं करेइ । २ दद्दरमलयसुगंधगंधिएहिं गायाई भुखंडेइ, दिव्वं च सुमणदाम पिणद्धेइ।
४३ तए णं से सूरियाभे देवे केसालंकारेण मल्लालंकारेण आभरणालंकारेण वत्थालंकारेण चविहेण अलंकारेण अलंकियविभूसिए समाणे पडिपुण्णालंकारे सीहासणाओ अब्भुटेइ । २ अलंकारियसभाओ पुरच्छिमिल्लेणं दारेणं पडिनिक्खमइ । २ जेणेव ववसायसभा तेणेव उवागच्छइ, ववसायसभं अणुपयाहिणीकरेमाणे २ पुरच्छिमिल्लेणं दारेणं अणुपविसइ, २ जेणेव सीहासणवरगए जाव सन्निसण्णे । तप णं तस्स सूरियाभस्स
Page #65
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त देवस्स सामाणियपरिसाववन्नगा देवा पोत्थयरयणं उवणेति । तए णं से सूरियाभे देवे · पोत्थयरयणं गिण्हइ, २ पोत्थयरयणं मुयइ, २ पोत्थयरयणं विहाडेइ, २ पोत्थयरयणं वाएइ । २ धम्मियं ववसायं गिण्हइ २ पोत्थयरयणं पडिनिक्खिवइ । २ सीहासणाओ अब्भुटेइ, २ ववसायसभाओ पुरच्छिमिल्लेणं दारेणं पडिनिक्खमइ । २ जेणेव नंदा पुक्खरिणी तेणेव उवागच्छइ २ नंदापुक्खरिणीणं पुरच्छिमिल्लेणं तोरणेणं पुरच्छिमिल्लेणं तिसावाणपडिरूवएणं पच्चोरुहइ । २ हत्थपायं पक्खालेइ, २ आयंते चोक्खे परमसुइभूए एगं महं सेयं रययामयं विमलं सलिलपुण्णं मत्तगयमुहागिइकुंभसमाणं भिंगारं पगेण्हइ । २ जाई तत्थ उप्पलाई जाव सयसहस्स. पत्ताई ताई गेण्हइ २ नंदाओ पुक्खरिणीओ पचोरुहइ २ जेणेव सिद्धायतणे तेणेव पहारेत्थ गमणाए ।
४४ तए णं (तं सूरियाभं देवं ) चत्तारि य सामाणियसाहस्सीओ जाव सोलस आयरक्खदेवसाहस्सीओ अन्ने य बहवे सूरियाभ जाव देवीओ य अप्पेगइया देवा उप्पलहत्थगया जाव सयसहस्सपत्तहत्थगया सूरियाभं देवं पिट्टओ २ समणुगच्छति । तए णं तं सूरियाभं देवं बहवे आभियोगिया देवा य देवीओ य अप्पेगइया कलसहत्थगया जाव अपगइया धूवकडुच्छयहत्थगया हट्टतुट्ट जाव सूरियाभं देवं पिट्टओ समणुगच्छति । तए णं से सूरियाभे देवे चउहिं सामाणियसाहस्सीहिं जाव अन्नेहि य बहूहि य सूरियाभ जाव देवेहि य देवीहि य सद्धिं संपरिबुडे सविडीए जाव नाइयरवेणं जेणेव सिद्धायतणे तेणेव उवागच्छइ । २ सिद्धायतणं पुरथिमिल्लेणं दारेणं अगुपविसइ, २ जेणेव देवच्छंइए, जेणेव जिणपडिमाओ, तेणेव
Page #66
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त
६१
उवागच्छइ । २ जिणपडिमाणं आलोए पणामं करेइ, २ लोमहत्थगं गिण्हर, २ जिणपडिमाणं लोमहत्थरणं पमज्जइ । २ जिणपडिमाओ सुरभिणा गंधादपणं ण्हाणेइ २ सरसेणं गोसीसचंदणं गायाई अणुलिंपइ, २ सुरभिगंधकासाइएणं गायाई लहेइन २ जिणपडिमाणं अहयाई देवदूसजुयलाई नियंसेइ २ पुष्कारुणं मल्लारुहणं गंधारहणं चुण्णारुहणं वण्णारुणं वत्थारुहणं आभरण/रुहणं करेइ । २ आसत्तोसत्तविउलवट्टवग्घारियमल्लदा कलावं करेइ, २ कयग्गाहगहियकरयल पन्भट्टविपमुक्केणे. दसद्धवणेणं कुसुमेणं मुकपुष्कपुंजे वयारकलियं करेइ । २ जिणपडिमाणं पुरओ अच्छेहिं सहेहिं रययामपहिं अच्छरसतंदुलेहिं अट्टमंगले आलिहा, तं जहां - सोत्थिय जाव दपणं । तयाणंतरं च णं चंदपभरयणवहरवे रुलियविमल दंडं कंचणमणिरयणभत्तिचित्तं कालागुरुपवरकुंदुरुक्क तुरुक्क धूवमघमघंत गंधुत्तमाणुविद्धं च धूववहिं विणिम्मुतं वेरुलियमयं कडुच्यं परमहिय पयतेणं धूवं दाऊण जिणवराणं अट्टसर्यावसुद्धगन्धजुत्तेहिं अत्थजुत्ते हिं अपुणरुत्तेहिं महावित्तेहि संथुणइ । २ सत्तट्ठपयाई पश्च्चोसकर, २ वामं जाणुं अंचे, २ दाहिणं जाणुं धरणितलंसि निहट्ट तिक्खुत्तो मुद्धाणं धरणितलंसि निवाडे, २ ईसिं पच्चन्नमइ । २ करयलपरिगहियं सिरसावत्तं मत्थए अंजलि कट्टु एवं वयासी - " नमोत्थु णं अरहंताणं जाव संपत्ताणं " त्ति कट्टु वंदs नमसर, २ जेणेव देवच्छंदए जेणेव सिद्धाययणस्स बहुमज्झदेसभाए तेणेव उवागच्छइ । २ ले महत्थगं परामुसs, २ सिद्धाययणस्स बहुमज्झदेसभागं लोमहत्थेणं पमजइ । दि. aare दगधाराए अब्भुक्खेर, सरसेणं गोसीसचंदणेणं पंचंगुलितलं मंडलगं आलिहइ । २ कयग्गाहगहियं जाव पुजोवया
Page #67
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
६२
रायपसेणियसुत्त
रकलियं करेइ २ धूवं दलयइ । २ जेणेव सिद्धायणस्स दाहिजिलले दारे तेणेव उवागच्छइ, २ लोमहत्थगं परामुसइ, २ दारचेडीओ य सालभंजियाओ य वालरूवए य लोमहत्थएणं पमजइ, । २ दिव्वाए दगधाराए अब्भुक्खेइ, २ सरसेणं गोसीसचंदणेणं चच्चए दलयइ । २ पुष्फारुहणं मल्ला जाव आभरणारुहणं करेइ, २ आसत्तोसत्त जाव धूवं दलयइ। २ जेणेव दाहिणिल्ले दारे मुहमंडवे, जेणेव दाहिणिल्लस्स मुहमंडवस्स बहुमज्झदेसभाए तेणेव उवागच्छइ । २ लोमहत्थगं परामुसह, २ बहुमज्झदेसभागं लोमहत्थेणं पमजइ, २ दिव्वाए दगधाराए अभुक्खेइ, २ सरसेणं गोसीसचंदणेणं पंचंगुलितलं मंडलगं आलिहइ, २ कयग्गाहगाहय जाव धूवं दलयइ । २ जेणेव दाहिणिल्लस्स मुहमंडवस्स पचथिमिल्ले दारे तेणेव उवागच्छा। २ लोमहत्थगं परामुसइ, २ दारचेडीओ य सालभंजियाओ य वालरूवए य लोमहत्थेणं पमजइ । २ दिवाए दगधाराए° सरसेणं गोसीसचंदणेणं चच्चए दलयइ, २ पुप्फारुहणं जाव आभरणारुहणं करेइ । २ आसत्तोसत्त° कयग्गाहगहियं धूवं दलयइ । २ जेणेव दाहिणिल्लमुहमंडवस्स उत्तरिल्ला खंभपंती तेणेव उवागच्छइ, २ लोमहत्थगं परामुसइ । २ थंभे य सालिभंजियाओ य वालरूवए य लोमहत्थएणं पमजइ° जहा चेव पञ्चस्थिमिल्लस्स दारस्स जाव धूवं दलयइ । २ जेणेव दाहिणिल्लस्स मुहमंडवस्स पुरथिमिल्ले दारे तेणेव उवागच्छइ, २ लोमहन्थग परामुसइ । दारचेडीओ तं चेव सवं, जेणेव दाहिजिल्लस्स मुहमंडवस्स दाहिणिल्ले दारे तेणेव उवागच्छइ । २ दारचेडीओ य तं चेव सवं, जेणेव दाहिणिल्ले पेच्छाघरमंडवे, जेणेव दाहिणिल्लस्स पेच्छाघरमंडवस्स बहुमज्झदेसभाए, जेणेव
Page #68
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त वहरामए अक्खाडए, जेणेव मणिपेढिया, जेणेव सीहासणे, तेणेव उवागच्छइ । २ लोमहत्थग परामुसइ, २ अक्खाडगं च मणिपेढियं सीहासणं च लोमहत्थएणं पमजइ । २ दिवाए दगधाराए जाव सरसेणं गोसीसचंदणेणं सच्चए दलयइ, पुष्फारुहणं जाव आसत्तोसत्तं जाव धूवं दलयइ। २ जेणेव दाहिणिल्लस्स पेच्छाघरमंडवस्स पञ्चस्थिमिल्ले दारे तं चेव, उत्तरिल्ले दारे तं चेव, (जं चेव) पुरथिमिल्ले दारे तं चेव, दाहिणणिल्ले दारे तं चेव, जेणेव दाहिणिल्ले चेइयथूभे तेणेव उवागच्छइ । २ थूभं च मणिपेढियं च° दिवाए दगधाराए अभुक्खइ । सरसेण गेासीसचंदणेण चच्चए दलेइ २ पुप्फारुहणं आसत्तोसत्त जाव धूवं दलेइ । जेणेव पञ्चस्थिमिल्ला मणिपेढिया, जेणेव पञ्चथिमिल्ला जिणपडिमा तं चेव, जेणेव उत्तरिल्ला जिणपडिमा तं चेव सन्वं, जेणेव पुरथिमिल्ला मणिपेढिया जेणेव पुरथिमिल्ला जिणपडिमा, तेणेव उवागच्छइ २ तं चेव, दाहिणिल्ला मणिपेढिया दाहिणिल्ला जिणपडिमा तं. चेव, जेणेव दाहिणिल्ले चेयरुक्खे तेणेव उवागच्छइ । २ तं चेव, जेणेव महिंदज्झए, जेणेव दाहिजिल्ला नंदापुक्खरिणी तेणेव उवागच्छइ । लोमहत्थगं परामुसइ, तोरणे य तिसोवाणपडिरूवए सालभंजियाओ य वालरूवए य लोमहत्थएण पमजइ, दिव्वाए दगधाराए° सरसेणं गोसीसचंदणेणं° पुष्फारुहणं° आसत्तोसत्तं° धूवं दलयइ । सिद्धाययणं अणुपयाहिणीकरेमाणे जेणेव उत्तरिल्ला नंदापुक्खरिणी तेणेव उवागच्छइ, २ त चेव जेणेव उत्तरिल्ले चेइयरुक्खे तेणेव उवागच्छइ, जेणेव उत्तरिल्ले चेइयथूभे तहेव, जेणेव पञ्चस्थि. मिल्ला पेढिया, जेणेव पञ्चस्थिमिल्ला जिणपडिमा, ते चेव, उत्तरिल्ले पेच्छाघरमंडवे तेणेव उवागच्छइ । २ जा चेव दाहि
Page #69
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
६४
रायपसेणियसुत्त
जिल्लवत्तव्वया सा चेव सव्वा पुरथिमिल्ले दारे दाहिणिल्ला खंभपंती तं चेव सव्वं । जेणेव उत्तरिल्ले मुहमंडवे जेणेव उत्तरिल्लस्स मुहमंडवस्स बहुमज्झभाए, तं चेव सवं । पच्चथिमिल्ले दारे तेणेव° उत्तरिल्ले दारे° दाहिणिल्ला खंभपंती, सेसं तं चेव सवं, जेणेव सिद्धाययणस्स उत्तरिल्ले दारे तं चेव, जेणेव सिद्धाययणस्स पुरथिमिल्ले दारे तेणेव उवागच्छइ। २ तं चेव, जेणेव पुरथिमिलले मुहमंडवे, जेणेव पुरथिमिल्लस्स मुहमंडवस्स बहुमज्झदेसभाए तेणेव उवागच्छइ । २ तं चेव, पुरस्थिमिल्लस्स मुहमंडवस्स दाहिणिलले दारे, पञ्चस्थिमिल्ला खंभपंती, उत्तरिल्ले दारे तं चेव, पुरथिमिल्ले दारे तं चेव, जेणेव पुरथिमिल्ले पेच्छाघरमंडवे, एवं थूभे जिणपडिमाओ चेइयरुक्खा महिंदज्झया नंदापुक्खरिणी तं चेव जाव धूवं दलेइ, २ जेणेव सभा सुहम्मा तेणेव उवागच्छइ । २ सभं सुहम्म पुरथिमिल्लेणं दारेणं अणुपविसइ, २ जेणेव माणवए चेइयखंभे, जेणेव वइरामए गोलवट्टसमुग्गे तेणेव उवागच्छइ । २ लेामहस्थगं परामुसइ, २ वइरामए गोलवट्टसमुग्गर लोमहत्थेणं पमजइ, २ वइरामए गोलवट्टसमुग्गए विहाडेइ, २ जिणसकहाओ लामहत्थेणं पमजइ, २ सुरभिणा गंधोदएणं पक्खालेइ । २ अग्गेहि वरेहिं गंधेहि य मल्लेहि य अच्चेइ, धूवं दलयइ । २ जिणसकहाओ वइरामएसु गोलवट्टसमुग्गए पडिनिक्खिवइ, माणवर्ग चेश्यखभं लोमहत्थएणं पमजइ, दिव्वाए दगधाराए° सरसेणं गोसीसचंदणेणं चच्चए दलयइ, पुष्फारुहणं जाव धूवं दलयइ । जेणेव सीहासणे तं चेव, जेणेव देवसयणिज्जे त चेव, जेणेव खुड्डागमहिंदज्झए तं चेव, जेणेव पहरणकासे चोप्पालए तेणेव उवागच्छइ । २.लोमहत्थग परामुसइ, २ पहरणकासं चाप्पालं
Page #70
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायसेनियसुत्त
६४ (a)
लामहत्थवणं पमज्जइ, २ दिव्वाए दंगधाराए° सरसेणं गोसीसचंदणेणं चच्चर दलेइ, पुष्फारुहणं आसत्तोसत्तं जाव धूवं दलया । जेगेव सभार सुम्माए बहुमज्झदेसभाए जेणेव मणिपेढिया जेणेव देवसयणिज्जे तेणेव उवागच्छइ । २ लोमहत्थगं परामुसई, देवसयणिज्जं च मणिपेढियं च लेोमहत्थपणं पमज्जइ जाव धूवं दलय६ । २ जेणेव उववाय सभाए दाहिणिल्ले दारे तहेव अभिसेयसभासरिसं जाव पुरथिमिल्ला नंदापुक्खरिणी जेणेव हरए तेणेव उवागच्छछ । २ तोरणे य तिसेावाणे य सालिभंजियाओ य वालरूवए य तहेव, जेणेव अभिसेयसभा तेणेव उवागच्छइ । २ तहेव सीहासणं च मणिपेढियं च सेसं तद्देव आययणसरिसं जाव पुरत्थिमिल्ला नंदापुक्खरिणी जेणेव अलंकारियसभा तेणेव उवागच्छछ । २ जहा अभिसेयसहा तहेव स, जेणेव ववसायसभा तेणेव उवागच्छर, २ तहेव लामत्थयं परामुस । पोत्थयरयणं लोमहत्थपणं पमज्जइ, २ दिवाए दगधाराए' अगोहिं वरेहिं य गन्धेहिं मल्लेहिं य अच्चे । २ मणिपेढियं सीहासणं च सेसं तं चेव जाव पुरस्थिमिल्ला नंदा पुक्खरिणी, जेणेव हरए तेणेव उवागच्छर २ तोरणे य तिसेावाणे य सालिभंजियाओ तव । जेणेव बलिपीढं तेणेव उवागच्छर, २ बलिविसज्जणं करेइ, आभियेोगिए देवे सहावे । २ एवं वयासी- "खिप्पामेव भो देवागुपिया ! सूरियाभे विमाणे सिंघाडपसु तिरसु चउसु चश्चरेसु चउमुहेसु महापहेसु पागारेसु अट्टालएसु चरियालु दारे गोपुरेलु तोरणेसु आरामेसु उज्जाणेसु वणेसु वराई काणगे वणसंडेसु अञ्चणियं करेह, अश्चणियं करेता एवमाणत्तियं खियामेव पचप्पण " । तर णं ते आभियोगिया
o
य वालरूवए य
०
Page #71
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
६४ (b)
रायपसेणियसुत्त
देवा सूरियाभेणं देवेणं एवं वृत्ता समाणा जाव पंडिसुजित्ता सूरियाभे विमाणे सिंघाडएस तिरसु चउक्केषु चच्चरेलु चउमुहेसु महापहेतु पागारेसु अट्टालएसु चरियालु दारेसु गोपुरेसु तोरणेतु आरामेसु उज्जाणेसु वणेसु वणराईसु काणणेसु वणसंडेसु अच्चणियं करेन्ति । २ जेणेव सूरियाभे देवे जाव पच्चविति । तप णं से सूरियाभे देवे जेणेव नंदा दुक्खरिणी तेणेव उवागच्छद्द, २ नंदा पुक्खरिणि पुरथिमिल्लेणं तिसावाणपडिरूवणं पञ्चोरुहइ, २ हत्थपाए पक्खालेइ, २ नंदाओ पुक्खरिणीओ पच्चुत्तरइ, २ जेणेव सभा सुहम्मा तेणेव पहारेत्थ गमणाए । तए णं से सूरियाभे देवे चउहिं सामाणियसाहस्सीहिं जाव सोलसहि आयरक्खदेवसाहस्सीहिं अण्णेहिं य बहूहिं सूरियाभविमाणवासीहिं वैमाणियहिं देवेहिं देवीहिं य सद्धिं संपरिबुडे सब्बिड्डीए: जाव नाइयरवेणं जेणेव सभा सुहम्मा तेणेव उवागच्छछ । २ सभं सुहम्मं पुरथिमिल्लेणं दारेण अणुपविस, २ जेणेव सीहासणे तेणेव उवागच्छर, २ सीहा सणवरगए पुरत्याभिमुद्दे सन्निसण्णे |
४५ तए णं तस्स सूरियाभस्स देवस्स अवरुत्तरेणं उत्तरपुरच्छिमेणं दिसिभाए णं चत्तारि य सामाणियसाहस्सीओ चउसु भद्दासणसाहस्सीसु निसीयंति । तए णं तस्स सूरियाभस्स देवस्स पुरथिमिल्लेणं चत्तारि अग्गमहिसीओ चउसु भद्दासणेसु निसीयत । तए णं तस्स सूरियाभस्स देवस्स दाहिणपुरत्थिमेणं अम्भितरियपरिसाए अट्ठदेव साहस्सीओ अट्टषु भद्दासणसाहस्सीनु निसीयंति । तप णं तस्स सूरियाभस्स देवस्स दाहिणेणं मज्झिमाए परिसाए दसदेव साहस्सीओ दसलु भद्दासगसाहस्सीसु निसीयंति । तए णं तस्स सूरिया
Page #72
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
रायपसेणियसुत्त
६४ (c) भस्स देवस्स दाहिणपश्ञ्चत्थिमेणं बाहिरियाए परिसाए बारसदेव साहसीओ बारससु भद्दा सणसाहस्सीसु निसीयंति । तप णं तस्स सूरियाभस्स देवस्स पञ्चत्थिमेणं सत्तअणियाहिवरणो सत्तनु भद्दासणेषु निसीयंति। तप णं तस्स सुरियाभस्स देवरस चउद्दिसिं सोलसआयरक्खदेव साहस्सीओ सोलससु भद्दा सणसाहरुसी लु निसीयंति । तं जहा - पुरथिमिल्लेणं चत्तारिसाहस्सीओ, दाहिणेणं चत्तारिसाहस्सीओ, पञ्च्चत्थिमेणं चत्तारिसाहस्सीओ, उत्तरेणं चत्तारिसाहस्सीओ । ते णं आयरक्खा सन्नद्धबद्धवम्मियकवया उप्पीलियसरासणपट्टिया पिण
विजा बद्धआविद्धविमलवरचिंधपट्टा गहियाउहपहरणा तिणयाणि तिसंधियाइं वयरामयाई काडीणि धणूरं पगिज्झ परियाइयकंडकलावा नीलपाणिणो पीयपाणिणो रत्तपाणिनेो चावपाणिण चारुपाणिणो चम्मपाणिणो दंडपाणिणो खग्गपाणिगा पासपाणिगे। नीलपीयरत्तचावचारुचम्मदंडखग्गपासधरा आयरक्खा रक्खे। वगया गुत्ता गुत्तपालिया जुत्ता जुत्तपालिया पत्तेयं । २ समयओ विणयओ किंकरभूया चिट्ठति ।
""
पण्णत्ता,
४६ " सूरियाभस्स णं भंते! देवस्स केवइयं कालं ठिई पण्णत्ता ? ” । 'गोया ! चत्तारिपलिओ माई ठिई 66 I सूरियाभरस णं भंते ! देवस्स सामाणियपरिसाववण्णगाणं देवाणं केवइयं कालं ठिई पण्णत्ता ? ” । गोयमा ! चत्तारि पलिओ माई ठिई पण्णत्ता, महिड्डीए महज्जुत्तीय महम्बले महाजसे महासोक्खे महाणुभागे सूरियाभे देवे” “ अहो णं भन्ते ! सूरिया देवे महिड्डीय जाब
महागुभागे " ।
66
46
Page #73
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page #74
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
RAYPASENIYA SUTTA.
TRANSLATION.
(1) In those days and in that epoch, there was a city named Amalkappa (which was) prosperous, peaceful, rich [upto] charining (or. having many mansions) worth seeing, enchanting, and splendid.
(2) Outside the Amalkappa city, to the north-eastern direction, there was an ancient [down to] charming, holy place hamed Ambsal
vana.
(3) The description of an excellent Agora tree and a slab of stone is to be understood according to Ov-vaiya-sutta).
(4) There was Seya King, 'Dharini queen, Lord (Mahāvira) arrived, congregation, went forth (as usual there was a religious sermon.... .......upto) the King was waiting upon (the Lord).
(5) In that age, and at that time, the god Suriyābha; (seated) on Suriyabha throne, in Sohamma assembly hall, (situated) in Suriyābha abode, in Sohamma heaven, encircled by four
Page #75
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
66
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
thousand Sāmāniya gods, four chief queens with their retinue, three congregations, seven (types ) of military forces, seven (types ) of commanders, sixteen thousand celestial beings as body-guards and many other gods and goddesses of Vemāniya class ( heavenly beings ) residing in Sūriyābha abode, was passing his time in enjoying divine pleasures with the sound that was produced due to the beating of excellent drums by experts, and which was accompanied by (constant staging of thirty-two kinds of) dramas, singing, playing upon musical instruments, lutes attuned with clapping, and blowing of musical instruments such as 'pipęs, lutes etc. He was observing the whole of the Jambuddiva (continent) by the application of his Ohināna. There he saw ascetic "Lord Mahāvira: accepting suitable place of
residence, and purifying his soul by self control; in the sanctuary attached to the Ambsālvana (park), situated out side the city Amalkappā, in Bharat country and in Jambu continent; having seen that he was delighted, pleased, gladdened at heart, filled with joy, affection, and noble feelings. His heart was expanding due to the influence of rapture, and the eyes
Page #76
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
67
were blooming like excellent lotuses. The valuable bracelets of gold, armlets, bracelets Worn on the fore-arms, diadem, ear-pendants, and necklaces, which were well arranged, and bedecking his chest, were heavily moved. The ornaments which he had put on were hanging, pendulous, and moving to and fro. With conconfusion he got up from his throne hastily; having done so, he got down from his foot stool; having done so, he wrapped a scarf round his face; having done so, he went seven or eight steps forward, towards the prophet: having done so, he bent his left knee; having done so, he placed his right knee on the ground, and touched his head thrice to the ground; having touched, raised it a little bit; having raised, joining the palms, and the ten nails, and bringing the folded hands towards the head, said thus "Salutations to the revered sages, blessed prophets, bridge makers (to cross the wordly ocean) self enlightened ones, the best among men, lions among men, excellent lotus flowers among men, noble elephants amidst worldy people, foremost among men, masters of the world, and those who are beneficial to the mass, light to the mob, enlighteners of the world,
Translation.
v
Page #77
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
68
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
givers of security from danger, vision, life, resort, knowledge, and religious precepts, propounders of religion, leaders of religion, charioteers in driving the chariot of religion, excellent universal monarchs, possessed of highest kind of unin peded knowledge and perception, transcended delusion, victors, or conquerors of passions, who have crossed the ocean of worldly existence, saviours of the world, enlighteners of others, liberated from the whirl-pool of the world, liberators of others, omniscients, omnipresents, who have attained the place known as perfection which is blissful permanent, free from physical weaknesses and illness, infinite, imperishable, free from distress and whence there is no return. I pay my homage from this very place to the blessed ascetic Lord Mahāvir (who is ) desirous of attaining beatitude, (and is now) halting there (in Amalkappā). Let the Lord take into cognizence remaining there (the homage paid by me from this place). Thus saying he saluted, paid obeisance, and having paid homage he took his seat on the throne facing to the east.
(6). Then there arose this sort of inner thoughts, faucies, determinations, and reflections,
{
Page #78
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation.
.
.
+
69
in the mind of Sûriyābha god. "Indeed ascetic Lord Mahāvira having accepted suitable place of residence and purifying his soul by self control, stays in the sanctuary attached to the Ambsālvana ( park ) situated outside the city Amalkappā in Bharat country in Jambuddiva continent. Oh really it bears great fruits even - in hearing the name and family name of thë prophets of this sort (like Lord Mahāvira), then what to talk of approaching, "paying hômage, asking questions, and waiting upon them? It is really fruitful to hear the best words of even oue religious preceptor then what to talk again of grasping the full meaning and sense ?" Therefore I will go to ascetic Lord Mahāvira pay homage, obeisance, honour, and respect to him. I shall wait upon the holy auspicious, and blessed deity. This will in next incarnation enhance my happiness, prowess, bliss, and lead to a safe path.” Having said so, he medi. tated over it; having meditated, sent for the servile gods; having done so, ordered thus:-:.
(7) “Verily indeed oh beloved of the gods ! blessed ascetic Lord Mahāvira having accepted suitable place of residence and purifying his soul by self control stays in the shrine
Page #79
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
7Q
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
attached to the Ambsālvana (park). situated outside the city Amalkappā in Bharat country and in Jambu continent. Therefore oh beloved of the gods ! you go to the shrine attached to Ambsālvana (park), in Amalkappā city in Bharat country and in Jambu continent. Circumambulate blessed Lord Mahavir thrice. Having done so, pay, salutations, bow dowń; having bowed down and paid homage, narrate your names and family names respectively; having narrated collect from all sides whatever grass, leaf, wood, pebble, dirt, dung, filthy substance and stinking things (lying on the ground) having the circumference of one Yojana; having collected, carry them to a solitary place; having done so, sprinkle sprays of fragrant and scented divine water (capable of), pacifying (putting down) dust and sand, without creating inud or water on the ground. Having showered, subside, remove, pacify, destroy and calm down the dust; having done so shower by heaps to the height of knees five coloured abundant and lustrous: flowers growing on water and earth, with their stems; having done so, make the ground befitting for the arrival of celestial beings, by turning it into. fragrance incarnation (just like a fragrant pill); and (make it) charming by means
Page #80
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation..
71
of spreading the fragrance emitting from exce llent types of Turukka, and Kundrukka incensë and black agallochum; having done so, and having executed by means of others immediately convey" back the report.
(8) Then those servile gods being ordered in this way were delighted, pleased [upto] at heart, having joined the palms of the hands (with ten nails) and touched the folded hands to the head, and saying "Yes, my Lord" accepted with due courteousness, and obedience; having done so, they went to the north-eastern direction .......... emanated' soul particles from the body at the creation of a fluid form; having done so, they issued forth a stick of numerable Yojanas in length. They cast aside the gross atoins like that of sixteen types of jewels. Those are of gems, adamants, Veruliyas Lohiyakkhas, Emeralds, Hanshgagabbhus, Puggals, Sogandhiyas, Joirasas, Anjanpulagas, Anjanas, Rayayas, Jāy. rūvas, Ankas, Falihas (crystals), and Ritthas. Having done so grasped the subtle atoms; hav. ing done so for the second time emanated the soul particles from the body; having done so, adopted the final fluid form; having done so, with charming, auspicious, majestic, swift, in
Page #81
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
72
Raypaseniya-sutta.
volving no strain, of highest type, like the motion of the dust clouds in the sky, heavenly, quick; and divine gait, travelling through the midst of innumerable human continents and oceans, approached to the place where Lord Mahavir was in the sanctuary attached to Ambsalvana in Amalkappa city in Bharat country, and in Jambu continent. Having gone there, circumambulated Lord Mahavira thrice; paid homage and salutations; having paid obeisance and respect addressed him thus, Oh revered sir! we are tlie servile celestial beings of Sūriyabha god. We bow down, salute, pay respect, homage and wait upon holy, divine and blessed sanctuary.
66
(9) Ascetic Lord Mahavira said to the gods thus, "Oh, celestial beings it is ancient practice! Oh gods it is the usage! Oh heavenly beings it is a worthy action! Oh superhuman beings it is duty! Oh supernatural beings this has been practiced! Oh inhabitants of heaven this has been approved, because the Residential Peripatetic, Stellar, and Heavenly, (these four) types of Devas pay salutations and bow down. Having done so (they) narrate their own names and family names respectively. This is a quite ancient usage [upto] this has been approved."
Page #82
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
73
Translation.
(10) Then those servile gods being thus addressed by ascetic Lord Mahavira were delighted [upto] at heart. (Then they) saluted, bowed down to the ascetic Lord................having paid homage went to the north-eastern direction; having gone, by the emanation of soul particles from the body at the creation of a fluid form they emanated (atoms); having done so, issued forth a staff of numerable Yojanas, (by means of it) they cast aside the gross atoms of gems [down to] Rittha; having done SO for a second time by emanation of soul particles, emanated their bodies, having done so, they created à terrific hurricane. Just as a certain son of a servant (sweeper), young, not degraded by the flaws of time, possessing prowess, not affected by disease, strong in the structure of bones, with well built fore-arms, having no defect in hands, feet; spinal column, chest, with well developed (bones), equipped with well built shoulders that were extremely piled up and enclosed with muscles, having limbs beaten by a club at the time of taking exercise, with a hammer and fist, possessing energetic heart, having both of his hands long like the branches of "Tala' tree and of equal
Page #83
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Rāypaseniya-sutta. sizė: appearing like crystal capable of powdering, leaping, jumping, having quick speed; learned in seventy-two arts, circumspect, clever in forwarding arguments, expert, intelligent; proficient in architecture, taking a big broomi fastned to a bamboo stick or a brocm prepared from the small chips of bamboos, would cleanse the ground from all sides, the courtyard of royal palace, harem, temple, congregation-hall, garden, park, or a place where water is distributed to travellers, with dexterity, without being confused, not hastily, without hurry and for a long time, in the same way those servile celestial beings of Sūriyābha god created a terrific hurricanes having done so, they accumulated whatever little grass, leaf, etc. was lying there in the circle of one Yojana round about Lord Mahāvir; having done so, carried it to a solitary place; having done so, they stopped it (terrific hurricane ) immediately. Having done so, they emanated soul particles from the body for the second time; having done so, they created clouds filled with water. Just as a certain son of a servant young, [upto) possessed of dexterity, taking a small jar of water, or a bronze vessel full of water or a.
Page #84
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation.
75
pitcher of water, or a water pot, would shower in the park on all sides {until]: a place where water is distributed to travellers, without háste: etc. in the same way those sérvile gods of Sūriyābtia Deva created clouds full of water;having done so, they created thundering noise immediately; having done so instantly they produced flashes : of lightning; having done so, they showered divine fragrant scented water, (capable of) pacifying dust particles, (at the same time) neither creating mud nor producing collections of water on the ground, but producing (the effect) like that of the sprinkling of water in the circle of one Yojana round about ascetic Lord Mahāvir. Having done so, they put down,, destroyed, removed, pacified and calmed down the dust particles; having done: so, they stopped it quickly. Having done it, they emanated soul particles for the third time;' having done so, they created showers of flowers. Just as a certain son of a gardener young (upto] skilful in fine arts, taking a cloth bag for the collection of flowers, a satchel or a flower basket, would make the court-yard of royal palace [upto] all sides equipped with heaps of flowers that were showered there; which were:
Page #85
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
76
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
of five colours and spread like those, that are fallen from the hands while holding the braid of hair of a young lady, in the same way the servile celestial beings of Sūriyābha god created showers of flowers. Having done so, they immediately produced a roaring noise; having done so [upto] they showered in heaps five coloured flowers with their stems to the extent of knees, dazzling with brilliance, born and brought up on water and soil. Having done so, they prepared the ground and got it prepared, befitting for the arrival of celestial beings by turning it into fragrance incarnation (just like a fragrant pill) and charming, by spreading the fragrant smell, issuing forth from the excellent types of
Turukka' and 'Kundurukk”-incense, and black agallochum. Having done so, caused others to do it instantly. They stopped it; having done so, they approached to the place where ascetic Lord Mahāvir was; having gone, there, circumambulating Lord Mahāvir thrice [upto] having paid homage and salutations, from the vicinity of ascetic Lord Mahāvir, and the shrine attached to Ambsālvana (park), they started forth; having started with charming gait (until] proceeding and going to. Sohamma heaven where
Page #86
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation.
there
77
was Sariyabha abode, Suhamma congregation-hall, and Suriyābha god. They approached there; having done so, they joining the palms of the hands and bringing the folded hands near the head congratulated Sūriabha god with the (shouts) of victory and success, having done so, they reported back the execution of his order.
(11) Then that Suriyabha god having heard and listened this in the vicinity of his servile gods, was delighted, pleased [upto] at heart, sent for the commander of an infantry, having called addressed him thus "Oh beloved of gods! instantly in the Sohamma congregation-hall, in Suha mma Sabha, beating again and again thrice the bell of one Yojana in circumference, giving out agreeable gingling sound at the same time pro bucing the sweet and deep resounding noise like the clouds, with loud words proclaiming repeatedly you address (to residential gods) thus, "Oh beloved of the gods! god Sūriyābha is proceeding to the shrine attached to Ambsälvana in Amalkappa city in Bharat country and in Jambu continent in order to pay homage. It is ordered that you too, with all your pomp and prosperity [upto] with much din and cry, ac---
Page #87
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
78
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
companied by your own paraphernalia and having mounted on the celestial vehicles without delay be present in the vicinity of Sūriyābha god,
* (12) Then that celestial commander of an infantry being addressed thus by Sûriyābha god, Wås delighted, pleased [upto] at heart with due courteousness and obedience saying "Yes, my Lord" accepted his words; having done so, lie went (to the place) where: (there) was Sūriyäbha abode, Suhamma congregation-hall, and where there was the bell of one Yojana in cir. cumference, giviug out agreeable and gingling sound (at the same, time) producing deep and sweet" résounding noise like the thundering of the clouds; having gone ( there ), he struck thrice the bell of one yojan in circumfer nice giving out agreeable and gingling sound and (at the same time) capable of producing sweet and deep noise like the thundering of the clouds. Then as the bell of one Yojana in circumference, giviug out sweet sound and which was capable of producing sweet and deep noise like the thuudering of the clouds 'was beaten thrice, that Sūriyābha abode was filled with hundreds and thousands of echoes of the sound, that was falling on the mansions and pleasure hills of
Page #88
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation...
79
Sohamma heaven. The multitudes of gods and goddesses, who were the iạbabitants of Sūriyabha Vimăna, and who were deeply addicted to the pleasures of senses, attached to sexual intercourse, at solitary places, and thereby who were for ever wanton, being elevated by the loud noise of the bell, producing sweet sound, their minds were attached, hearts were concentrated, and ears were directed, due to the curiosity of the procla: mation that had arisen. That commander with great and loud voice, when the echoes of the ringing bell were completely stopped and pacified, proclaimed thus “Oh you multitudes of gods and goddesses residing in the Sūriyābha abode please pay attention to the words of the Lord of the Sūriyābha abode, for happi. ness and benifit." Oh beloved of the gods! it is ordered that you too, without delay and with all your pomp be present in the vicinity of Sūriyābha god as Sūriyābha god himself is proceeding to ascetic. Lord Mahāvir. (who is halting in) the shrine attached to Ambsālvna (park), in Amalkappā city, in Barat country, and in Jambu continent in order to pay homage.”
(13) Then those multitudes of gods and
Page #89
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Raypaseniya sutt
goddesses, inhabitants of Suriyabha abode having listened, and heard the royal proclamation from the celestial commander of infantry, were. delighted, pleased, [upto] at heart. Some with the inclination of paying homage, some for the sake of worship, some with the idea of paying reverence, some out of curiosity, some with the idea "we shall hear what is unheard and put forth quarries concerning explanations, causes, questions, fundamental principles and meanings of the things that are already heard," some following the words of Suriyabha god, some as servile imitators (blind followers), some out of love and devotion towards Jina, some thinking it to be religion (duty) and some: considering it to be an usage with all their pomp [upto] without delay presented themselves in the vicinity of Suriyabha God.
80
3
(14) Then Suriyabha God observed that multitudes of gods aud goddesses residing in Suriyabha abode, without delay were coming in his vicinity. Having seen, was delighted, pleased, (until) at heart, sent for the servile god; having called the servile god said thus "Oh you beloved of gods! erect immediately one divine celestial vehicle Shighragamana (of
Page #90
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation.
quick speed) by name, supported by many hundreds of pillars, having wooden dolls set. sportively, painted with variegated pictures of wolf, bullock, horse, man, shark, bird, snake (leopard), Kinnar, deer, grass hopper (Sharabheight footed animal), yak, elephant, creeper in general and lotus creeper, adorned by encircling adamantine excellent altar, raised upon pillars, equipped with a machine containing a rotating pair of Vijjaharas, shining with thousand rays of the sun, furnished with thousands of silver coins, dazzling the eyes at the very sight, illuminat ing, possessing graceful form, very delightful to touch, giving out highly pleasing sweet sound due to the series of pendant bells, charming, auspicious, encircled by multitudes of small bells which were studded skilfully with precious stones and brilliant jewels, having the expanse of one lac Yojanas and which is ready for starting. Having created it instantly convey back the report of the execution of my order".
81
·
(15) Then that servile god being addressed thus by Suriyābha Deva was delighted [upto] at heart, joining the palms of the hands [upto] accepted; having accepted, went to the nc
Page #91
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
82
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
rth-eastern direction; having done so, emanated soul particles from the body at the creation of Auid form; having done so (cast a staff of) numerable Yojanas [ upto ] gross particles of matter; having done so, invested subtle atoms within himself; having done so emanated soul particles from the body for the second time, and began to erect celestial vehicle supported by many hundreds of pillars [upto] divine. Then the servile god erected three beautiful staircases on three sides of that divine vehicle to wit-to the eastern, southern and northern sides. The description of those three charming staircases is narrated in this way, viz. -its boundary was made of adamant, its prop was of Rittha jewel, pillars were of lapsis lazuli (. Veruliya jewel ) steps of gold and silver, bars of Lohiyakkha, joints of adamant charming [ upto ] splendid. In front of these staircases up-right arches were set up. Those arches were on pillars of variegated jewels and the middle parts of these arches were studded with various sorts of interwoven and intermingled pearls and were furnished with various stars to beautify them. [ They were painted with variegated pictures of wolf, bullock, horse, man.
Page #92
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation.
. 83
shark, bird, snake ( leopard ); Kinrar, deer, grass hopper ( Sharabha ), yak, elephant, creeper in general, and lotus creeper, adorned by encircling an excellent admantine altar raised upon pillars, equipped with a machine' containing a (rotaing) pair of Vijjaharas, shining with thousand rays of the sun, furnished with thousands of silver coins, dazzling the eyes at the very sight, illuminating, possessing graceful form, very delightful to touch, and enchanting ] [ until ] splendid. It is narrated that, on those arches there were eight auspicious marks, a to wit-Sotthiya, Sirivachchha, Nandiyāvátta, Va. ddhamāpag, Bhaddāsana. ( auspicious seat) Kalasa ( pitcher ), Matchchha ( fish ), and Dappana (mirror ), [ upto-splendid ]. The erected multitudes of flags were furnished with black chowries, [ upto ] banners decked with white chowry, having crystal-like "pure and smooth strap of silver equipped with the staff of adamant, made fragrant with the scent of the flowers growing in water, charming, pleasing, worthseeing, enchanting and splendid. On those arches he set multitudes of up-right umbrellas over umbrellas, pair of bells, banners over banners, multitudes of lotusės and quite
Page #93
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Raypaseniya-sutta.
a good number of night lotuses, blue lotuses, white lotuses, evening blooming lotuses, white lotuses of noble type, hundred petalled lotuses, and thousand petalled lotuses etc.. pure like crystal [ upto ] splendid. Then that servile god prepared an extremely splendid ground in the interior part of that divine vehicle. It was just like the leather of tabor (Muraj by name), the leather of timbrel, the surface of the lake filled with water, the surface of the palm, the surface of the mirror, the leather of sheep, pig, ram, or leopard, which was dragged with many a thousand of small nails and painted. with variegated figures of circles and, cross. circles, lines and cross lines, Sotthiya Pūsmānag, Vaddhamanang, egg of fish, egg of shark, aquatic animal, series of flowers, lotus leaves, waves of the ocean, creepers of vernal season lotus creeper, and decked by the variegated crystal-like pure, brilliant glittering jewels. emitting series of rays on all sides. Those are black, blue, red, yellow and white in colour. Following type of description is stated for black coloured jewels whatever were there. Those were black like the cloud heavy with rain, collyrium, soot, lamp-black (collyrium),
84.
Page #94
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation.
85
the horn of a buffalow (wild buffalow ), pill of collyrium, bees, series of bees, or the internal part of the wing of a bee, Jambu fruit, offspring of a cow, cuckoo, elephant, black cobra, black Bakula flower, the portion of the sky made black by thickly set clouds, black Asoya tree, black Kanvira tree or blackBandhujiva (tree).
!
1
(2.) Were those black jewels exactly like the above given similies?
(Ans.) No. It is not correct. (Oh! long lived ascetic! After all those are analogical similies but) those black jewels were more agreeable, lovely, charming, and pleasing in colour. Following type of description is stated for blue coloured jewels whatever were there. Those were blue like a certain bee, a wing of a bee, parrot, feather of a parrot, blue jay, the feather of the jay, the indigo plant, the part of the indigo plant, the pill of indigo, Priyangu tree, disease of teeth, the thickest grove, the garment of Balibhadda, the neck of a peacock, the flower of hemp, the flower of Bana, the flower of Anjana-Kesiya, blue lotuses, blue Asoya, blue Bandhujiva, or blue Kanavira.
Page #95
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
86
Rāypaseniya-sutta. (2.): Were those blue jewels exactly like the above given similies? ::.
(Ans.) No. It is not correct (Oh ! long lived ascetic !: After all those are analogical similies, but) those blue jewels were more agreeable, lovely, charming, and pleasing in colour. Following type of description is stated for red coloured jewels whatever were there. Those were red like blood of a ram, the blood of a rabbit, the blood of human being, the blood of wild swine, the blood of a buffalow, small Iydragop insect, the sun in the early morning, twilight colour, the complexion of the halk part of Gunja: fruit or Jasmine : flower Kimsuya flower, Parijatak flower, the best quality of vermilion, coral, off-shoot of .coral, red Akkha jewel, the juice of lac, the blanket prepared from the spit of a worm, the heaps of red lead, red lotuses, red: Ashoka, red Kanvira, or red Bandhujiva...
.
: ... (Q.) Were those red jewels exactly like the above given similies? :. (Ans.). No. It is not correct. (Oh!.. long lived ascetic! After all those are analogical similies, but) those red jewels were more agreeable, :lovely, charming, and pleasing in colour.
Page #96
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
-
Translation.
.
87
Following type of description is stated for yellow coloured jewels whatever were there. Those were yellow like Champā tree, the bark of Champā tree, the part of Champā tree, turmersc, the part of turmeric (root), pill of turmeric, yellow orpiment (or Durva plant), the part of yellow orpiment, the pill of yellow orpiment, Chikura, the colour of
Chikura, excellent gold, the line of gold on touchstone, shell of gold, the garment of an excellent man (Lord Krishna ), Allaki flower, Champā flower, the flower of pumpkin gourd, the flower of Aval tree (Tadavada), the flower of Ghosādia, the flower of gold, the flower of unwrought gold, the garland of an excellent Korant flowers the flower of Bijak tree, yellow Asoya, yellow Kanvira, or yellow Bandhujiva.
(Q.) Were those yellow jewels exactly like the above given similies? • (Ans.) No. It is not correct. (Oh! long lived ascetic ! After all those are analogical similies, but) those yellow jewels were more agreeable, lovely, charming, and pleasing in colour. Following type of description is stated: for white coloured jewels whatever were there.
Page #97
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
Those were white , like Anka jewel, conch, moon, lotus, teeth, drop of water on lotus, pure water drop, curds, camphor, the milk of a cow, the row of swans, line of herons, series of garments, series of moons, cloud in autumnal season, a silver strap purified by fire and earth, heaps of rice flour, dry pods of beans, moon like figure in the middle of a peacock feather, fibre of lotus, lotus stalk, tusk of an elephant, the flower of clove tree, petal of white lotus, white Ashok, white Kanvira, or white Bandhujiva. . (Q.) Were those white jewels. exactly like the above given similies ? .
(Ans.). No. It is not correct (Oh!. long lived ascetic! After all those are analogical similies, but ) those white jewels were more. agreeable, lovely, charming, and pleasing in colour. Following type of fragrance of those jewels is stated. It was just like vessels made of leaves containing Kottha ( a fragrant substance,) Tagara (fragrant wood), Yela, Choya, Champā, Damana, vermilion, Sandal, Usira, ( fragrant grass), Maruā, Jāi, Jasmine, Mallikā, Snānamallikā, Ketaki, trumpet flower, Nav. malliyā, flower, fragrant Aloe wood, camphor, fragrant camphor, or clove lying in open space
Page #98
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation.
where favourable wind is blowing, while being beaten into fine pieces or pounded, or turned into dust like particles, or diffused, or used, or smelt by the man standing in the nearhood, or being poured from one pot into another, the fragrance is scattered in all directions round about giving delight to the sense organ of smelling and mind, which was of excellent type, pleasing and charming.
89
(2.) Was that fragrance of the jewels exactly like the above given similies?
(Ans.) No. It is not correct. (Oh! long lived ascetic! After all those are analogical similies, but) those fragrant jewels were more agreeable, lovely, charming, and pleasing in fragrance. The touch of those jewels is stated in the following terms. (It was) like (the sense of feeling created by the contact of) a of garment made black the leather of a antilope, cotton, a Bur (a kind of tender plant ), butter, a bed of tender cloth, a collection of Sirisa flowers, or the heaps of the leaves of
tender lotuses.
(9) Was that touch of the jewels exactly like the above given similies?
Page #99
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
90
Rāypaseniya-sutta. (Ans.) No. It is not correct ( Oh! long lived ascetic! After all those are analogical similies, but) the contact of those jewels was more agreeable, lovely, charming, and pleasing in touch. Then that servile god erected a colossus theatre, exactly in the middle of that divine vehicle, supported by hundreds of pillars having excellent, protruding, and well arranged altars, decked with beautiful arches and puppets, (équipped with ) spotless, well adhered, pillars of particular beautiful shape, and studded with auspicious Veruliya jewels ( which was ) made dazzling by studding many varieties of jewels at quite different places, and painted with variegated pictures of wolf, bullock, horse, man, shark, (crocodile), bird, snake (leopard), Kinnar, deer, Sharabh, yak, elephant, creeper in general and lotus creeper, having the tope of it erected out of precious stones jewels and gold, (equipped with ) the top most peak encircled by small bells and five coloured banners of various fashions shooting forth host of rays, (having ) the ground of it besmeared by means of cow dung and plastered walls stamped by the palms of the hands with the fingers' be. smeared in the varieties of sandals, such as
Page #100
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
* Translation. . 91 Gosis, Rattachandana, and Daddar, (having ) set sandal pitchers, ( possessed of) the arches beautified by sandal jars kept on the entrance door, (having) the collection of long circular garlands and wreaths which were hanging up and down, (equipped with ) the heaps of five coloured flowers emitting excellent fragrance, ( which was ) made charming by spreading the fragrance emitting from excellent types of Turukka and Kundurukka incense and black agallochum, as if the ground was turned into fragrance incarnation, (it was ) resounding with the noise of heavenly drums (which were ) beaten, (where ) bands of celestial nymphs were dispersed here and there, (and which was ) pleasing, worthy to be looked at [upto] splendid. He prepard the floor of the theatre exceedingly charming [ upto ] the touch of the jewels, and erected the upper part of the theatre painted with ( the pictures of) lotus creeper [ upto ] splendid. Exactly in the middle part of that. execedingly charming ground of the theatre, he prepared one huge arena made of adamant. Almost in the middle part of that arena he erected a very huge altar of gems, eight Yojanas' in length and
Page #101
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
92
Rāypaseniya-sutta. breadth, four Yojanas in thickness, the whole of it prepared out of jewels, chaste, smooth, { upto ] splendid. On that altar of gems he erected a very expansive throne. The descri. ption of that throne is stated in the following terms. The discs, the lions with golden feet, the upper part of the feet of the throne, the limbs, the joints, and the middle part of it were prepared out of gold, jewels, variegated jewels, Jambunaya, adamant, and numerable precious stones respectivaly. That throne was painted with various pictures ( such as ) wolf deer, bullock, horse, man, shark, bird, snake, ( leopard ) Kinnar, antilope, yak, elephant, wild creeper, lotus creeper, and the foot stool of which was studded with incomparable crest-jewels. The pillow on the foot stool was covered by smooth covering, the hanging skirt of which was as smooth and tender as the new skin, ends of Kush grass, filaments of flowers, having well arranged dirt remover ( on it ) and the latter covered with suitable cotton garment as a protector of the dust remover, ( being ) wrapped in a very charming red garment, exceedingly charming, and which was as delicate in touch as the skin of
Page #102
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
:: Translation.
93 a deer, cotton, Bur plant and butter, delicate, highly pleasing etc. On that throne he created a very geat Vijaya-dushya (.a particular kind: of garment ) which was resembling (in whi. teness ), the heaps of conches, Anka jewels, Jasmine flowers, the, drops of water, nector mist, and foam, the whole of it was interwoven. with jewels, chaste, smooth, pleasing, worthy to be looked at, charming, and splendid. Almost in the middle part of that Vijaya garment ( which was spread ) on the throne, he created an adamantine goad. In that: adamantine goad he placed ( lit. prepard ) a. garland of pearls as big as the earthern pitcher ( which was famous in Magadha country in ancient days ). That garland of pearls like the size of a jar was surrounded from all sides by the other garlands of pearls, the size of which was half of the pitcher, and the proportion of their length was half of it. Those garlands which were intermingled with: golden ornaments, having a ball like shape in. the middle, ( whose ) upper portion was decked by golden leaves, which were dazzling due to the lustre of variegated jewels, . different types of necklaces, small necklaces, precious stones,
Page #103
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
94
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
gems, and the parts of those ornaments being slightly touched by the wind blowing from the east, west, acrth and south, were moved, shaken, and waved to and fro slowly and slowly, giving out gingling sound which was great, highly pleasing, capturing the heart, producing feelings of joy in mind and ears, and pervading the whole of the space of that part by noise and shining with exceedingly charming glory. Then that servile god created four-thousand auspicious seats for four-thousand Sāmāniya celestial beings of Sūriyābha god, to the western, northern, and north-eastern sides of that throne. He begetted four-thousand propitious seats, to the eastern direction of that throne, for four chief queens of Sūriyābha god with their retinue. He produced there eight-thousand auspicious seats to the southeastern direction of the throne for eight-thousand celestial beings who were the members of internal-assembly of Sūriyābha god. In the same way he created to the southern direction ten-thousand propitious seats for ten-thousand celestial beings who were the counsellors of middle-chamber, and to the south-eastern direction begeted twelve thousand auspicious
Page #104
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
4. Translation.
95
seats for the twelve-thousand heavenly beings. who were the members of the outer-chamber and to the western side seven propitious seats for seven commanders of armies. Moreover to the four directions of that throne he prepared .sixteen-thousand auspicious seats for the sixteen-thousand supernatural beings who were the body-guards of Sūriyābha god. They ( sixteen-thousand auspicious seats) were arranged as follows:- four-thousand to the eastern direction, four-thousand to the southern direction, four-thousand to the western direction, and four-thousand to the northern direction, The particular colour of that divine vehicle is stated in the following terms. It was just like the colour of recently arisen autumnal young sun, the burning charcoal of the wood of Khadir tree, the forest of Chinarose inflamed at night, the part of Kimshuka flowers. or the garden of Parijatak all in all, and from all sides equipped with a good num. ber of excellent flowers.
. (2) Is the colour of that divine vehicle exactly like the above given similies ?
(Ans.) No. It is not correct ( Oh ! Longlived ascetic ! After all those are analogical
Page #105
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
96
Rāypáseniya-sútta.
similies, but ) the colour of the divine vehicle was more agreeable ['upto ] in colour:
• The smell and the touch ( of that divine vehicle ) were exceedingly fragrant and very smooth ( respectively). Just as what we learnt about jewels. Then that servile god ( in this way ) prepared the divine vehicle; having done so, went to the place where Sūriyābha god was; and having done so, joining the palms of the hands before Sūriyābha god [ upto ] conveyed back the report of the execution of his order...
(16) Than that Sūriyābha god having listned and heard this ( the above stated information ) from the servile god, was delighted [ upto ] at heart, emanated soul parti. cles from the body at the creation of the fluid form, and formed the divine final fluid body, befitting for proceeding to the prophet; having done so, being encircled by four chief queens, with their paraphernalia, and with two types of bands of musicians, ( those are) to wit-the band of classical musicians, and the congregation of dancers, circumambulating that divine vehicle more than once, by the beautiful staircase of eastern direction climbed ( the
Page #106
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation.
.
97
divine vehicle); having done so, he weut to the place where the divine throne was; having done so, he took his seat on the excellent throne, facing to the east. Then those four-thousand Sāmāniya gods ( celestial beings. having the position of Indra ) of Sūriyābha god, circumambulating that divine conveyance · climbed it by the beautiful staircase of northern direction; having done so, everybody of them took the auspicious seats which were already arranged. The remaining gods and goddesses went to that divine aeroplane [ upto ] by the beautiful staircase of southern direction mounted it; having done so, each of them took his seat on the auspicious seats which were already arranged. When that Sūriyābha god mounted on that divine vehicle eight auspicious things proceeded before him, in due order ( those were ) viz. Sətthiya, Sirivachchha, [ upto ] Dappana ( mirror ). Then afterwards pitchers and jars filled with water ), divine umbrellas, flags, Chowries, ( Chammaras, which were ) pleasing to the sight, and banners Vijaya and Vejayanta by name, waved by the wind, lofty, (as if ) scratching the court-yard of the sky and worthy to be looked at, proceeded in due
Page #107
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Raypaseniya-sutta.
order. Thereafter spotless and dazzling staff of Veruliya jewel, chaste umbrella, rising upto a great height, resembling the halo of moon, decked with pendant garlands of Korant flowers, and an excellent throne beautified in different ways by studding jewels and precious stones equipped with feet and a foot-stool suitable for keeping sandals on it, and which was being carried by many servile gods (all these things), proceeded in due order.
98.
Then immediately after that the great banner of the lord of celestial beings, which was well established, smooth, steadfast, beautiful in structure, and made of adamant rising up-right to the height of one thousand Yojanas, (as if) touching the surface of the sky, lofty, equipped with umbrellas over umbrellas and banners Vijaya, and Vejayanta by name, encircled by thousands of five coloured small banners waving high up in the sky, was carried forth in due order.
Then afterwards five commanders of the army, girting up their loins with beautiful dress, ready, adorned with a good number of ornaments, and ( accompanied by the hoards and crowds of warriors), started forth in due order.
Page #108
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation.
[Thereafter many servile gods and goddesses with their own configurations, excellencies, crowds, retinues, and dresses, started forth in due order.] Then afterwards multitudes of residentlal gods and goddesses (who were ) the inhabitants of Suriyābha Vimana, with their pomp and splendour (upto) beauty, began to follow in front of, by the sides of, and (also) behind Suriyābha god.
(17) Then that Sūriyābha god surrounded by five (types) of armies, with a huge and great banner of Indra being dragged in front and which was formed of smooth circular adamant (upto) rising up-right to the height of one-thousand Yojanas, who was encircled by multitudes of residential gods and goddesses dwelling in Sūriyābha Vimana and four-thousand Sāmāniya gods (upto) sixteen-thousand celestial beings as body-guards, with all pomp (upto) [creating great] noise, through the midst of Sohamma heaven, displaying respeatedly, divine prosperity of gods, supernatural illumination of celestial beings, divine glory of heavenly beings, with great vigilence and watchfulness went to the place where there was the fixed route of Sohamma heaven
99
Page #109
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
100
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
in the northern side ( to come down ). · Having done so, with the speed of one lac Yojanas descending and proceeding on with that excellent (gait) [upto ] travelled through the midst of innumerable continents and oceans of human regions; having done so, he went to ( the place )' where there was an excellent Nandisar continent, and Ratikar mountain in the south-eastern direction; having done so, he contracted and took back that divine splendour of celestial beings (upto) the heavenly glory of gods and shortening and drawing it to-gether (he) went to the place where Jambu. continent; where Bharat country; where Amalkappā city; where the sanctuary attached to Amb-sālvana; and where blessed ascetic Lord Mahāvir was; having done so, with his divine vehicle circumambulated blessed ascetic Lord Mahāvir thrice; having done so, alighted that divine vehicle in the north-eastern direction of blessed ascetic Lord Mahāvir, keeping four fingers away from the surface of the ground: having done so, he who was encircled by four chief queens with their paraphernalia and two bands of (gods) viz. the band of classical musicians, and the band of dancers, descended
Page #110
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation.
from that divine vehicle by the beautiful staircase of eastern direction. Then those fourthousand Samaniya celestial beings of Suriyabha god decended from that divine vehicle by the beautiful staircase of northern direction. The remaining gods and goddesses (also) descended from that divine vehicle by the incomparable staircase of the southern direction. Then that Suriyābha god surrounded by multitudes of gods and goddesses inhabiting the Suriyabha Vimana and his four chief queens [upto] sixteenthousand celestial beings as body-guards, with all his pomp [upto] [producing] great din and cry went to the place where there was blessed ascetic Lord Mahavir; having gone, circumambulated ascetic Lord Mahavir: having done so, bowed down and paid homage; having paid salutations and respects, said thus " Oh! revered Sir! I the Suriyabha god bow down and pay salutations to ye beloved of gods [upto] wait upon."
101
(18) Blessed ascetic Lord Mahavir said to Süriyābha god "Oh! Suriyabha it is the ancient custom! Oh Suriyābha it is the usage! Oh Suriyābha it is a bounden duty! Oh Suriyabha it is worthy to be performed! Oh
Page #111
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
102
Raypaseniya-sutta.
Suriyabha it is put into practice! Oh Suriyābha it has been approved because Residential, Peripatetic, Stellar, and Heavenly these (four types of) gods pay salutations and homage to the prophet; having bowed down and paid respect, afterwards (they) narrate their OWIL names and family names respectively. Oh Suriyabha this is a quite ancient usage [upto] Oh Suriyābha this has been approved.
(19) Then that Suriyābha god being addressed by blessed ascetic. Lord Mahavir was delighted [upto] saluted and paid homage to blessed ascetic Lord Mahavir; having paid. homage and bowed down, he began to wait upon the Lord, (remaining) neither very near nor at a long distance serving, saluting, and folding the palms of the hands in his presence..
(20) Then that blessed ascetic Lord Mahāvir (gave a religious sermon) to that Sūriyābha god, in that great and huge congregation [upto] the assembly returned to the very direction from which it had appeared.
(21) Thereafter that Suriyābha god having listened and heard the religious sermon in the vicinity of blessed ascetic Lord Mahavir, was delighted, pleased, [upto] whose heart was cap
**
Page #112
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation.
103
tured, got up; having got up, bowed to and saluted him; and having done so he spoke thus "Oh revered Sir! am I-the Suriyābha god a Bhavya Jiva (a being for whom liberation is possible) or an Abhavya Jiva (a being for whom liberation is not possible). Am I, a being possessing right faith or heretic? Am I one whose journey in worldly transmigration is limited or one for whom infinite transmigration is destined? Am I a being easy to be enlightened or difficult to be elevated by knowledge? Am I aiming at salvation or indifferent to it? Is salvation attainable in the next incarnation or the adverse of it"? Blessed ascetic Lord Mahavir spoke thus "Oh Suriyābha, you are a being for whom salvation is possible and not of opposite type [upto] a being whose next incarnation is last one, but not the reverse of it."
(22) Then that Sūriyābha god being addressed thus by blessed ascetic Lord Mahavir, was delighted, pleased, jolly minded, jubiliant at heart; (he) bowed to and saluted blessed ascetic Lord Mahavir; having done so, (he) spoke thus Oh revered Sir, you comprehend everything and perceive all things, you know
Page #113
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
104
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
the whole of the time, you observe the whole of the time, you know all the inclinations, you perceive all dispositions, Oh beloved of the gods! you are quite aware of the fact that I, possess this sort of divine splendour of gods, heavenly brilliance of supernatural beings, celestial glory of superhuman beings, obtained; secured, and acquired formerly or afterwards. Therefore out of my devotion towards ye be: loved of the gods I long for displaying the dancing programme constituted by thirty-two types of dramas, (exhibiting) divine splendour of gods, heavenly brilliance of supernatural beings, and celestial glory of divine beings in the presence of the fetterless monks Goyama etc.”
(23) Then that ascetic Lord Mahāvir being addressed in the above stated manner did not show favourable attitude for the staging of it nor consented for it but remained silent. Then that Sūriyābha god for the second time spoke to ascetic Lord Mahavir thus, "Oh, revered Sir ! you comprehend: everything [ upto ] to exbibit.” Addressing in this way curcumambulated ascetic Lord Mahāvir thrice; having done so, bowed down
Page #114
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation:
105 to and saluted: having done so, took himself to the northern direction; having done so, emanated the soul particles for the formation of a fuid body; having done so, extracted a staff of numerable Yojanas; having done so, the gross particles of matter,............. having done so, subtle atoms of matter............, having done so, second time by emanation for the forma: tion of fluid body [ npto ] made the surface of the ground exceedingly charming. It was just like certain leather of a tabor ( known as Muraj ). or [ upto ] the contact of jewels. Exactly in the middle part of that exceedingly. charming surface of the ground he ( Sūriyābha god ) erected a pendal of the theatre supported by hundreds of pillars etc. (the desemiption) [upto] formed exceedingly charming floor. He begetted the upper part, the arena, and the altar of jewels. Ou that altar a throne with all paraphernalia [ upto ] garlands. Then that Sūriyābha god paid homage to ascetic Lord Mahāvir at the very sight ( of the Lord ): having done so, “Let the Lord permit me ! he uttered these words and took his seat on the excellent throne facing to the prophet: Then that Sūriyābha god at first extended his well
Page #115
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
106
Raypaseniya-sutta.
built and long right arm lustrous due to the ornaments such as girdle, armlet, and other costly ornaments studded with glittering, variegated jewels prepared out of pure and valuable gold and gems with great dexterity. Then he produced one hundred and eight young celestial beings for staging the performance; having similar pattern, complexion, and age, equipped with the same grace, beauty, youth, and virtues, decorated by the same sorts of garments and ornaments, worn on the outer garments covering both the sides of the shoulders, placed a mark on the forehead and a flower garland of a crown, ( who had) put or a necklace and an armour, (who had) worn painted and glittering garments, whose pendant skirts were well arranged and which were lightly fastened by putting on, painted bells which at the time of the turnings of the dance appeared like a foam and whose chests were beautified by abundant ornaments and a single string of pearls placed on necks. Then he extended his well built and long left arm. [ lustrous due to-upto ] jewels. Thereafter he produced one-hundred and eight young celestial lasses, ready for staging the performance,
Page #116
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation.
107 having similar pattern complexion and age,.. equipped with the same grace, beauty, youth: and virtues, decorated by the same sorts of garme. nts, ornaments worn on the outer garment covering both the sides of the shoulders, having a mark on the forehead and a flower garment on the crown, ( who had ) put on necklaces and armours, (whose) limbs and the minor limbs were beautified by the ornaments studded with different types of jewels and gems, ( who were ) moon faced, whose forheads were like halfmoon, whose sights were more pleasing than the moon, and dazzling like the meteor ( a spark of fire ), (who had) put on charming dress which itself was (as if) an abode of erotic emotions, ( who were expert in befitting manners, well versed in conversation; gestures, standing, speaking, and smiling, and (who had) taken musical instruments ( in their hands ). Then that Sūriyābha god produced one-hundred and eight conches, one-hundred and eight conch flowers, one-hundred and eight bugles, one hundred and eight bugle blowers, 'onehundred and eight small-conches, one-hundred and eight small-conch blowers, one-hundred and eight horns, one-hundred and eight horn pipers, one-hundred and eight big horns, one
Page #117
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
105
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
hundred and eight big-horn pipers, one-hundred and eight bamboo Autés, which give out PiriPiri' sound etc. In this way he begetted fortynine types of musical instruments and persons to play upon them; having done so, he sent for multitudes of celestial lads and lasses. Thereafter those multitudes of celestial lads and lasses when being called by Sūriyābha god were delighted [ upto ] went to the place where there was Sūriyābha god; having done so, joining the palms of the hands [ upto ] congratulating Sūriyābha god spoke thus “Oh ! beloved of the gods! please order what should be done by us !" Then that Sūriyābha god spoke thus to those multitudes of celestial lads and lasses. “Oh ! beloved of the gods'! you approach to ascetic Lord Mahāvir, circumam. bulate him thrice; having done so, bọw down to and salute; having done so, stage the dance constituted by thirty-two types of dramas exhibiting the divine splendour of gods, the celestial brilliance of supernatural beings. asid the celestial glory of superhuman beings to the fetterless ascetics such as . Goyama and others; having done so, immediately convey back the report of the execution of the order."
Page #118
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation.
109
Then those multitudes of heavenly lads and lasses when being addressed thus by Sūriyābha god were delighted [ upto ] palms of the hands [ upto ] accepted; having done, so, went to the place where blessed ascetic Lord Mahāvir was; having done so........to ascetic Lord Mahāvir [ upto ] having bowed down, went to the spot where fetterless ascetics such as Goyama and others were. Thereafter those multitudes of celestial lads and lasses to-gether begetted a divine arrangement of seats etc. ( Known as Samosaran ); having done so, arranged themselves in rows; having done so, they ( gods in rows ) bowed down simultaneously; having done so, they bent down to-gether in the same manner, they raised up to-gether in the same way; having done so, they bent. down steadfast and raised up erect, again they bent down all at the same time and raised up ( their heads ) to-gether; having done so, 'they advanced ( or dispersed ), simultaneously; having done so, all at the same time, took the musical instruments etc., and at the same time began to play upon ( those instruments ), sing, and dance.
(Q.) “How was it?
Page #119
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
M:10
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
(Ans.) “Their music was of three föld nature at three different times e. g. starting from their chests with slow voice, reaching to its high' pitch when coming to head and again attaining sweetness' while reaching to the throat. The music of the dancers was like the humming noise contained in the cave which is favourable to singing, sing in tune, clear at three places (viz. chest, thrcat and head) and was harmonious with the tune of the lute and the fute, and the steps were in tuue with the sweet and husky (or grunting ) munner of singing (and was), pleasing to the mind, harmonious, graceful, charming, giving delight to the mind, melodious even in the end and exceedingly charming in its form.
(Q.) How was it ?
(Ans.) (When sweet and pleasing music . was going on ) the gods who were blowers
of conches, small conches, bugles, horns, big horns, and bamboo flutes which give out the sound “Piri-Piri' began to blow these instruments; those who were beaters of small drums, and war drums began to beat them; 'Bhambhas' and 'Horambhas' ( kinds of drums) were being struck; kettle drums, cym
Page #120
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation.
.
111
bals and large kettle drums, were being beaten; Murajas ( kinds of drums ), drums, and big tabors were being repeactedly struck; Alingas (kinds of musical instruments ), Kutumbas, Gomuhis, and Maddalas ( wind instruments ) were being sounded out of tune; lutes, seven stringed harps, and guitars were being touched upon; lutes of hundred wires, Kachchhapis (best lutes) and wonderful guitars were being tweedled; Baddhisakas (musical instruments), bells named Sughosha and a chorus of the set of twelve kinds of musical instruments (Nandighos) were being chimed; Bhāmmaris (lutes); harps, Sitars were being struck ; Tunas, and lutes made of gourds were being winded; Amodas, Kumbhas and Nakulas (some kinds of musical instruments ) were being played upon; Mugundas, Hudukkas, and Vichikkis were being repeatedly struck; Kardas, Dindimas, Kinias and Kadambas, were being played upon; Daddargas, Daddarigas, Kutumbas, Kalasias, and Maddayas were being struck upon; clapping of hands, cymbals and cymbals made of bronze were being slightly beaten; Girisiyas, Lattiyas, cymbals, Magariyas, and Susumariyas were being played upon, flutes made of bamboos, Chalis, Parillis and
Page #121
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
112
Rāypaseniya-s utta.
Pavyagas were being blown; at that time, that divine. music and celestial dancing weré performed. In this way the music which was extraordinary, full of amorous sentiments, great, pleasing to the mind, and bewitching the heart, the danciug which was attracting the mind, the drum beating which was fascinating and provoking to all, and the bustling noise (which was) divine and pleasing even to gods, began. Then those multitudes of celestial lads and lasses exhibited the performance of divine drama 'Mangal Bhatti Chitta' by name where eight auspicious figures were manifested such as Sotthiya, Sirivachchha, Nandiyāvatta Vaddhmānag, Bhaddāsana ( auspicious seat ) Kalasa. (pitcher), Machchha (fish), Dappana (mirror) in the presence of ascetic Lord Mahāvir.
(24) Then those multitudes of celestial lads and lasses all together begetted a Samosaran (the assembly hall erected hy divine beings where there is an arrangement for twelve type; of beings and where the prophet i. e. Tirthankar expounds the doctrine of Jainism); having done so..............all that is described in previous Sutra is to be inserted here, [up'o] divine, pleasing even
Page #122
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation. . 113 to gods was going on. Thereafter these múltitudes of divine lads and lasses exhibited in the presence of blessed ascetic Lord Mahāvir the second type of performance of divine dance where variegated figures such as circles cross-circles, lines, cross-lines, Sotthiya, (Sirivachchha), Pūsamānag, Vaddhmānag, the egg of fish, the egg of crocodile, aquatic animals, series of flowers, lotus leaves, waves on the ocean, Jasmine creeper, and lotüs creeper were noticeable. In this way in every drama the whole description such as Samosaran etc; is to be inserted [upto] divine pleasing to gods was going on. Thereafter the multitudes of divine masters and damsels exhibited in the (vicinity) of ascetic Lord Mahāvir third type of divine drama where variegated figures of wolf, bullock, horse, man, shark, bird, leopard, Kinnar, deer, grass hopper ( Sharabha ) yak, elephant, creeper in general and lotus creeper were clearly shown. Then they revealed the fourth type of divine drama where gestures were exhibiting articles which are crooked from one side, crooked from both the sides [goád shaped from one side, goad shaped from both the sides]; circular from one side, circular from both, the
Page #123
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
114
:
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
sides, half circled, and full circled. Thereafter they staged the fifth divine drama where representations of the row of the moons, particular arrangements of Avalis (series), a row of swans, a row. of suns, a single string of beads, pearls, etc. row of stars, row of pearls, heaps of gold and a row of jewels were made. Then they displayed the sixth type of divine drama where rising scenes such as the rising of the moon and the rising of the sun were shown. Just after that they staged the seventh type of divine drama where the arrival scenes such as the arrival of the moon, and the sun were exhibited. Then they produced the eighth divine drama where eclipse-scenes such as the eclipe of the moon and the sun were presented. Then they manifested the ninth divine drama where the views of setting, such as the setting of the sun and the moon were revealed. Thereafter they forwarded the tenth type of divine drama where the halos viz. the halo of the moon and the sun, the halo of Nāga type of celestial beings, the halo of demi-god, the halo of ghost, [the halo of monster, the halo of great serpent (or a type of god) and the halo of Gandharvas (divine musicians)] were exposed. Then they
Page #124
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation.
..
115
displayed the eleventh divide drama where gaits viz. the beautiful gait of an ox, the gait of a lion, the gait of a horse, the gait of an elephant, the gait of an intoxicated horse, the gait of an intoxicated elephant, and the gait of a messenger were brought into view. Then they acted the twelfth type of divine drama where the scenes of oceans, the scenes pertaining to cities and mixed scenes of oceans and cities were set forth. Thereafter they produced the thirr teenth divine drama exhibiting Nandā, Champā, and Nandā-Champā both. Then they disclosed the fourteenth divine drama having special arrangements of eggs of fish, eggs of crocodiles, aquatic animals, animals living in water and ithe mixed arrangements of the eggs of fish, the eggs of crocodiles, aquatic animals, and animals living in water. Then they staged the fifteenth divine drama representing the shapes of the letters ‘Ka’, ‘Kha', 'Ga', 'Gha' 'Ņa', and the mixed scenes of 'Ka', 'Kha', 'Ga’, "Gha', and 'Na'. In the sixteenth drama in the same way the letters from 'Cha? group (were shown). The seventeenith drama was pertaining to the letters from "Ta' group, the eighteenth for "Ta' group and the nineteenth for 'Pa' group. They staged
Page #125
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
116
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
the twentieth type of divine drama presenting various leaves such as Ashok leaf, leaf of a Mango tree, leaf of a Jambu tree, and a leaf of Kosamba tree. Thereafter they brought forth the twenty-first divine drama, where scenes of creepers viz. the lotus creeper [upto] Sām creeper were manifested. Then they exhibited the twenty-second divine drama known as 'Duya'. Thereafter they staged the twenty-third type of divine drama which is known by the name “Vilambiya'. Then they revealed the twenty-fourth type of drama: named “Duyavilambiya'. The names of twentyfifth, twenty-sixth, twenty-seventh, twentyeighth, twenty-ninth, and'thirtieth, are ‘Anchiya',. 'Ribhiya','Achiya-Ribhiya', · Ārbhada', 'Bhasola', and' Ārbhada-Bhasola' respy. Thereafter they presented thirty-first type of divine drama where gestures of ascending, descending, contracting, extending, walking, going, illusion and confusion, were produced. Those multitudes of divine youths. and damsels simultaneously erected Samosaran [uplo] it was divine and pleasing to celestial beings. Then those celestial lads and lasses set forth the thirty-second type of drama where scenes pertaining to the blessed ascetic Lord
Page #126
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation.
117
Mahāvir's life-story of previous incarnation, [history of his life-period in celestial region,] information about his dropping down (from heaven ), the account of the transference of the foetus (from Devānanda's womb to that of Trisallādevi), the history of his birth, the story about the sprinkling ceremony (performed by the lords of Devas) biography of his childhood, account of the days of youth, life story of his enjoying the pleasures, information about his initiation, biography of his austerities, right conduct and ideal behaviour, [the account of acquiring omniscience,] the story of his propaganda and aquisition of the 'summum-bonum' i. e. salvation, and concerning his last days. Thereafter multitudes of divine youths and nymphs began to play upon four types of instruments (Those instruments) were as follows:The musical instruments e. g. tabor, drum, etc., non-stringed musical instruments e. g. flutes pipes etc. bronze musical instruments e.g. bells etc. and wind instruments e. g. conch, bugle etc. Then those multitudes of divine masters and maidens sang four types of songs. Those ( songs ). were as follows:- Ukkhitta. Payatta, Mandāya (in which the tune is sung
Page #127
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
118
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
slowly) and Roiyāvasān (a song having desirable end). Thereafter the multitudes of divine lads and lasses brought into view four-fold: dancing. It was as follows:- 'Anchiya', 'Ribhiya”, ‘Arbhad', and 'Bhasol'. Then the multitudes of divine youths and dimsels displayed four types of gestures. Those were as follows:gestures pertaining to the parable, gestures about the manners and customs of the inhabitants of barbarian countries, gestures in general and gestures about the beginning, middle and: the end of the era. Thereafter the multitudes of celestial lads and lasses having presented the dance constituted by the thirty-two types of divine dramas exhibiting divine splendour of gods, celestial brilliance of supernatural beings and hevenly glory of superhuman beings, to the fetterless ascetics headed by Goyama etc.. (They) circumambulated ascetic Lord Mabāvir thrice; having done so, bowed, down to and saluted; having done so, went to the place where Sūriyābha god was; having done so, joi. ning the palms of the hands and bringing the folded hands near fore-head congratulated Sūriyābha god with success and victory; having done so, conveyed back the report of the execution of the order.
Page #128
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation...
119
(25) Then that Sūriyābha god contracted ( took back ), that divine splendour of gods, celestial brilliance of supernatural beings and heavenly glory of superhuman beings; having done' so, in a moment he became one (i. e. all atoms were contracted within him). There-after that Sūriyābha god circumambulated ascetic Lord Mahāvir thrice, paid salutations and honoured; having done so, being surrounded by all his retinue mounted on that divine vehicle and having done so, went back to the direction from which he had appeared.
(26) Blessed ascetic Goyama bowed down to and saluted the blessed ascetic Lord Mahāvir; having done so, spoke thus “ Ob! revered Sir ! where this divine splendour of gods, heavenly brilliance of supernatural beings and celestial glory of super-human beings of Sūriyabha god has gone and entered”.! "Oh ! 'Goya. ma it has gone and entered into the body.“ “Oh! revered Sir ! what do you mean by this ( or How is this ? ) that you say it has gone and entered into the body ? “Oh! Goyama, suppose there is a certain house carved out or situated on a mountain peak, besmeared with cow. dung, protected from two sides by ramparts in two
Page #129
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
120
Raypaseniya-sutta.
ways, having the closed doors in which air cannot penetrate and which is very grave and severe due to (the scarcity of) the wind. Not very far from that house carved out or situated on a mountain peak there is standing a very huge crowd of people. That crowd of people observed a very great hurricane, heavy rain fall, and violent wind blowing. Having noticed that they enter into the house carved out or situated on a mountain peak and wait there. Oh! Goyama (these people remain there in the same way) it is stated that (all the atoms of Sūriyabha god's soul) entered into his body."
as
<<
(27) "Oh! revered Sir where is the Suriyābha abode of Suriyabha god?" Goyama! in this very Jambu continent to the southern side of Mandar mountain, having gone many, hundreds, thousands, lacs, crores, and lac-crores of Yojanas upwards, from the extremely char. ming surface of the ground of Rayanppabhā hell, the moon, the sun, the groups of planets; constellations, and stars. there comes the heaven known as 'Sohamma kappa'. It is east to west in length, north to south in breadth, half moon size in structure, dazzling with the lustre of the thousands of rays of the sun,
Page #130
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
:
Translation.
.
121
innumerable crores of Yojanas in length and breadth and innumerable crores of Yojanas in circumference. It is stated that there are thirty-two lacs of abodes of Sohamma gods. Those celestial abodes, wholly made of jewels, are excellent [upto] splendid. Exactly in the middle part of those celestial abodes there are five lofty mansions. Those (five mansions) are as follows:Asog mansion. Sasttavanna palace, Champak Villa, Chuyaga: castle; and in the middle Schamma banglow. All those mansions are erected out of precious stones and are superfine (upto] splendid. It is expressed that hav. ing gone innumerable lacs of Yojanas in ablique direction to the eastern side of great abode (named) Sohamma palace ( one comes across ) Sūriyabha abode of Sūriyābha god. It is twelve and half lacs. of Yojanas in length and breadth, thirty-nine lacs fifty-two thousand eight hundred forty-eight (and a little bit more ) in circumference. It is surrounded from all sides by one rampart. That rampart is three hundred Yojanas in height, the extension is hundred Yojanas at its base, fifty Yojanas in the middle and twenty-five Yojanas at the top. It is expansive at the base, diminished
Page #131
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
122
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
in the middle and thin at the top. Its structure is like that of the tail of a cow made wholly of gold and superfine [upto] splendid. That rampart . is decorated by the cornicesprepared out of five-coloured variegated jewels. Those ('five cornices ) are as follows-black, blue, red, yellow, and white. Those cornices are one Yojana in length, half Yojana in breadth, a little bit less to one Yojana in height, and all in all made of precious stones superfine [upto] splendid. It is expressed that there are one-thousand entrances to each of the sides of the abode of Sūriyābha god. Those doors are five-hundred Yojanas in height, twohundred and fifty Yojanas fin breadth. The same (two hundred and fifty Yojanas ) is the size of entrances. Those ( doors ) are white. The peaks on them are made of gold. Those peaks are painted with variegated pictures of wolf, bullock, horse, man, shark, bird, snake (leopard), Kinnar, deer, Sharabha (fabulous animal having eight feet ), yak, elephant, the creeper in general and lotus creeper. The altars on their pillars are made of adamant: which are spread all over with beauty, equipped with the rotating machine of the pair of Vijjā--
Page #132
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation.
123
haras, dazzling with thousands of rays of sun,. possessed of thousand silver coins, brilliant, shining, giving delight to the eye-sight, pro-ducing rapture in touch, and having exceedingly charming structure. The description of those doors is as follows:-The part rising from the surface of the ground (under the frame of the door) is made of adamant, the foundation: is that of Rittha jewels, the pillars which are joined by the nails are of Veruliya jewels, their base is prepared out of gold studded with fivecoloured excellent gems, the threshold is made of Hansgabbha jewels, the bolts (kept) for fastening the two doors are of Gomejjak jewel, planks of the doors are of Lohiyakkha jewel,. the arches surmounting the frame of the door are of Joiras jewel, the nails are of Lohiyakkha jewels, the joints are of adamant, the tops of the nails are of different jewels, the bars for fastening the doors and their pipes are prepared out of adamant, the receptacles of the bolts of the doors are of jewels, the upper noose is of Anka jewel, the doors are strong and jointless,. on both the sides of the walls of the doorsthere are one-hundred sixty-eight platforms, and the same number of beds. There are set
Page #133
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
124
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
up small sportive puppets made of variegated jewels and precious stones. The walls are of adamant, and the peaks are of silver. The ceiling is wholly made of gold. The cage like windows prepared out of various sorts of jewels and gems, are jutting out from the main building, the bars are of precious stones, the cross bars are of gems known as 'Lobit, and the storey is prepared out of silver, the roof and the sides of the roof are of Anka jewels. The bamboos and the chips of the bamboos slantingly placed on both the sides of the roof are of Joirasa jewels, and the boards on them are that of silver, the thin mat to cover ( those boards ) is made of gold, the covering of thin grass over the mat is that of adamant, and extremely white covering of silver over it. Its golden peaks and small peaks are studded with Anka jewels, which are diversely engraved with the figures such as mark on the forehead and the half-moon, whose lustre is as pure and white as that of the upper part of the conch, the heaps of curds, the foam of the milk of the cow, and the mass of silver and (which are) decked with the necklaces of variegated jewels, extremely smooth from outside
Page #134
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation..
.
125
as well as inside. On them, golden dust is spread everywhere. They are very delightful to touch possessed of superfine beauty, pleasing to look at, worthy to be seen, enchanting, and splendid.
(28) On those both the seats of the two sides of the doors, there are series of sixteen sandal pitchers. The sandal jars have got excellent lotuses as their bases, and are filled with extremely fragrant water, smeared with sandal paste, fastened with the strings on their necks, white lotuses used as their coverings (i. e. lids), made of jewels all in all, superfine [upto] splendid, and just resembling the big and huge pots (Indakumbha). Oh ! long lived ascetic on those both the seats of the two. sides of the doors, there are series of sixteen tusks of elephants. Those tusks are surrounded on all; sides by the collection of the garlands of small bells, the wreaths (of particular kinds of jewels) having the structure of windows, and pearl garlands, the intervening space of which is occupied by the pendant necklaces of gold, rising high up, protruding upper part coming forward: to a great extent ( from the wall ), downward part : like the half serpent, the structure rese.
Page #135
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
1-26
Rāypaseniya-sutta. mbling the half serpent, wholly admantine, superfine [upto] splendid, and like the tusks of huge elephants. Oh ! long lived ascetic in those (series of) tusks there are multitudes of the clusters of garlands, circular, pendant, and bound with black thread..........blue thread....... ...red thread..........yellow thread. There are also multitudes of the clusters of garlands, pendant, circular, and bound by white thread. Those wreaths are (like the) dazzling golden Lambusag ( i. e, an ornament of necklace pattern) the back side of which is studded with golden plates [upto] pervading the whole of the space from all sides by the sound giving delight to the ears and mind, ard highly shining due to their glory. On those series of the tusks of the elephants, it is stated that there are another series of sixteen tusks. Those tusks of elephants.......... [all the above stated description ...........upto] are just resembling the tusks of huge elephants. Oh! long lived ascetic on those tusks there are multitudes of Toops (swings, to suspend articles ) made of gold. In those loops of gold, there are many vessels prepared out of Veruliya jewels for burning incense. By those. vessels for burning incense, the whole
Page #136
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation.
127
of the part ( from all sides ) is filled with the fragrance which is charming, pleasing, giving, delight to the sense of smelling and mind, of superfine quality, ( which was ) emitted from the excellent Kundurukka', and 'Turukka' incense, and black agallochum and (which) turned the space into fragrance incarnation. On both the seats of the two sides of the doors, there are series of sixteen dolls. Those dolls are set in sportive manner, well established, well decorated by the garments of variegated colours, (having ) put on multitudes of wreaths, the middle part (of which) is beautiful, which could be grasped by the fist, whose pair of breasts are well built, naturally strong, round, well placed, the nipples of which are protruding forward the inner portion of whose eyes are red and black hair. The hair on whose head are curly at the top, very tender, pure, equipped with the characteristics such as untraceable ends and excellence etc. Those dolls are just placed on the excellent Ashok tree, (who are) holding the ends of the branches by their left hands, as if captivating the hearts by casting coqnettish glances, afflicting each other by their piercing (eyes), and [though] prepared out of
Page #137
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
128
Rāy.paseniya-sutta.
egath, (yet) obtained the changeless status They are woonfaced, gracefub like moon; having, the forehead resembling the half moon, swpassing the moon.in - pleasing"; sight and dazzling like the , meteor: Their brilliance is superior to that of the shining of the sun, and the thick line of lightning. Those dolls are putting, on beantiful dress (which is) the abode of amorous sentiments, pleasing, worthy to look at, charming, and splendid.is **** (29) "On those both the seats of the two sides of the doors there are series of sixteen lattices made of jewels all in all superfine [upto] splendid. On those both the seats of the two sides of the doors there are series of sixteen bells. The description of those bells is expressed in the following terms, to wit-the bells. are made of Jambuộak jewels, the ball pendant inside the bell is of adamant, the sides of the bells are studded with variegated jewels, the chain is prepared, out of gold, and the chord is of silver. · Those bells : are pervading the whole of the part from all sides, producing rapture in ears and mind, attracting the heart, pleasing to the mind and great, by their con
Page #138
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
;-
Translation,
i
129
tinuous noise, just like the thundering of the clouds, roaring of the lion, sound produced by the breating of drums, - voice of the heron, harmonious sound of twelve' types of musical • instruments, mixed noise of twelve kinds of musical instruments, sweet sound; sweet noise, pleasing voice, and fascinating sound. Above those both the seats of the two sides of the doors there are sixteen series of garlands reaching the ankles. Those garlands are thickly set with blossoms, and leaves, of the trees and creepers (which are) of variegated jewels, and (which are) enjoyed' by the bees, and adorned due to the eminent beauty and pleasing sights. On both the seats of the two sides of the doors there are series of sixteen square platforms. Those square platforms are two-hundred-fifty Yojanas in length and breadth, one hundred twenty-five Yojanas in thickness, wholly adamantine, and extremely pure [upto] splendiu. On each of those square platforms there are lofty mansions. Those lofty mansions are two-kundred fifty Yojanas in height and one-hundred twentyfive Yojanas in breadth, (they are) lofty, expansive, shining, , and their painted walls
Page #139
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
130
Raypaseniya-sutta.
are prepared out of different types of jewels and precious stones, equipped with umbrellas over umbrellas and Vijaya and Vejayanta banners moved by the wind, very lofty, and their peaks are as if scratching the surface of the sky, the small peaks made of gold (studded with) jewels, are shining just like the bulging gems studded in the intervening parts of the cage-like windows (lattices), possessing hundred petalled blooming white lotuses, painted with the figures such as the mark on the fore-head the half-moon, and decked with the wreaths. prepared out of multitudes of jewels, very smooth, internally and outwardly. On it the golden dust is spread everywhere, very delightful to touch, equipped with extra-ordinary beauty, producing delight in the mind, worthy to look at [upto] above those square platforms, wreaths, banners, and umbrellas over umbrellas. Above those two sides of the doors there are series of sixteen arches. Those are of different types of jewels and (are) supported by the pillars of variegated jewels [ upto ] clusters of white
lotuses. In front of each of those arches there are two puppets. Their description is the same as that of the puppets of the downward part.
Page #140
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation.
131
In front of those arches there are tusks of elephants. The description is the same as that of the downward part [upto] wreaths. Opposite to each of those arches there are pairs of horses, elephants, men, Kinnaras, Kimpurisas, great serpents (Mahorag type of Devas), Gandharvas and bullocks, wholly prepared out of jewels, extraordinary [ upto ] splendid. In this way there are series, ranges and couples. Just opposite to each of those arches, there are two lotus creepers [upto] Sama creepers (which are) always flowery, wholly made of jewels, and extremely pure [upto] splendid. In front of every arch there are two eternal 'Disa-Sotthiya' wholly prepared out of jewels, superfine [upto] splendid. Just opposite to each of the arches there are two sandal pitchers whose bases are (of) excellent lotuses, (the rest of the description is to be understood in the same way). At the forepart of every arch there are two jars. Those jars are based on excellent lotuses [upto] has the structure resembling the intoxicated elephant's mouth. Oh! long lived ascetic! on the foreground of each of those arches there exist two mirrors. Following type of description of the mirrors is expounded. To
Page #141
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
132
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
with their frames are of-gold, pillars are of Veruliya jewels, handless (of the mirrors) are of adamant, the circular mirrors are studded with variegated. jewels, though uncleansed they are thoroughly equipped with brilliance, resembling the halo of moon, and having half the size of the body (god's body). Oh! long lived ascetic before each of those arches there are two big dishes having the adamantine navals. Those dishes are appearing as if filled with pure and white rice pounded thrice by means of a pestle, are wholly prepared out of Jambunak jewels [upto] splendid, and their size. is similar to the wheels of a chariot. Oh ! long lived ascetic !. in the forepart of each of those arches there are two bowls. Those bowls are completely filled with clear water and are as if abundantly supplied upto the brim, with fruits of five coloured variegated jewels. They are wholly made of gems and are extraordinary [upto] splendid, and are just like huge circular baskets from which cows are fed. Oh! tong. lived ascetic ! in front of each of those arches there are two peculiar types of vessels filled with different kinds of precious things and wholly prepared out of jewels, extremely pure
Page #142
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation..
.
133
{ upto ] splendid. On the fore-gronnd of each of those arches there are two square platforms. It is stated that, in that square platform there are many planks of gold and silver. It is expressed that on those planks of gold and silver, there are many adamantipe tusks of elephants, and multitudes of loops made of adamant. In those adamantine loops there are multitudes of empty jars covered with black, blue, red, yellow, and white curtains of threads. All those empty jars are prepared out of Veruliya jewels, and are extraordinary [ upto ] splendid. In front of each of those arches there are two caskets of jewels decked with pictures, shining, brightening, dazzling, and glittering the whole of the part from all sides, with their own lustre. Just as a certain casket of precious stones of the sovereign prince, whose kingdom is extending upto the ocean in four sides, beautified by the pictures and covered with the thin plates or layers of crystal and Veruliya jewels, shines, brightens, dazzles, and glitters the whole of the part from all sides with its own lustre. Before each of those arches there are two necks of horses, elephants, men, Kinnaras, Kimpurisas, Mahorag
Page #143
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
134
Rāypasepiya-sutta.
gods, Gandharvas, and bullocks. They are all in all made of adamant and are superfine [ upto ] splendid. In those necks of the horses [ upto ] bullocks, there are baskets of flowers, ( garlands ) powders ( fragrant substances ), garments, ornaments, mustard-seeds, and mops made of peacock feathers. All those are wholly prepared out of precious stones and are extremely pure [upto] eminent. In each of those baskets of flowers [upto] the baskets of mops of peacock feathers, there are two coverings. of flowers. [.upto ] two coverings of mops. They are wholly made of jewels and are excellent [upto] eminent. Before each of those arches there are two thrones (the, description of those thrones [ upto ] garlands). In front of each of those arches it is expressed that there are two umbrellas having chaste sticks made of Veruliya jewels. The inner part of the umbrella is made of Jambunak jewels, the joints are of adamant surrounded by the net of pearls, equipped with one-thousand and eight excellent thin golden bars, made fragrant with the sandal of Malaya mountain, having the fragrance of a garden blooming in all, seasons, giving cool shade, painted with variegated
Page #144
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation.
.
135
auspicious figures and moon: like in shape. Id front of each of those arches there are two Chammaras (chowries). : Those chowries have [painted handles studded with variegated ex: cellent jewels and precious stones, such as Veruliya etc, ( lustrous like the moon ), ] brilliant handles made of chaste and costly gold, studded with variegated jewels and precious stones with creepers engraved on them, and resembling in whiteness the heaps of conches, Anka jewels, jasmine flowers, drops of water, foam obtained after the churning of nector and have long, fine, silvery hair. Those are prepared out of jewels all in all and are excellent [upto] eminent. Before each of those arches there are two tins of oil, Kostha (fragrant substance.), Tamāl leaves, Choyak fruits, Tagara plant, cardmům, yellow orpiment, vermilion, red arsenic, and collyrium. All thoạe are prepared out of jewels and are superfine [upto]: splendid... isso,
(30) On each and every door of Sūriyābha abode there are one-hundred and eight banners having insignia of a wheel, and other banners marked with deer, eagle, umbrella, feather, bird, lion, bullock, and each of them is one
Page #145
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Raypaseniya-sutta.
hundred and eight in number. Moreover there are also one hundred and eight flags on which the figures of excellent elephants having four tusks, are painted. It is stated that, in this way in Suriyābha abode from one end to the other on every door there are one-thousand and eighty flags. In Suriyabha abode there are sixty-five types of floors (for each and every door). The description of the surface of those floors and the ceiling above them is to be inserted (as it is given formerly). Exactly in the middle parts of those floors there is one throne at every place (the description of the throne with all paraphernalia is to be uuderstood here). On the remaining parts of the ground there are everywhere auspicious seats.
The upper portions of those doors are decorated by sixteen types of jewels. Those (sixteen types of jewels) are as follows:- gem [upto] Rittha jewel. Above each of those doors there are eight auspicious banners [upto] umbrellas over umbrellas. In this way in Sūriyābha Vimāna it is expounded that there are four-thousand doors from one end to the other. On the four sides of Suriyābha abode. there are four forest-groves, five hundred Yo
t
136
Page #146
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
: Translation.
137
janas away from it (Vimāna). Those forestgroves are as follows:--to the eastern side Ashok, to the southern side, Satta-vanna to the western side Champak, and to the northern side-Mango grove. These forest- groves are a little bit more than twelve and a half lacs of Yojanas in length, five-hundred Yojanas in breadth, and each , of them protected by rampart, black and appearing black (The description of the forest grove)... ;
(31) The inside ground of those forestgroves is extremely charming. It is just like the leather of tabor ( known as Muraj ) or I upto ] decorated by different types of five coloured jewels, and grass. Their fragrance and contact are to be understood in due order [ as it has been stated ).., "Oh! revered sir, what sort of noise is created by the grass and jewels slowly moved, shaken, trembled, throbbed, quivered, caused to collide, agitated, caused to move heavily by the breezes blowing from the eastern, western, southern and nonthern directions ?” “Oh! Goyama just as a certain palanquin, litter, or chariot equipped with the umbrellas, banners, bells, flags, exceHent arches, the harmonious sound of twelve
Page #147
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
138
.
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
types of musical instruments, and encircled by nets of small gingling bells made of gold, and which are prepared out of the excellent wood of Tinish ( tree growing on Himālaya mountain ) and inlaid with gold. The series of the spokes and the yoke of which are well fastened, the felly of the wheel is well set up and made of iron, to which excellent horses of noble breed are yoked, which is well controlled by the charioteer who is the best among dextrious persons, which is encircled. by thirty-two quivers each containing hundred arrows, having a thorny head ornament. as an armour, which is ready for the battle being equipped with bows, arrows, weapons and armours, oft and often driven fast in court-yard of the royal palace or royal barem, or extremely beautiful floor studded with gems and! jewels, or brought back from those places, pervades the whole of the part by the sound, pleasing to the ears and mind, enchanting, and extra-ordinary.
(2) Is the above stated description correct?
(Ans.) No it is not correct (it is far more surpassing than what has been described in the
Page #148
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation...
139)
above stated words). Just as a certain Veyāliya lute augmenting the first note of Madhyama scale, well established on Anka jewel, taken and tweedled by dexterious men and women, whose key note, made of sandal, is wounded and well arranged, at mid-night slowly and slowly played, struck, moved, tweedled, heavily struck, strongly moved, and thereby giving out the sound pleasing to the ears and the mind, enchanting fascinating, and extraordinary, pervades the whole of the part.
(Q.) Is the sound just like the above stated terms ?
(Ans.) No it is not correct (the sound is far more superior than the above stated description). Just as Kinnaras, or Kimpurisas or Mahorag gods, or Gandhavvas, of certain names who have gone to the park named Bhaddasāla or the Nandan grove, or Somanas garden, or Pandag forest, or in the caves and dens of Himālaya, Malay, and Mandar, gathered in congregation, took their seats, and sat to-gether, jubiliant, sportive, singing, enjoying, playing upon musical instruments, laughing, narrating prose passages, narrating songs, meter. verses, stories
Page #149
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
140
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
containing historical matters, metrical poems, particular songs sung with high pitch, equipped with modulated voice, having the songs ending in comedy, possessing seven types of notes, devowed of six flaws, having eleven poetic ornaments, equipped with eight types of metrical virtues, and resembling the music of the dancers which itself is like the humming noise contained in the cave which is favourable to singing, sung in tune, clear at three places (viz. chest, throat, and head), and is harmonious with the tune of the lute, and the Aute and the steps are in tune with the sweet husky [or grunting] manner of singing (and is pleasing to the mind, barmonious, graceful, charming, bewitching the mind, melodious in the end and exceedingly charming in its form). . (Q.) Is the sound just like the above
stated terms ? ...(Ans.) Yes it is just like that ( the above stated description).
i :. (32) In those forest-groves here and there at various places there are multitudes of small wells, wells, lotus-pools, oblong wells (straight rivers) zigzag rivers, series of lakes and well arrang
Page #150
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
- Translation..
141: ed rows of small wells. Those are extraordinary and superfine. They have the banks made of silver and their margins are of equal level (without pitfall etc.). They have slabs of stones made of adamant, at the base the ground prepared out of gold, and golden and silvery sand. They are covered by thin layers of crystal and adamant, comfortable to enter and very easy to come out, well studded with variegated jewels, possessed of four corners, and well built up in due order. They are filled with unfathomable cold water, covered with lotus leaves, fibers and stalks, equipped with good deal of blooming lotuses, night lotuses, blue lotuses, white lotuses, Songandhiya lotuses, Pondariya lotuses, lotuses of hundred petals, and lotuses of thousand petals with their filaments, possessed of lotuses which are enjoyed (sucked up) by the bees, and completely filled with pure excellent water; It is stated that some are filled with water which is resembling spiritual liquor, some with milky water some with saltish water, some with the water appearing like Ghee, some with the water resembling sugar-cane juice and some with natural water. Those are charming pleasing.
Page #151
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
142
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
to the mind, beautiful, and eminent. It is expounded that on those four sides of each of those wells (upto) rows of small wells, there are three-fold'excellent stair-cases (the description of those three staircases): It is to be understood that on those staircases there are arches, flags, and umbrellas over umbrallas. In those small wells (upto) series of well arranged wells, there are a good deal of mountains, Uppāya, Niyai, Jagai and Dāruijja by name, bowers in which sprays of water dripple down (or the crystalline bowers), mansions prepared out of crystals, Sofās made of crystals, lofty, very low, swinging beds and oscillating beds which could be used by birds too. They are made of jewels all in all and are extraordinary (upto) splendid. On those Uppāya mountain (upto) oscillating beds which could be used by the birds also, there are many seats having the shapes of swans, herons, eagles, seats rising up, very low seats, oblong seats, seats resembling the shapes of birds, auspicious seats, seats' like the shapes of bullock, lions, lotuses and the figure of ‘Disā-sotthiya'. Those seats are made of precious stones all in all and are supper-fine (upto) eminent. In those forest.
Page #152
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
.
Translation.
..
143
groves there are here and there at every place multitudes of the bowers prepared out of Ali plant, the enclosures erected from Māli plant plaintain bowers, creeper bowers, recesses of garders from which spectacle or show can be easily observed, bowers meant for toilet and decoration, enclosures having the shape of the cellar, fascinating bowers for romance, recesses prepared out of Sāla tree, net houses, bowers possessing paintings, enclosures having abundant flowers, bowers emitting fragrance and mirror houses. They are wholly studded with precious stones and are superfine (upto ) splendid. In those bowers made of Ali plants (upto) enclosures emitting fragrance, there are number of seats having the form of birds (upto) seats having the shape of 'Disā-sotthiya' All those are wholly made of jewels and are extraordinary (upto) splendid. In those forestgroves there are at every place multitudes of bowers of Jāi flowers and Jūi flowers, enclosures of Navmāliya creeper recesses of Vāsanti (vernal) creeper, enclosures of Sūrmalliyā creeper, pandals made from Dahi-Vāsuya plants, bowers of bettle plants, enclosures prepared out of creepers of grapes, the recesses of
Page #153
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
144..
Rãypaseniya-sutta. :
Pepper-bettle, the bowers of Atimuktak creeper, and enclosures intermingled with strong cr... eepers such as Affovagā and Māluya creepers.All those are extraordinary and made of jewels all in all [ upto ] splendid. In those bowers of Jāi flowers [ upto ] enclosures of Mā. luyā creepers (a kind of creeper the fruit of which coptains stones), there are many slabs of stones and well arranged seats having the shape of swans ['upto ] seats having the shape of Disa-sotthiya'. It is also stated that there are many other slabs of stones having excellent shapes and which are soft and smooth.' Ob ! long lived ascetic those are very smooth just like the contact of the hide of deer, cotton fibre, ‘Bur' plant, butter, and excellent cotton. All these are made of precious stones and are extraordinary [ upto ] eminent. There, multitudes of residential gods and goddesses sit, liedown, stand, sleep, ease, laugh, play, fondle, relax (recline) pastime, enjoy sensual pleasures and experience the blessed consequences and fruits of glorious, and meritorious actions of previous birth and of ancient time, which were: well accomplished and achieved.
Page #154
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation.
145
.. (33) Exactly in the middle part of each of those forest-groves, there are lofty palaces. Those stately mansions are five-hundred Yojanas in height, two-hundred ' fifty Yojanans in breadth, gone high up, rising up-right, and dazzling ( the description of the extremely beautiful even floors, ceiling, throne aud all other retinue is to be understood here ) in the same way (i. e. as is already given ). Four types of celestial beings, greatly prosperous [upto] whose maximum duration of life is one Paliovama stay there. Those (four types of gods) are as follows:-(Superhuman beings living in ) Asoya palace, Satta-vanna villa, Champak castle and Chuyag palace (or Asoya, Satta-vanna, Champak and Chuyag classes of gods.) The eminently charming surface of the ground of the internal part of the abode of Sūriyābha, is described as follows:- It is devoid of forest-groves [upto] multitudes of residential gods and goddesses sit [uplo] wander there. It is expounded that exactly in the middle part of that eminently charming even floors, there is a raised square at the gate of the palace, kept for entrance, (Uvgāriyālayan) whose length and breadth are one lac Yojanas, and
Page #155
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
146
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
the circumference is three lac-sixteen-thousandtwo-hundred-twenty-seven Yojanas, and more over three Kosās, one-hundred-twenty-eight Dhanus, thirteen and half fingers, and a little bit more, and its thickness is one Yojana. It is wholly made of Jambunaya jewel and is extraordinary [upto] splendid.
(34) That abode is surrounded on all sides by the allar named Paumvar and the latter is surrounded by one forest-grove. That Paumvarveiyā is half Yojana in height, five-hundred Dhanus in breadth, and the circumference is the same as that of the square kept at the entrance. The following type of description of that Paumvarveiyā is stated. Its foundation is of adamant, the base is of Rittha jewels, pillars are of Veruliya jewels, planks are of silver and gold, the nails are of Lohiyakkha jewels, the physical bodies are of variegated jewels, the pairs of corporal forms are of various types of jewels, (representations of) fascinating pictures are of different types of jewels, 'the pair of ( representations of ) the pictures are of variegated jewels, the projecting eaves of the altar are of Anka jewels, the chips of bamboos and bamboos slantingly placed on
Page #156
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation.
both the sides of the roof are of Joirasa jewels, the strips of silver and mats to cover the roof are of gold, the strong covering of straws over the mattress ceiling is of adamant, and the covering upon it is wholly made of jewels. That Paumvarveiya is encircled on all sides by the collection of wreaths made of gold kept in pendant posture, by the heaps of garlands having the shape of windows, garlands possessing small bells, series of big bells, recklaces of pearls, gems, gold, jewels, and white lotuses. Those wreaths are like the golden Lambusag ornament [ upto ] they are set up. On that Paumvarveiya here and there at every place there are a good deal of pairs of horses upto ] pairs of bullocks. All those are completely begetted from jewels, and are superfine [ upto ] eminent, and worthy to be looked at [upto ] series, rows, pairs and
ranges.
147
(Q.) "Oh revered Sir? what is the reason of entitling it as Paumvarveiyā ?"
(Ans.) "Oh Goyama on this Paumvarveiya here and there, at all places, (viz.) on the sides of the altar, on the boards of the altar, in the
Page #157
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
148 Rāypaseniya-sutta. intervening space between tảo altars, pillars, the sides of the pillars, the tops of the pillars, connecting parts of the pillars, nails, the tops of the nails, the boards where the nails are thrust, the portion between two nails, the sides of the boards, and the cavities between two sides of the boards, there are many lotuses, white lotuses, night lotuses, blue lotuses, superfine lotuses, Sogandhiya lotuses, Pondariya lotuses, Māha-Pondariya lotuses, hundred petaled lotuses and, thousand petaled lotuses. All these are wholly prepared out of jewels and precious stones, extraordinary [upto ] splendid, and it is narrated that they are similar in size to the big umbrellas used in rainy season. Oh ! long lived Goyama for this. reason it is entitled as Paumvarveiyā.”
"Oh revered Sir! Is the Paumvarveiyā permanent or impermanent ?!
“Oh Goyama ! ( from one point of view ) it is permanent and also (from another point. of view) it is impermanent.”
“Oh revered Sir ! why it is called permanent as well as impermanent ?"
"Oh Goyama ! from substantial point of view it (the Paumvarveiyā) is permanent, and
Page #158
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation.
.
.
149
impermanent from the modificatory point of view, i. e. modifications pertaining to its colour, smell, taste, and contact: Oh Goyama ! for this reason it is stated that the Paumvarveiyā is chang'eless, as well as changeable.':
“Oh revered Sir ! how long that Paumva- . rveiyā will exist ?". :
“Oh Göyama ! neither it was in non-existence, nor it is in negativeness, nor there will be its extinction. It was in actual existance, it is in sober reality, and it will be a matter of positiveness. It has continuous sameness of existence, it is destined (steady), without decay, without exhaustion, and (is) eternal.” The diameter of that forestgrove „is something less than twɔ Yojanas, the circumference is the same as that of the square at the entrance, the description of that forestgrove is to be inserted here [ upto ] the gods and goddesses, wander and recline. It is stated that on the four sides of that square kept at the entrance, there are thres ,excellent staircases (its description [ upto ] arches; flags, and umbrellas over umbrellas is to be understood). It is expounded that the extřemely,
Page #159
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Raypaseniya-sutta.
charming and even surface of the ground of that square placed at the entrance is [ upto ] the contact of precious stones.
(35) Exactly in the middle part of that exceedingly charming and even surface of the ground, there is a spacious and towering palace. That magnificent and lofty palace is five-hundred Yojanas in height, two-hundred-fiftyYojanas in breadth, gone high up, and lofty (its description.............[ upto ] the floor the ceiling, and the throne, with paraphernalia is to be understood). Above ( the palace) there are (everywhere) eight auspicious flags, and umbrellas over umbrellas. That prominent and colossus palace is surrounded on all sides by other four lofty mansions, the heights of which, are half in proportion to that of the former one.. Those lofty mansions are two hundred-fifty Yojanas in height, one-hundred-twenty-fiveYojanas in breadth [ upto their description ]. Those lofty mansions are again encircled on: all sides by other four lofty villas, the heights: of which, are half in proportion to that of the former ones. Those lofty villas are dred-twenty-five Yojanas in height, and half Yojanas in breadth, gone
one-hun
sixty-two high up,,
150
*
Page #160
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation.
151 and reaching up-right, to a great extent in the sky (their description..........upto..........the floor, the ceiling, and the throne with retinue is to be understood). Above those villas there ara eight auspicious banners and umbrellas over umbrellas. Those lofty villas are again surrounded on all sides by four lofty banglows, the heights of which are half in proportion to that of the former ones. Those lofty banglows are sixty-two and half Yojanas in height, and thirty-one Yojanas and one Kosa in breadth (their description... ... ...upto.........the ceiling, the throne with paraphernalia is to be inserted here). On those lofty banglows there are eight auspicious flags and umbrellas over umbrellas.
(36) It is stated that, on the north-eastern side of that prominent and lofty "palace there is Səhamma assembly-hall. It is one-hundred Yojauas in length, fifty Yojanas in breadth, seventy-two Yojanas in height, supported by numerous hundreds of pillars, decked by wellformed lofty adamantine altars, arches and well set up dolls [upto] where the crowds of celestial damsels are scattered here and there; enchanting, pleasing, charming, and worthy to be looked at. On the three sides of that
Page #161
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
152
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
.
Sohamma assembly-hall there are three doors. They are as follows:- On the eartern, southern, and northern sides. Those doors are sixteen Yojanas in height, eight Yojanas in breadth, and the entrances are of the same size They are white and equipped with small peaks prepared out of excellent gold (upto....... decked by) wreaths. On each and every door there are eight auspicious flags and umbrellas over umbrellas. Iņ front of every door there is à platform. Those platforms in front are one hundred Yojanas in length, fifty Yojanas in breadth and a little bit more in height (their description is the same as that of the congregation hall). On the three sides of each of those platforms there' are three doors. They are as follows:- On the eastern, southern, and northern sides. Those doors are sixteen Yojanas in height, eight Yojanas in breadth, and the entrances are of the same size. They are white and equipped with small peaks made of excellent gold (upto...decked by) wreaths. "The surface of the ground of those platforms and the ceiling ( is to be described in the same way ). Above each of those platforms there are eight auspicious banners and umbrellas
Page #162
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation... : 153 over umbrellas. In front of each and every platform there is a theatre ( its description is to be understood on the same line as that of the platforms.........upto ......... the doors, the surface of the ground, and the ceiling ). Exactly in the middle part of each of those exceedingly charming and even surface of the ground there is an adamantine arena (a verandah) for spectators. It is stated that there is a pedestal of precious stones, exactly in the middle portion of each of those arenas prepared out of adamant Those pedestals made of precious stones are eight Yojanas in length and breadth, four Yojanas in thickness, studded with jeweis all in all and superfine [ upto ] splendid. On each of those pedestals of precious stones there is a throne ( the description of the throne with its paraphernalia ). Above each of those bowers meant for theatrical purposes, there are eight auspicious flags, and umbrellas over umbrellas. In front of each of those 'bowers meant for theatrical purposes, there is a stage (foundation) of precious stones. Those stages of precious stones are sixteen Yojanas in length and breadth, eight Yojanas in thickness, and are wholly prepared out of
Page #163
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
154
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
gems, jewels, and are extraordinary [ upto ] eminent. Op each and every foundation, a mound is erected. Those erected mounds are sixteen Yojanas in length and breadth, and a little bit more than sixteen Yojanas in height, and ( they ) are resembling in wbiteness to the ( heaps of ) conches, Anka jewels, jasmine flowers, drops of water, the collection of the foam obtained at the churning of nectar, wholly prepared out of precious stones, and extra-ordinary [ upto ] eminent. On each of those mounds there are eight auspicious flags and umbrellas over umbrellas. On each of the four sides of those mounds, there is a stool made of precious stones. Those stools prepared out of precious stones are eight Yojanas in length and breadth, four Yojanas in* thickness, wholly made of jewels, and superfine [ upto ] splendid., On those foundations ( stools ) of precious stones there are four images of Jinas having the same proportion of height (as they had), located in Paliyank' posture, facing to those mounds and installed there. Those ( idols of the Jinas) are as follows:- Usaha, Vaddhamāna, Chandānana, and Vārisena. Just in front of each of those mounds, there is a
Page #164
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation.
155 pedestal made of precious stones. Those precious stoned pedestals are sixteen Yojanas in length and breadth eight Yojanas in thickness, and wholly studded with jewels [upto] splendid. On each of those precious stoned pedestals there is a holy tree. Those holy trees are eight Yojanas in height, eight Yojanas in depth, having the trunk of two Yojanas, half Yojana in circumference, main branches shooting forth from the trunks are of six Yojanas ( in length ), and exactly in the middle portion they are eight Yojanas in length and breadth, and a little bit more than eight Yojanas from top to bottom. The following type of description of those holy trees, is stated : To wit:— their roots are of adamant, the main branch shooting forth from the trunk is well placed in silver, the bulbs are of adamant and Rittha jewels, the charming trunk is of Veruliya jewels, the magnificent ( huge), main branches are begetted from excellent gold. The various small branches and twigs are of different types of precious stones and jewels, the leaves are of Veruliya jewels, the stalks of the leaves are of gold, decked with extremely delicate, dainty, and rosy blossoms.
Page #165
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Räypaseniya-sutta.
of Jambunaya jewels, having excellent tops of sprouts, (whose ) branches are bending down due to the great load of fruits and fragrant flowers made of variegated jewels and gems, producing feelings of rapture ( delight) to the mind and the eyes to a great extent, equipped with the fruits having the juice just resembling the nectar, giving cool shade, brilliant, possessed of glory and lustre, worthy to be looked at [ charming, pleasing, and enchanting ]. On each of those holy trees there are eight auspicious banners and umbrellas over umbrellas, and in front of them (holy trees) there are precious stoned pedestals. Those precious stoned pedestals are eight Yojanas in length and breadth, four Yojanas in thickness, wholly prepared out of precious stones, and superfine [ upto ] eminent. Above each of those precious stoned pedestals, there is a huge banner (known as Mahindazaya). Those Mahinda banners are sixty Yojanas in height, one Yojana in depth, one Yojana in circumference, firmly established, very smooth due to rubbing, exceedingly charming due to the roundness of their form, made of adamant, of particular pattern, made charming being encircled by a
156
Page #166
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation.
number of thousands of excellent five-coloured small flags, equipped with Vijaya and Vejayanta banners which are moved by the wind,. possessed of umbrellas over umbrellas, with very lofty peaks as if transgressing the courtyard af the sky, worthy to be looked at etc. and above those Mahinda banners there are]] eight auspicious flags, and umbrellas over umbrellas. In front of each of those Mahinda banners there is Nanda lotus-pond. Those lotus-ponds are one hundred Yojanas in length, fifty Yojanas in breadth, ten Yojanas in depth, and extremely pure (.........upto..........the description..............down to.........some are filled with natural water). Every lotus-pond is encircled by Paumvarveiyā and the latter by a forestgrove. On the three sides of those Nanda lotus-ponds, there are three excellent staircases (the description of those three excellent staircases............upto...........arches, flags, and umbrellas over umbrellas ). It is stated that in this Sohamma assembly-hall there are forty-eightthousand seats. They are as follows:-Sixteen thousand to the eastern, sixteen-thousand the western, eight-thousand to the southern, and eight-thousand to the northern sides.
On
157
to
Page #167
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
158
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
those seats there are many boards prepared out of gold and silver. On those golden and silvery boards there are multitudes of adamantine tusks of elephants. On those adamantine tusks of elephants there are collections of circular, and pendant wreaths and garlands woven in black threads. In Sohamma assembly-hall there are forty-eight-thousand extraordinary places of beds ( their description is the same as that of the seats..........[upto............tusks of elephants ). On those tusks of elephants there are a gocd deal of silvery loops. In those silvery loops there are many vessels made of Veruliya jewels for burning incense. Those vessels for burning incense (possess) excellent black agallochum [upto] decked with garlands of black threads). Inside that Sohamma assem. bly-hall the surface of the ground is exceedingly charming and even, [upto] decked with jewels ( the description of the contact of jewels and the ceiling). Exactly in the middle portion of the exceedingly charming and even surface of the floor, there is a magnificent precious stoned pedestal, which is ten Yojanas in length and breadth, eight Yojanas in thickness, and wholly prepared out of precious stones [upto]
Page #168
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
2..Translation.
.
159
eminent. On that precious stoned pedestal there is a Mānvag sacred pillar which is sixty Yojanas in height, one Yojana in depth, one Yojana in circumference, equipped with fortyeight corners, forty-eight edges, forty-eight planes [ sides ] (the rest of the description is the same as that of the great Mahinda banner). From the top of Mānvag sacred pillar having descended twelve Yojanas and having left twelve Yojanas of the downward part ( one comes across ) the remaining thirty-two Yoja. nas of the middle part ( containing ) many golden and silvery bzards. On those boards of gold and silver there are many adamantine tusks of elephants. On those adamantine tusks of elephants there are multitudes of silvery loops. In those loops made of silver, there are small circular cases (boxes ) made of adamant. In those adamantine, round, and circular boxes there are located, a number of bones of the thighs of the prophets. Those are worthy to be worshipped (... ... ....upto....... ....waited upon ) by Sūriyābha god, and multitudes of gods and goddesses. Above that Mānvag sacred pillar there are eight auspicious flags and umbrellas over umbrellas,
Page #169
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
160
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
(37) It is stated that on the eastern side of that Mānvag sacred pillar there is a magnificent precious stoned pedestal, which is eight Yojanas in length and breadth, four Yojanas, in thickness, wholly prepared out of jewels, and extra-ordinary [ upto ] splendid. On that precious stoned pedestal there is one colossus throne (the description with its paraphernalia). On the western side of that Mānvag sacred pillar there is one magnificent stage (pedestal). of precious stones, which is eight Yojanas in length and breadth, four Yojanas in thickness, studded with jewels all in all, and superfine [upto] eminent. On that precious stoned pedestal there is a spacious bed for celestial being ( the following type of description of that celestial bed is narrated ). Its props are studded with variegated jewels, feet are of gold, tops of the feet are set with numerous jewels, limbs are of Jambunaya jewels, che middle part is of diverse types of jewels, the bed ( filled with cotton ) is of silver, the pillows meant for cheeks are of gold, cushions are of Lohiyakkha jewels, and on both the sides there are cushions ( due to which ), it is raised on two sides, bent down and deep in
Page #170
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation. ..
161
the middle. Its size is the same as that of the ( god's ) body, and is just like the sand of the Gauges which goes down as soon as one steps on it. There is a ..well arranged dust absorber on it, which is covered by a red sheet of cotton. garment embroided in particular fashion, charming, and the contact of which is as smooth as the touch of the hide of deer, cotton fibre, Būr plant, butter, and seedless cotton.
(38) It is stated that on the north-eastern side of that celestial bed there is one, colossus precious stoned pedestal which is eight Yojanas in length and breadth, four Yojanas in thickness, and wholly made of gold [ upto ] splendid. On that pedestal of precious stones there is one magnificent small Mahinda banner which is sixty. Yojanas in height, one Yojana in breadth, adamantine, circular, charming and well established [: upto ] eminent. Above it, there are eight auspicious banners and umbrellas over umbrellas. On the western side of that small Mahinda banner..there is one storeroom for weapons and missiles of Sūriyābha god, known by the name Choppāl? which is wholly prepared out of adamant, and (which is)
Page #171
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
162
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
extraordinary [ upto ] splendid. There, numerous excellent weapons are stored, the prominent of which are:--best shields, swords, maces, and bows. Those are dazzling, brandished, sharp-edged, charming, pleasing, worthy to be looked at, and enchanting. Above that Sohamma assembly-hall there are ( groups of ) eight auspicious banners and umbrellas oyer umbrellas.
(39) It is expounded that on the northeastern side of Sohamma congregation-hall, there is a spacious temple of Siddhās (liberated souls) which is one hundred. Yojanas in length, fifty Yojanas in breadth, seventy-two Yojanas in height (the description is the same as that of the congregation-hall [ upto ] beds, exceedingly charming and even surface of the ground, and ceiling of the same pattern). Exactly in the middle of the temple of perfect beings, there is a magnificent precious stoned stage ( pedestal ), which is sixteen Yojanas in length and breadth, and eight Yojanas in thickness. It is expounded that above the pedestal of precious stones, there is a colossus raised place for the installation of images which is sixteen Yojanas in length and breadth, and a little bit more than sixteen Yojanas in height, and
Page #172
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation.
,
163
wholly prepared of precious stones [ upto ] splendid. Here (in this temple ) are consecrated, one hundred-eight idols of the prophets having the same proportion of height ( as they actually had ). The following type of description of those idols of the prophets is stated. To wit:-the palms of the hands and the soles of the feet are of gold, nails are of Anka jewels, the delicate portion under nails is of Lohiyakkha jewels, the shanks ( of the leg from the ankle to the knee ) are of gold, knees are of gold, thighs are of gold, the limbs of the body ( hands and feet ) are of gold, navels are of lustrous gold, the series of small hair on the body are of Rittha jewels, the nipples of the chest are of shining gold, the Sirivachchha mark on the chest is of brilliant gold, lips are of coral, teeth are of crystals, tongues are of glittering gold, palates are of dazzling gold, nostrils are of gold, the inner part of the nose is of Lohiyakkha jewels, eyes are of Anka jewels, the internal delicate portion of the eyes is of Lohiyakkha jewels, the retinas are of Rittha jewels, eye lashes are of Rittha jewels, eye brows are of Rittha jewels, the cheeks are of gold, ears are of gold, the fore.
Page #173
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
164
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
heads are of gold, the bones of the head are of adamant, the skin from which the roots of hair grow is of shining gold, and the hair areof Rittha jewels. It is ( further ) stated that: at the back of each of those idols of Jinas (conquerors ), there are idols of umbrellaholders. Those images of umbrella-holders, are gracefully holding the white umbrellas, wreaths and garlands of Korant flowers, having the extremely white lustre like that of the snow, silver, Jasmine and moon. It is expounded that on both the sides of each of those prophets, there are located, idols of the holders
of 'Chammarās ( chowries ) holding there, the . Chammarās' made of costly and chaste gold,
studded with multifarious types of jewels and precious stones. In front of each of those idols of prophets, there are two Nāga images, Bhuya ( a type of demi-god ) images, Jakkha (demi-god ) images, Kūudadhār images, and all of them are made of precious stones and superfine [.upto ] are installed there. In. front of those idols of prophets, there are one hundred eight bells, one-hurdred eight pitchers, one-hundred eight jars, and the same number of mirrors, dishes, particular types of dishes,
Page #174
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation.
165
well located seats, empty jars, jars painted with pictures, boxes of jewels, necks of horses [upto] necks of bullocks, caskets of flowers, [upto ] baskets of mops of peacock feathers, bags pieces of cloth as coverings) of flowers, tins of oil [ upto ] tins of collyrium and one hundred eight vessels for burning incense. On those temples of liberated souls, there are groups of eight auspicious banners and umbrellas over umbrellas.
(40) It is stated that on the north-eastern side of that temple of liberated souls, there is a magnificent assembly-hall, where celestial beings are instantaneously born. Its description is the same as that of the Sohamma assembly-hall [upto] precious stoned pedestal, which is eight Yojanas [in length and breadth, four Yojanas in thickness......upto.........on it] and there is a very spacious celestial bed [its description is the same as that of the celestial bed in Sohamma hall] and above it there are eight auspicious banners and umbrellas over umbrellas. On the north-eastern side of that hall, where instantaneous births take place, there is a spacious lake which is one-hundred Yojanas in length, fifty Yojanas in breadth, ten
1.
Page #175
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
166 Rāypaseniya-sutta. Yojanas in depth, (the same description). In the north-eastern direction of that lake there is a magnificent hall meant for sprinkling, ceremony [its description is to be taken on the same line like the Sohamma hall......upto...... beds (long verandah), precious stoned pedestal throne with paraphernalia ...... upto...... decked by garlınds]. There, all materials for the bath of Sūriyābha god are well arranged, and there are eight auspicious things, (the description in the same way ). On the north-eastern side of that hall for taking bath, there is the chamber meant for the decoration of the body (saloon). It is the same as Sohamma hall, having preci. ous stoned pedestal of eight Yojanas in length ............throne with its · paraphernalia. There all sorts of materials and articles for the decoration of Sûriyābha god are set in order (the remaining description is the same). On the north-eastern side of that chamber meant for decoration (saloon), there is a magnificent håll for business purposes (its description is the same as that of the hall where instantáne. ous births of célëstiäl beings take place ........... upto...........throne with its retinue, precious sföneď stage and eight auspicious things "etc.).
Page #176
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation. . 167 There, a voluminous excellent book of that Sūriyābha god, is kept. The following type of description of that excellent volume, is stated. To wit-its leaves are of precious stones, rods are of Rittha jewels, the striügs are of glitter : ing gold, the knot is of various jewels, inkstand is of Veruliya jewel, its lid is of Rittha jewel, the chain is of dazzling gold; ink is of Rittha jewel, pen is of adamant, letters are of Rittha jewels, and it is the most sacred sçriptural volume. Above that chamber meant for business purposes there are eight auspicious flags and umbrellas over umbrellas. On the north-eastern side of that business chamber there is a Nandā lotus-pond (it is just like the lake previously described). On the north-eastern side of that Nandā lotus-pond, there is a colossus oblation altar, which is wholly prepared out of precious stones, and superfine [upto] eminent.
(41) In that age, at that time when Sūriyābha god recently took instantaneous birth, accomplished five types of capacities to develop fully the characteristics of the body. into which it incarnates. Those are off.ve kinds viz. (1) The capacity of taking the molecules to make the body, (2) development of the
Page #177
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
168
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
body (3) development of sense organs (4) development of raspiratory organs and (5) the development of the organs of speech and mind. Thereafter when Sūriyābha god accomplished five types of developments, the following sorts of inner thoughts, ponderings, reflections, deep-inward musings and conceptions arose "what is my prior duty? what is my subsequent mission? what is antecedently beneficial to me? what is subsequently beneficial to me? what will be antecedently and subsequently beneficial, for happiness, development of the mind, blessed condition ( salvation) and continuity of meritorious actions?." Thereafter the celestial beings of Sāmāniya class of that Sūriyābha god; having comprehended, those thoughts, ponderings [upto] arose in the mind of Sūriyā. bha god, approached to the place where Sūri. yābha god was. They having joined the palms of the hands and touching the folded hands to the fore-head, congratulated Sūriyābha god with victory and success. Having done so, they spoke thus" Verily ! indeed Oh! beloved of the gods, in Sūriyābha abode, in the temples of perfect beings, there are consecrated one hundred and eight idols of Jinas ( Prophets )
Page #178
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation..
.
169
having the same proportion of height (as they .actually had). In Sohamma congregation-hall, there is Mānvag sacred pillar upon which in round and circular adamantine boxes, multitu-- des of' bones of the thighs of the prophets are kept. Sir! those are worthy to be worshipped · (.......upto........waited upon) by you Oh! beloved of the gods, and innumerable residential gods and goddesses. Oh ! beloved of the gods this is your prior duty. This is also to be accomplished subsequently by you, who are beloved of the gods. This is antecedently beneficial to you: oh! beloved of the gods. Oh! beloved of the gods it is beneficial afterwards also, oh! beloved of the gods it will be antecedently and subsequently beneficial for happiness, development of mind, blessed status, and the continuity of meritorious deeds.
(42) Thereupon Sūriyābha god having heard and listened this explanation (advice) in the vicinity of celestial beings who were the members of the Sāmāniya congregationi, was delighted, and pleased [upto] whose heart was attracted got up from the bed; having done so, he went out by the eastern direction of Uvavāya hall (which is meant for the instantaneous
Page #179
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
170
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
births of celestial beings). He approached to the place where there was the lake; having done so, circumambulated the lake again and again and entered into it by the eastern arch; having done so, he got down (into the lake) by the exceedingly charming eastern staircase; having done so, plunging in water began to take bath; having done so, he sported in water; having done so, he sprinkled water over him; having done so, he rinsed his mouth and highly purifying himself came out of the lake; having come out he went to the place where the coronation hall was; having gone there and circumambulating that installation hall again and again entered it by the eastern door, having done so, approached to the place where there was the throne; having done so, he climbed on that excellent throne and took his seat facing to the east. Then the members of the Sāmāniya congregation of Sāriyābha god sent for the servile celestial beings; havipg called, they spoke tus “Oh beloved of the gods ! make preparations for the costly, precious, exorbitant, and magnificent installation of Sūrijābha god.' Then those servile gods being addressed by the cele
Page #180
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation.
stial beings who were the members of the Sāmāniya congregation, were pleased, [ upto ]| delighted at heart and joining the palms of the hands and bringing the folded hands near forehead, Yes sir, alright " with these words, obediently and courteously accepted the order; having done so, they took themselves to the north-eastern direction, having done so, they by the emanation of soul particles at the time of the creation of fluid form emanated (gross). atoms; having done so, (they cast a staff of) innumerable Yojanas [ upto ] having for the second time emanated. They begetted one thou sand and eight golden pitchers, one thousand and eight jars of silver, one thousand and eight jars of precious stones, one thousand and eight jars of gold and silver, one thousand and eight pitchers of gold studded with precious stones, one thousand and eight vases of silver set with gems, one thousand and eight vessels of göld, silver, and precious stones, one thousand and eight earthen pots, and (the same number of) particular shaped vases (Guj. «N), mirrors, dishes, plates, pots of spacious basis, caskets of jewels, baskets of flowers [upto] caskets of the mrops of peacock feathers, Bags of flowers
171
Page #181
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
172
Rāypaseniya-sutta. I upto ] the satchels of the mops of peacock feathers, umbrellas, Chammarās (chowries), tins of oil [. upto ..) the tins of collyrium and one thousand and eight vessels for burning incense; having prepared they took with them the arti. ficial and natural articles such as pitchers [upto] vessels for burning incense, having done so, they started forth from the Sūriyābha abode; having done so with that excellent and rapid gait (upto........... travelling through) innumerable continents [ upto ] journeying further and further approached to the place where there was Khirodaya ocean ( the ocean of milk ) having done so, they took milk-like water, and lotuses [ upto ] one lac petaled lotuses that were ( growing ), there; having done so, they went to the place where Pukkharodaya sea was; having done so, they picked up lotu. ses [ upto ] one lac petaled lotuses that were ( growing ) there; having done so, they went to the regions where there were Samayakhetta, Bharah, Aravaya etc. continents, and all holy places such as Māgaha, Vardām, Pabhās etc. having done so, they took holy water; having done so, they picked up the holy earth; having done so, they went to the region
Page #182
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation.
.
173
where there were big rivers such as Garigā, Sindhu, Rattā, Rattvai etc; having done so, they took water; having done so, they picked up the earth from both the banks; having done so they went to the part where there were moun:: tains such as Chulla-himvant and Sihari; having: done so, they took water, all sorts of pulses, flowers of all pattern, all types of fragrant things, garlands of all varieties, all sorts of medicinal herbs and rape-seeds; having done so, they went to the place where there were Pauma and Pondariya lakes; having done so, they took lake-water; having done so, they grasped lotuses [upto] one lac petaled lotuses; having done 'so, they went to the regions where there were continepts such as Hemavaya, Aravaya etc. and big rivers such as Rohiya, Rohiyansā, Suvannakūlā- and Ruppakālā and took water; having done so, they picked up the earth from both the banks; having done so, they went to the regions where there were mountains such a's Saddāvai, Viyadāvai, and Vatta-veyaddha; having done so, they took all
sorts of pulses (. the rest of the description is : same ). They went to the place where there
were mountains such as Mahāhimvant and
Page #183
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
174 .. Rāypaseniya-sutta. Ruppi ( the rest is same ). They went to the place where there were Mahā-pauma and Mahā-pondariya lakes; having done so, they took lake-water ( the remaining is to be understood on the same line). They went to the part where there were continents such as Harivās Rammavāsa etc. great rivers Harikantā and Nārikantā ( the rest is same ). They took themselves to the mountains such as Nisadha and Nilvant ( the remaining is same ). They approached to the lakes viz. Tigichchhi and Kesari ( the rest is same..). They went to the places where there were Mabāvideha continent, and rivers such as Sītā, Sītodā ( the remaining is same ). They approached to the regions where there were all the particular territories of sovereign prince and all holy places such as Māgah, Vardām, Pabhās etc; having done so, they accepted holy water; having taken it from all the rivers situated in the interior, went to the place where there were Vakkhār mountains (and took) all pulses ( the rest is same ). They went to the part where there was Mandar mountain, and Bhaddasālvana and took all pulses, flowers of all pattern, all types of fragrant things, garlands of all
Page #184
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
1
Translation.
175
varieties, all kinds of medicinal herbs and rapeseeds; having done so, they went to the region where there was Nandan forest; having done so, (they took) all pulses (upto] all kinds of medioinal herbs, rape-seeds, and fresh Gosīs sandal (which was) full of juice; having done so, they went to the part where there was Somanas forest and (took) all pulses [ upto ] all medicinal herbs, rape-seeds fresh Gosīs sandal full of juice, divine garland of flowers and fragrant powders, highly scented with Daddar sandal from Malaya mountain; having done so, they gathered together; having done so with that excellent gait [upto ] approached to the place where there was Sohamma heaven, Sūriyābha aþodę, coronation hall, and Sūriyādha god; having done so, joining the palms of the hands and touching the folded hands to the forehead congratulated him with victory and success; having done so, they made preparations for that costly, precious, exorbitant and magnificent installation. Thereafter four-thousand gods of Sāmāniya class, chief queens with their paraphernalia, three congregations, seven commanders of the armies [ upto ] multitudes of other residential gods and goádesses dwelling in
Page #185
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
176
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
Sūriyābha abode, with those i natural and arti.. ficial things and one-thousand and eight goldeir pitchers [upto] one-thousand and eight earthen pots and jars placed on excellent lotuses, filled to the brim with fragrant water, besmeared with sandal paste, (whose) necks were fastened. with thread, closed with white and blue lotuses; and which (jars ) were taken in the tender and delicate palms of the hands of ( celestial beings) and with all sorts of water, earth, pulses [ upto ] all kinds of medicinal herbs rape-seeds and with all pomp [upto] with great beating of musical instruments sprinkled coronation water over Sūriyābha god. When that sprinkling ceremony of Sūriyābha god was going on, some celestial beings showered fragrant and divine water over ( the court-yard of ) Sūriyābha abode which was capable of pacifying dust and small particles of sand without creating much water and mud. Some celestial beings destroyed, removed, demolished, pacified, and put down the dust particles. Some heavenly beings sprinked water, cleansed and plastered the Sūriyābha abode, cleaved and freed from dust the streets in the Bazzar and royal roads. Sɔme celestial beings equipped that Sūriyābha
Page #186
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation.
abode with raised seats one above the other (i. e. gallery ). Some divine beings decked the Suriyābha abode with flags, banners over banners painted with diverse colours. Some heavenly beings plastered the ground of Suriyabha abode with cow-dung, white washed the walls, and imprinted them by the palms of the hands with fingers besmeared in Gosis and red, juicy, Daddar sandal. Some celestial beings decorated the part of the entrance door of Suriyābha abode with sandal jars well-attached to the arches. Some divine beings beautified the Suriyābha abode with the clusters of abundant wreaths and garlands (which were ) circular, pendant, and extending from top to toe. Some heavenly beings equipped the Suriyabha abode with five-coloured fragrant flowers cast in heaps. Some divine beings made the Suriyābha abode charming, by the fragrant smell that was emitting from the 'Kundurukka' and 'Turukka' incense and black agallochum. Some celestial beings turned the Suriyabha abode into fragrance incarnation (like the pill of fragrance). Some celestial beings showered unwrought gold, wrought gold, silver, adamant, flowers, fruits, garlands, perfumes powders, and ornaments.
177
Page #187
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Raypaseniya-sutta.
178
Some heavenly beings distributed the heaps of unwrought gold. In the same way they distributed heaps of wrought gold, jewels, flowers, fruits, wreaths, powders, garments, perfumes etc. There, some divine beings shared the collections of ornaments. Some celestial beings began to play upon four types of musical instruments. Those (four types of musical instruments) are as follows: non-stringed instruments such as drums, tabors etc., stringed instruments such as Sitārs, lutes etc., bronze metalled instruments viz. cymbal, bell, gong etc., wind instruments viz. conches, bugles etc. Some heavenly beings began to sing four types of songs. Those (four types of songs). are as follows:- Ukkhitta (the beginning of which is in high tone), Payatta (versified song,) Manday (which is sung in low voice) and Roiyavasan (the song ending in comedy). Some celestial beings displayed dramatic performance (known as ) Duya. Some revealed Vilambiya dramatic performance. Some heavenly beings set forth Duya-Vilambiya type of drama. In the same way some forwarded Anchiya drama. Some celestial beings performed divine dramas (such as ) Arbhad, Bhasol, Arbhad-Bhasol,
Page #188
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation. .
179 Uppaya-Nivaya-Pamatta, Sankuchiya, Pasāriya, Riyāriya, and Bhant-Sambhant, Some divine beings displayed four types of gestures. Those (four types of gestures) are as follows:- Ditthantiya ( gestures indicating an analogical pre-cept), Pādiyantiya, Sāmantovanivāiya, and Logantomazāvasāniya. Some celestial beings began to shout. Some divine beings became fat. Some performed wild dance accompanied by instrumental music and singing. Some began to produce the sound expressing contempt. Some performed a frantic or violent dance. Some began to leap and clap. Some clapped and jumped. Some broke into three-step dance. Some began to neigh. Some produced the gargling sound of an elephant. Some began to produce the tinkling sound of a chariot. Some produced the mixed sound of neighing of the horse, gargling of an elephant, and the tinkling of the chariot. Some began to jump. Some began to leap high up. Some broke into joy. Some did all the three (things). Some began to bound up. Some sprang down. Some walked hastily. Some did the three (things). Some roared like lion. Some produced the pattering sound made by the feet. Some began
Page #189
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Raypaseniya-sutta.
to slap the ground. Some did the three (things).. Some gave out thundering noise. Some caused lightning. Some began to shower rain. Some did the three (things). Some began to burn. Some began to heat. Some heated (themselves), exceedingly. Some did the three (actions). Some called out. Some uttered the word fie upon. Some hooted out (or exclaimed). Some gave out their own names respectively. Some did the four (actions). Some began to gather the groups of gods. Some exhibited divine lustre.. Some produced inaudible sound of divine beings.. Some gave out bustling sound. Some celestial beings began to exclaim 'Duha-Duha'. Some sho wered clothes (or waved the garments in the sky). Some held lotuses in their hands [upto] grasped lac petaled lotuses in the hands. Some gripped pitchers in the hands upto.......stood ) with their hands engaged in holding the vessels for burning incense (and were) delighted, pleased [upto ] at heart began to slide and glide here and there (i. e. in all directions ). Then those four-thousand Sāmāniya types of Devās [ upto ] sixteen-thousand celestial beings as body-guards and multitudes of other gods and goddesses residing in the capital of Sūriyābha,
180
Page #190
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation...
.
.181
sprinkled coronation water over Sūriyābha god
and performed his installation ceremony ); having done so every-body of them joining the palms of the hands and touching the folded hands to the fore-head spoke thus "Let victory and success come to you oh prosperous one!. Be triumphant and crowned with success oh You auspicious one ! Oh You, who are prosperous and auspicious, be at home in good fortune and ascendancy, you conquer what is unconquered, rule over (protect) the captured and stay among the conquered (celestial beings ). You who are like Indra (lord of the heaven) among the celestial beings, the moon amongst the stars; Chamar in Asuras, Dharan amidst Nāgas, (sovereign king) Bharah among 'human beings, ( enjoy the life period of ) numerous Paliovamas, a number of Sāgarovamas, a number of Paliovama-Sagarovamas, ruling over four-thousand Sāmāniya gods (upto........ ....sixteen) thousand celestial beings as bodyguards and many other gods and goddesses residing in the Sūriyābha abode ( upto......... exhibiting the ) great splendour and ( also ) retaining it, pass the days.”. Addressing in this way they exclaimed shouts of victory and
Page #191
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
182
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
success. Thereafter that Sūriyābha god when his great installation ceremony was performed by sprinkling the coronation water quitted the anointing hall by the eastern door; having done so, he went to the place where there: was decoration chamber ( saloon ); having done so, circumambulating again and again entered into the saloon ( Alankāriya Sabhā ) by the eastern door; having done so, he marched forth to the place where there was the throne and ascending over it (he) took his seat facing to the east. Then the celestial beings who were the members of Sāmāniya-congregation made preparations for the decoration materials. Thereafter that Sūriyābha god first of all, with a delicate, scented and coloured wooly garment (towel specially prepared for wiping the body) began to wipe his limbs; having done so, he daubed (besme. ared) the parts of his body with juicy Gosīs sandal; having done so he put on a pair of divine and celestial garments having the complexion of sky and crystal, interwoven with gold, (extremely ) white, surpassing the saliva of the horse in softness, equipped with (both) (excellent) colour and (soft) touch, (which were) bewitching the eyes, and could be easily carried
Page #192
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation.
183
away by breath; having done so, he put on the necklace of eighteen strings, having done so, he wore the necklace of nine strings; having done so, he decked himself with a necklace of various gems (of one string); having done so, he wore a pearl-necklace; having done so, in the same way he put on ornaments of the hands, ornaments worn on arms, bangles, armlets, ornamental belt for the waist, a particular type of ring, an ornamental string for the waist, Murvi ( a kind of ornament ), a long rosary to be worn in the neck, ear-rings, diadem, and crown; having done so, he decked and beautified himself by the four types of wreaths such as Ganthim, Vedhim, Pūrim, and Sanghāim like the wish grantitg tree (Kapparukkha -); having done so, he besmeared his limbs with the fragrant Daddar sandal of Malaya mountain, and put on divine garland of flowers.
(43) Then that Sūriyābha god when beauti. fied himself with four types of ornaments (such as ) the ornaments of hair, wreaths as ornaments, decorative ornaments, garments as ornamen ts, and when the whole decoration work
Page #193
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Raypaseniya-sutta.
was accomplished got up from the throne; having done so, he left the saloon ( decoration-hall ) by the eastern door; having done so approached to the place where there was business chamber and again and again circumambulating the business chamber entered into it by the eastern door; having done so, (he marched forth towards the place) where there was the throne [ upto ] took his seat. Thereafter that Suriyābha god held that excellent scriptural volume; having done so, he loosened (the string of) [or placed on the lap or on the stool that excellent book; having done so, he comprehended the religious topics (i. e. matter); having done so, he replaced the excellent volume; having done so, he got up from the throne; having done so, he left the business chamber by the eastern door; having done so went to the part where there was Nanda lotus-pond; having done so, he descended by the excellent eastern three-fold staircase situated by the eastern side of the arch of Nanda lotus-pond; having done so, washed his hands and feet; having done so, he made himself exceedingly pure and clean by sipping water and took a particular shaped jar which was white, colossus, silvery,
184
Page #194
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation.
185
chaste, filled with water, having the size of an intoxicated elephant's mouth and resembling the frontal globe on the head of an elephant (or a large water-pot ); having done so, he plucked the lotuses [upto] lac petaled lotuses which grew there; having done so climbed up from the Nanda lotus-pond; having done so, he started forth towards the temple of the perfect souls.
(44) Thereafter those four-thousand celestial beings of Sāmāniya class [ upto ] sixteenthousand divine beings as body-guards and multitudes of other gods and goddesses [....upto ....... residing in] Sūriyābha abode and some of the heavenly beings holding lotuses in their hands upto] gripping lac petaled lotuses began to go after Sūriyābha god. Then multitudes of servile gods and goddesses and some holding pitchers in their hands [upto] some having in their hands vessels for burning incense, delighted and pleased, [upto] proceeded behind Suriyābha god. Then that Sūriyábha god surrounded by the four-thousand Sāmāniya gods [upto] multitudes of other gods and goddesses (residing in ) Suriyābha abode, and with all pomp and splendour [upto] with great din
Page #195
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Räypaseniya-sutta.
and cry went to the place where there was the temple of liberated souls. Having gone there entered into the temple of Siddhas ( liberated souls) through the eastern door; having done so, he approached to the part where there was the pedestal for the installation of images and the idols of the prophets; having done so paid homage at. the very sight of the images of the prophets; having done so, he took the mop of peacock feathers (or the broom); having done so, he wiped those images of Jinas with that mop of peacock feathers (or broom); having done so, he gave bath to those idols of the prophets, with scented fragrant water; having done So, he plastered (besmeared ) the
limbs
186
(of the images) by juicy Gosīs sandal; having done so, he wiped the bodily parts (of the idols) by highly scented and coloured garment, having done so, he put, the pairs of sound and divine garments; on the idols of the prophets, having done so, he offered flowers, garlands, perfumes, powders, colours, (or paints), garments, and ornaments; having done so, he prepared the clusters of circular, pendant, wreaths and garlands extending from top to toe; having done so, he equipped it
Page #196
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation. .
.
187
( the ground ) with the heaps of five coloured flowers strewn and spread like those that are fallen from the hands while holding the braid (in amorous sport); having done so; he dreweight auspicious marks in front of the idols of the prophets with excellent, subtle, silvery, and charming grains of rice. Those (eight auspicious ) marks were as follows: Sotthiya [upto] Dappana (mirror). Immediately after it he, taking a vessel" for burning incense (which was) made of adamant, (whose) stainless (clean) handle was of Chandappabha jewel, ada. mant, and Veruliya, variegated with various pictures (prepared out) of gold, gems, and precious
stones, completely pervaded the whole space with the excellent fragrance emitted by the burning ‘Kundurukka’and 'Turukka' incense (of best. type ) and black agallochum, which gave out the line of fragrant smell, offered incense to the great prophets and praised them with one hundred and eight clear stanzas which were packed with great meanings, and where there was no repetition; having done so, he went seven or eight steps forward; having done so, he bent his left knee; having done so, he, placing his right knee on the surface of the
Page #197
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
188
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
ground touched the head to the floor thrice; having done so; he raised (it) a little bit; having done so joining the palms of the hands and bringing near forehead spoke thus:"Salutations to the prophets ! ( upto those ) who have attained (liberation )” with these words he bowed down to and saluted; having done so, he proceeded to the place where there was the pedestal for installing the idols......... and exactly the middle part of the temple of liberated souls; having done so, he picked-up (lit. touched) the mop of peacock feathers (broom); having done so, he cleaned ( wiped ) the middle portion of the temple of the perfect souls. Then he scattered in drops, divine water and drew a circle by imprinting the palm of the hand with five fingers ( besmeared in ) juicy Gosīs sandal; having done so, he equipped the ground with the heaps of flowers (upto ............ like those that are fallen from the hands while) holding the braid (in amorous sport); having done so," he offered incense; having done so, he proceeded to the place where there was the southern door of the temple of liberated souls; having done so, he took the mop of peacock feathers;
Page #198
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation.
189
having done so, he wiped the frame of the door, small puppets and, statues with the mop of peacock feathers; having done so, he washed them with a continuous line of divine water; having done so, he besmeared them with: juicy Gosīs sandal; having done so, he offered flowers garlands [ upto ] ornaments; having done so, he encircled them with ........... wreaths extending from top to toe [ upto ] offered incense; having done so, he proceeded to the part where there was the bower..at the entrance attached to the southern door and ( where there was ) exactly the middle part of that southern bower ( at the entrance ); having doue so, he picked up the mop of peacock feathers; having done so, he cleansed that middle portion by the mop of peacock feathers; having done so, he washed them with continuously drippling divine water; having done so, he marked out a circle by imprinting the palm of the hand (with five fingers besmeared in) juicy Gosīs sandal; having done so, he ( spread the flowers like those that are fallen from the hands while ) holding the braid [ upto ] offered incense; having done so, he approached to the place where there was
Page #199
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Raypaseniya-sutta.
the western door of that southern bower at the entrance, having done so, he picked up the mop of peacock feathers; having done so, he cleansed the frame of the door, puppets and small statues; having done so (washed them) with a continuous line of divine water..... plastered with the layers of juicy Gosīs sandal; having done so, he offered flowers [ upto ] ornaments; having done so......... wreaths extending from top to toe........while holding the braid...........offered incense; having done so, he approached to the northern series of pillars of that southern bower at the entrance; having done so, he picked up the mop of peacock feathers; having done so, he wiped the pillars, puppets and small statues by the mop of peacock feathers and performed the same rites as he had (done) at the western door [ upto ] offered incense; having done so, he went to the place where there was the eastern door of the bower at the entrance (situated on the) southern side; having done so, he gripped the mop of peacock feathers,..........the frame of the door.......... performed all those things. Thereafter he went to the place where there was the southern gate of that bower at the entrance
190
Page #200
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation.
191
(situated on the ) southern side; having done so .........frame of the door............ did all those things. Then he proceeded to the place where there was theatrical bower of southern side, adamantine stage, precious stoned pedestal and the throne, located exactly in the iniddle part of that theatrical bower of southern side having done so, he held in his hand the mop of peacock feathers; having done so, he cleaned the stage, precious stoned pedestal and the throne by the mop of peacock feathers, having done so, he ( washed them ) with a continuous line of divine water [upto] plastered with the layers of juicy Gosīs sandal, and offered flowers [upto] wreaths extending from top to toe [upto] offered incense; having done so, he went to the place where there was the western door of the theatrical-hall ( amphi-theatre ) [situated on the] southern side...... ...northern door ........... [the same thing is to be repeated as in the case of the eastern door]...........and the same about the southern door. He proceeded to the place where there was the holy mound ( situated on the ) southern side; having done so, he sprinkled a continuous line of divine water over that mound and precious stoned
Page #201
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
192
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
pedestal and plastered them with the layers of juicy Gosis sandal; having done... S0; he offered flowers...........wreaths extending from top to toe [upto] offered incense. (Then ) he went to the place where there was the precio ous stoned pedestal on the western side and the idols of the prophets ( situated on the ), western side ( performed the usual rites ]: He went to the images of the prophets situated in the northern direction ( and performed the same rites ). Thereafter he proceeded to the precious stoned pedestal ( situated on the ) eastern side and the idols of the eastern direction; having gone there (did the same thing). He acted in the same way ( in the cases of ) precious stoned pedestal of southern side and the idols of the prophets installed in the southern direction. Thereafter he approached to the place where there was the holy tree of southern direction; having done so, he followed the same procedure. Then he procceded to the places where there was the great Makinda banner and Nandā lotus-pond situated on the southern side. He took the mop of peacock feathers and wiped the arches, excellent three -fold staircase, puppets and statues, with the
Page #202
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation.
(a)
mop of peacock feathers, and washed them with a continuous line of divine water........... with juicy Gosīs sandal................Offered flowers ... ... ....Wreaths extending from top to toe....... ....Offered. incense. He, circumambulating the temple of Siddhas ( liberated souls) proceeded to the region where there was the Nandā lotus-pond; having done so, he followed the same procedure as he had ( done ) formerly. Thereafter he approached to the place where there was the holy tree of the northern side, and the holy mound (for keeping sacred relics) situated on the northern side ( the rest is the same ). He proceeded to the place where there was the western pedestal and idols of the prophets installed in the western direction (the remaining is the same). Thereafter he approached to the place where there was the theatrical bower situated on the northern side, having done so............ ( here everything is to be inserted as is given in the case of southern direction ). Then he approached to the eastern door............rows of pillars of the southern side ( the same ). Thereafter he proceeded to the bower at the entrance situated on the northern side, and the middle part of the
Page #203
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
(b)
Raypaseniya-sutta.
northern bower at the entrance (rest is same). Then he went to the western door............ northern door.......... .rows of pillars of southern side........ (the rest is the same) ....where there was the northern door of the temple of Siddhas (perfect souls) [the rest is same]. He approached to the eastern door of the temple of Siddhas (liberated souls); having done so, ......(the rest is same). He marched to the place where there was the eastern bower at the entrance and the middle portion of the eastern bower; having done so.............(the remaining is same), He approached to the southern door of the eastern bower at the gate and the series of pillars of western side............northern door ..(rest is same)............eastern door.......... (the same). Then he proceeded to the place where there was the bower for theatrical purposes (situated on the) eastern side. In the same way he (proceeded to) the mound, idols of the prophets, holy tree, great Mahinda banner, and Nanda lotus] pond (the same........upto ........) offered incense; having done so, he went to the place where there was Sohhama congregation-hall; having done so, he entered into the Sohamma congregation-hall through (its)
Page #204
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
(c)
A eastern door; having done so, he proceeded to the place where there was Manvag sacred pillar and (where there was) adamantine, circular and round box; having done so, he picked the mop of peacock feathers, having done so, he wiped that adamantine, circular, and round box by the mop of peacock feathers, having done so, he opened that adamantine, circular, and round box, having done so, he cleaned the bones of the thighs of the prophets, by the broom (mop of peacock feathers ); having done so, he washed them with highly scented water; having done so, he worshipped them with excellent and choicest perfumes, wreaths, and offered incense; having done so, he replaced those bones of the thighs in those adamantine, circular, and round boxes, wiped that Manvag sacred pillar by the mop of peacock feathers, washed with a continuous line of divine water, plastered it by the layers of juicy Gosis sandal, and offered flowers [ upto ] incense. Thereafter he approached to the place where there was the throne...(the same). where there was the celestial bed... (tde same)... and where there was the small Mahinda banner ..........(the same). Then he approached to the
Translation.
Page #205
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
(d)
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
place where there was, “ Choppāl" the storehouse of weapons; having done so, he took in. his hand the mop of peacock feathers; having done so, he cleaned “ Choppāl” the store-house of weapons, having done so, he washed it with. a continuous stream of divine water and plastered it with the layers of juicy Gosīs sandal, offered flowers.......and wreaths extending from top to toe [ upto ] incense. Then he went to the part where there was exactly the middle portion of Sohamma congregation-ball, the precious stoned pedestal, and the celestial bed; having done so, he held in his hand the map of peacock feathers and wiped that precious stoned pedestal, and the celestial bed [ upto ] offered incense; having done so, he went to the place where there was the southern door of Uvavāy-hall [did the same thing as in the case of anointing hall [ upto ] Nandā lotus-pond situated on ] the eastern side. Then he approached. to the place where there was the lake; having done so........the arch, three-fold staircasē, puppets, and small statues....... ( the rest is same ). Thereafter he went to the part where there was the anointing-hall; having done so, he did. the same in case of the throne and precious
Page #206
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation..
.
les
stoned pedestal ( the rest is same as is in case of the temple...... [upto ].....the eastern. Nandā lotus-pond ). Then he came to the place where there was the decoration-hall; having done so ( everything is to be reproduced word to word about the anointing-hall ). Thereafter he went to the place where there was the business chamber; having done so, he took the mop of peacock feathers as usual, wiped the scriptural volume by the broom (mop of peacock feathers); having done so, he sprinkled a continuous line of divine water, worshipped with the excellent and choicest perfumes and wreaths; having done SO........ precious stoned pedestal, and throne........ [ the rest is same....(upto)....the eastern Nandā lotus-pond ). Afterwards he went to the part where there was the lake; having gone there ( he acted ) in the same way with the arch, three-fold staircase, puppets, and small statues. Then he approached to the part where there was the place for offering oblation; having done so, he offered oblations and sent for the servile gods. Having called them lie spoke thus “ Oh beloved of the gods ! immediately perform worship in Sūriyābha abode, open spaces, where three roads meet, where four roads meet, sque
Page #207
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
(f)
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
ares, from where four roads start, royal roads, ramparts, quarters of the servants on ramparts, the roads eight cubits in breadth (between the rampart and the city), doors, gates of the ramparts, arches, parks, gardens, forests, groves, jungles, and forests having different kinds of trees; having done so, convey back the report of the execution of the order." Thereupon those servile gods when being addressed in this way. by Sūriyābha god ( upto...................courteously accepted ); having done so, they accomplished the worship, in Sūriyābha abode, open: spaces, where three roads meet, where four roads meet, squares, from where four roads start, ramparts, quarters for the servants on ramparts, the roads eight cubits in breadth (between the rampart and the city), doors, gates of the ramparts, arches, parks, gardens, forests, groves, jungles, and forests having different kinds of trees.: Having done so they (returned ) to the place where there was Sūriyābha god [ upto ] conveyed back the report of the execution of the order. Afterwards Sūriyābha god proceeded to the place where there was Nandā lotus-pond; having done so, he descended in the Nandā. lotus-pond by the three-fold
Page #208
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
•
Translation.
(g)
excellent eastern staircase; having done so, he washed his hands and feet; having done so, he came out of that Nanda lotus-pond. Having come out, he proceeded to the place where there was Sohamma congregation-hall. Thereafter that Suriyābha god with all pomp and encircled by four-thousand Sāmāniya gods [upto] sixteen-thousand celestial beings as body-guards and multitudes of other residential gods and goddesses dwelling in Sūriyābha abode [upto] producing great din and cry approached to the place where there was Sohamma congregation-hall; having done So, he entered into the Sohamma congregation-hall through the eastern door; having done so, he marched towards the place where there was the throne; having done so, he climbed on that excellent throne and took his
seat facing to
the east.
(45) Then those four-thousand Samaniya gods located themselves on four-thousand auspicious seats by the north-western and north eastern sides of Suriyabha god. Afterwards those four chief queens took their seats on four auspicious thrones. Then eight-thousand
Page #209
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
(h)
Raypaseniya-sutta.
celestial beings who were the members of internal-chamber vested themselves in eightthousand propitious seats by the south-eastern side of Suriyabha god. Afterwards ten-thousand heavenly beings who were the members of the middle-assembly placed themselves on tenthousand auspicious seats situated to the south of Sūriyābha god. Then twelve-thousand celestial beings who were the members of the outer-chamber vested themselves in twelvethousand auspicious seats located in the south -western direction of Suriyābha god. Afterwards seven commanders of the armies occupied seven propitious seats to the west of Suriyabha god. Thereafter those sixteen-thousand heavenly beings who were his body-guards took sixteen-thousand auspicious seats on the four sides of Suriyābha god. Those (sixteen thousand auspicious seats) were arranged) as follows:- four-thousand to the east, fourthousand to the south, four-thousand to the west, and four-thousand to the north. Those body-guards had put on fastened armours for protection, bound fast their arm-guards for the bows, put on and fastened their taintless and excellent tablets of insignia, wore necklaces,
Page #210
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Translation.
equipped themselves with their arms and missiles, gripped the bows whose tips ( i, e. top most parts ) were of adamant, which were bent at three places, and joined at three places (viz. at the top, in the middle, and at the end). They had good deal of arrows. The hands of some of them were appearing blue, yellow, and red (on account of the respective colour of arrows), and Chārus (a kind of weapon), leather handgloves, a club, sword, and a net. ( In fine ) those body-guards whose hands were appearing blue, yellow, red, and who were holding Chārus, leather hand-gloves, staff, sword, and a snare (and who were ) intent upon guarding, not revealing the secrets of the god, not allowing others to enter there, equipped with the due qualities of servants, whose limits were not very far from each-other, and who with due courteousness and obedience, stayed there acting like servants.
(46) « Oh revered sir ! Of what extent is the life period of Sūriyābha god ? "
“Oh Goyama! It is stated that his life period is of four Paliovams.”
“Oh revered Sir ! what is the life period
Page #211
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
(j).
Raypaseniya-sutta.
of the celestial beings who are the members of Samaniya congregation of Suriabha god? »
"Oh Goyama! It is stated that their life duration is of four Paliovamas. Oh Goyama ! that Suriyābha god possesses great prosperity, lustre, prowess, far fetched fame, happiness, and dignity.".
"Oh revered Sir! really, marvellous is the great prosperity upto ] dignity of Sūriyābha god.
دو
Page #212
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
NOTES. :: रायपसेणियसुत्त-राजप्रश्नीयसुत्र---
A book embodying the questions of a King.
The title has been explained in :
the introduction. [N. B. The references are to the paragraphs.]
(1) Summary-Here Amalkappa city is referred. According to the usual practice the description of the city is ayoided by means of the method of abbreviation, effected by the use of the word nie, with first and last words in order to denote the intermediate : portion. These set passages of descriptions. recur. every-where with mathematical regularity, and for which the curious reader has to refer to some other book, e. g. here the student of ancient culture may naturally desire to have an inkling of ancient cities, but his curiosity is marred down by this method of abbreviation, and either he has to leave off everything' to his imagination or to refer to other Sutras. __(1) तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं IN THAT TIME, IN THAT EPOCH, The Instrumental sing. is used för Locative sing. Or according to the text of SAMATTUA Afa, à dira etc. may be taken
Page #213
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
in the Locative, णं being explained as वाक्यालंकार ( an expletive ). होत्था ( was ) Past tense 3rd pers. sing. of हो (भू to be), रिद्धत्थिमियसमिद्धा (ऋद्धा) prosperous + (स्तिमिता) peaceful + (समृद्धा) rich. जाव ( यावत् ) [ Ind.] until; upto; as far as; till; down to पासादीया - प्रासादीया ( प्रासाद बहुला ) having many mansions : Or प्रासादिता charming; pleasing; nice; delightful. दरिसणिजा ( दर्शनीया) द्रष्टुं योग्या worth seeing. अभिरुवा (अमिरूपा) charming, enchanting. पडिरूवा (प्रतिरूपा ) splendid, प्रति each and every, प्रतिरूपा pleasing to the eye of each and every guest.
194
Com. - ऋद्धा भवनैः पौरजनैश्चातीव वृद्धिमुपगता । स्तिमितास्वचक्रपरचक्र तस्कर डमरादिसमुत्थभयकल्लोलमालाविवर्जिता । समृद्धा - धनधान्यादिविभूतियुक्ता । ( ततः पदत्रयस्य विशेषणसमास: ).
(2) Summary-Particular feature of town planning is noteworthy. In the north-eastern direction of a city there used to be a fine garden attached to a sanctuary of a demi-God, and frequented by bands of monks.
(2) बहिया (बहि:) outside, out of उत्तरपुरत्थिमे दिसीभार ( उत्तरपौरस्त्ये - ईशानकोणे, दिग्भागे) in the north-eastern_direction; Locative sing. चेइअ (चैत्य - व्यन्तरायतन ) a shrine, sanctuary. पोराण (पुराण) ancient; old.
Page #214
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Notes.
195
(3) Summary-Here we are asked to refer Ovvaiya-sutta for the description of Ashok tree, and a slab of stone. It is available in Sutta No. (5) and (10) according to the edition of Arhatmat Prabhakar Karyalaya.
(3) Tatuatuagefafaragua Papit sitera 184Thuj openi (Com. 37271aataraqet grote TATSITEERIT ET antar sitaatfato TrentCATTO ART 1] the descriptions (वक्तव्यता) of an excellent Ashok tree and a slab of stone are to be understood (52) according to औपपातिकसुत्र (The first उपांग).
(4) Summary—The atmosphere here appears that formerly the religion of the King was blindly followed by people. As soon as the news of the arrival of a sage was broken by the gardener to the King, the latter by means of proclamation through streets and highroads, used to inform the people the same and (proceeding in congregation accompanied by them ) wait upon the Lord with them.
(4) ST (saa:) name of the king, Nom. sing. Frat (FIAT) Lord. AHHT (FAX:) arrived. fcal (afina) assembly, congregation, Consonant without a vowel is not allowed at the end of a word, therefore vowel is added. FOTOT (AT+TA) started off. Tale "Cafe+39 +3717) qere to wait upon.
Page #215
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
196
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
(5) Summary-God Suriyabha in Sohamma heaven: with all his paraphernalia and celestial splepdour was abserving once the Jambudvip. He comprehended the whereabouts of Lord Mahavira. The very idea of the Lord created in him feelings of rapture and with due procedure and courtsey he paid homage to the Lord repeating almost all set words of praise, such as नमोऽत्थु णं आरिहंताणं भगवंताणं आइगराणं........etc.In the end he requested the Lord to take into cognizance the salutations paid by him from a long distance. Here the student of Jain philosophy should note that gods and hellish beings are possessed of Ohinana (supernatural knowledge), from their very birth. , [अवधि: भवप्रत्ययो नारकदेवानाम्-त० सू०] ___ (5) सोहम्म (सौधर्म)-name of the heaven.. According to Jain Geography it is the first heaven. It is also spelt as सुहम्म. चउहि सामागिय साहस्सीहिं—(चतुसहस्त्रसामानिकैः) in the company of four-thousand celestial beings Instr. plural. सामानिकदेव-Gods having the same position as Indra. ___Com. मातृपितृगुरूपाध्यायमहत्तरवत्सूर्याभस्य पूजनीयाः। ___ अग्गमाहिसी (अग्रमहिषी-कृताभिषेका देवी) chief queen. अणिय (अनीक-सैन्य) army. Also it is spelt as: अणीय. आयरक्खदेव (आत्मरक्षकदेव) a deity protecting the body or body-guard. सद्धिं (सार्धम्) with... महयाऽहयनगीय....etc. (महता+अहत्+नाट्य+गीत+ वादित+तन्त्री+तल+ताल +त्रुटित+घनमृदङ्ग + पटु+प्रवादित+रव),
Page #216
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Notes.
197
the sound (ta) that was produced due to the beating (प्रवादित) of excellent drums (घनमृदङ्ग) by experts (98) and which was accompanied by constant ( 37 without break ) staging of the thirty-two kinds of dramas (or dancing and singing als) singing' (ta), playing upon musical instruments (atfa), playing upon lute (aratt), attuned with clapping (ar), and blowing of musical instruments, such as pipes, lutes, etc. (Stor). [Here the reading faca (heavily beaten) instead of 367 is also accepted]. Pasar (Fot) divine. *T (
FoellerFEST) complete. fases (fage) farsato abundant, plentiful, ample. ilfe (stars ) knowledge acquired without the help of the senses within a limited sphere. This is the third type of knowledge. TCATÒ (3713pinta-Rhraga) seeing; knowing; applying. Presnt participle. sterf het. ( Terafaha) suitable; appropriate; proper. JME ( Steak ) place of residence. Fogprof. TATO [SICHT Praca ]' purifying his soul.. ostaa. [ee (being delighted) + (pleased)+fal qarabara (gladdened at heart)]. OPEN (afaa:) very much pleased. brandt (oftतिमनः) with an affectionate feeling. परमसोमक feer (CADA ferr.) with noble inclináions
Page #217
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
198
Rāypaseniya-sutta. of mind. हरिसविसम्पमाणहियए (हर्षवशविसर्पत्+हृदय:) due to the influence of joy (हर्षवश) whose heart (हियय) was expanding (विसर्प-spreading). विकसिय-(विकसित) blooming. पयलियवरकड etc. (प्रचलितवरकटकत्रुटितकेयूरमुकुट etc.) excellent (वर) bracelet of gold (कटक), armlet (त्रुटित) bracelets worn on the upper arms (केयूर), diadem (मुकुट), ear-pendant (कुंडल), necklace (हार), which was well arranged (रचित), and bedecking. (विराजमान), the chest (वक्षस), were heavily moved (प्रचलित). पालंबपलंबमाणघोलंतभूसणधरे [प्रलंब+प्रलंबमान घोलदु+भूषणधरः] who was putting on (धर:) ornaments (भूषण) which were hanging (प्रलंबमान ) pendulous and moving to and fro. (प्रलंब). ससंभम (ससंभ्रम) with confusion; being confused. तुरियचवल (त्वरित+चपल) immediately, hastily. अब्भुइः (pirfagfa) gets up; rises up; rises to greet. पायवीढ (पादपीठ) foot-stool. पञ्चोरुह (प्रति+अव+रुह) to. get down, to descend, to dismount. एगसाडिया (एकशाटिका): A web of cloth not bearing any dividing line upon it (caused by stiching another piece of cloth). उत्तरासङ्ग (उत्तर+आसङ्ग) wrapping of the scraf round the face; placing on one side. सत्तटुपयाई . (सप्ताष्टपदानि) seven. or , eight steps. अभिमुह towards, वाम left; जाणु knee. , अंच to bend. दाहिण, (दक्षिण) right, तिक्खुत्तो (त्रिकृत्वस्)
Page #218
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Notes.
199
thrice. Multiplicatives are formed by adding खुत्तो to the numbers. मुद्धाण (मूर्धन्) head. ईसि (ईषत् ) & little bit. The consonant without a vowel at the end of a word is dropped and heart is added. प्रचुन्नम (प्रति+उत्+नम) to raise up. करतलपरिग्गहियं (करतलपरिगृहित) joining the palms. दसनह ( दशनखानि) ten nails. अंजली folded hands. णमोऽत्थु (नमः अस्तु) salutations to; homage to. अरिहंत (अहत) the revered sages, those who are worthy of worship. It is also spelt as अरहंत. भगवंत (भगवत्) blessed, glorious one. आदिगर (आदिकर) first founder of the faith; the first propounder of the doctrine. तित्थगर (तीर्थकर) bridge maker; prophet; [ the maker of the path to cross the worldly ocean.] सयंसंबुद्ध (स्वयंसतुद्ध) self enlightened. पुरिसेोत्तम (पुरुषोत्तम) the best among men. पुरिससिंह (पुरुषसिंह ) lion among men. सिंह, वृषभ, रत्न etc. are affixed to the nouns in order to express their excellent quality. पुरिसवरपुंडरीय the excellent lotus flower among men. पुरिसवरगंधहत्थि just as T&fea is best among elephants so he is titled as an excellent elephant amidst worldly people. लोगुत्तम (लोकोत्तम) foremost among men. लोगनाह (लोकनाथ) the Lord of the world... लोगहिअ (लोकहित) beneficial to the people... लोगपईव
Page #219
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
.200
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
(लोकप्रदीप) light to the mass. "लोगपतोयगर (लोक . प्रद्योतकर) enlightener of the world. अभयदय ( अभय दायकः) giver of security. from danger.. चक्खुदय .(चक्षुदायकः ) bestower of vision. मग्गदय (मार्गदायकः ) conferer of the path i. e. who shows the way. जीवदय (जीवदायकः) giver of life. सरण (शरण) resort; protection; shelter. बोहि (बोधि) knowledge; enlightenment. STEA ( FÅ ) doctrine; religious precept, धम्मदेसय (धर्मदेशक) propoun. der of religion. धम्मनायक (धर्मनायक ) the leader of religion. धम्मसारही (धर्मसारथी) the charioteer in driving the chariot of religion. धम्मवरचाउरंत चकवट्टी (धर्मवरचतुरन्तचक्रवर्ति) the excellent universal sovereign (चक्रवर्ति) or the emperor of the earth bounded by four oceans (चतुरन्त ) in the form of religion (धर्म). अपडिहयवरनाणदसणधर (अप्रतिहतवरज्ञानदर्शनधरः) possessed of (धरः) the highest kind (वर) of unimpeded or unobstruct. ed ( अप्रतिहत ) knowledge (मान) and perception (दर्शन). वियदृछउम (विवृत्तछम) who has transcend. ed (विवृत्त). delusion or infatuation (छम); free from delusion; this phrase is also used as वियछउमस्थ i.e. One who has trausgressed the limit of fourth type of knowledge and obtained the fifth one (केवलज्ञान). जिण (जी to conquer) one who has. vanquished sense .organs; conqueror;
Page #220
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
___Notes-
201
victor. - जाबय (यापक) conqueror of passioris. favor (ata) one who has crossed the ocean of 'worldly existence. Past passive participle di'rectly received from Sk. form. तारय (तारक)
saviour. बुद्ध enlightened one. बोहय (बोधक) •enlightener of others. मुत्त (मुक्त) one who is liberated from worldly existence. मोयग (मोचक) the liberator of others. सव्वन्नु (सर्वज्ञ) all knowing, perfect, omniscient. It is also spelt as सवण्णु. सव्वइरसी (सर्वदर्शी) all seeing. सिवमलयमरुयमणंत etc. (शिवं+अचलं + अरुज + अनन्तं+ अव्याबाध+ अपुनरावर्तकम् +सिद्धिगतिनामधेयस्थान +संप्राप्तानां ) those who liave attained (marcarai) the place ( FØTTH) which is known as ferrfa ( perfection ) and which is blissful (शिवम् ), changeless (अचल) free from weakness and illness of bodily existence (अरुजम् ), infinite (अनन्त), imperishable (अक्षय), free from distress (अव्याबाध) and whence there is no return (अपुनरावर्तकम् ). संपाउकाम (संप्राप्तुकामः) desirous of attaining. तत्थगय (तत्र गत) existing there. इहगए [इहगत] remaining here. सनिसण (सत्रिषण्णः ) sat; took his seat.
(6) Summary-The mind of noble Suriyabha god was harboured by religious thoughts. After a little bit thinking he came to the conclusion that to wait upon Lord Mahavira was his first and foremost duty for
Page #221
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
202
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
the enhancement. of his . . spiritual welfare. Then he sent for his servile gods. ___(6) एयारूवे (एतद्रूप:) of this sort. अम्भत्थिए अध्यात्मिक:) inner thoughts. चितिए (चिन्तितः) idea; fancy. मोगए-(मनोगत:) imagination; determination. संकप्पे (संकल्प:) reflection. समुपजित्था (समुपद्यत) arose; harboured. Past tense 3rd person sing. सेयं (श्रेयस) beneficial. गाय (गोत्र) family name. सवण (श्रवण) hearing; listening to. किमंगपुण what to talk again. अहिगमण (अभिगमन) proceeding. पडिपुच्छणा (प्रतिप्रन्छना) asking; putting a question; making an inquiry. अट्ट (अर्थ) meaning; sense. कल्लाण (कल्याण) good. मंगल auspicious. चेइय (चैत्य) holy. देवय (दैवत) deity. . पेञ्चा (प्रेत्य) future; in next incarnation. खम (क्षम). powerful, able; capa- ble. . . निस्सेयस (निश्रेयस् ) . salvation; beatitude: eminence. अणुगामियत्ता (अनुगामिकता) in order to. follow; to trace; to go behind safely. संपेह (संप्रईिक्ष) to observe or comprehend by intellect. आभिओगे देवे (आभियागिकान् देवान्) servile gods. Com. आभिमुख्येन योजनं आभियोग:-प्रेष्यकर्मसु व्यापार्य: माणत्वं, अभियोगेन जीवन्तीत्याभियोगिकाः ।
(7) Summary.-Those servile gods were ordered by Suriyabha to approach Lord Mahavira, pay homage, inform their own names and afterwards to cleanse the ground of one Yojana in circumference by supernatural powers, by showering scented water, by casting hea.n
Page #222
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Notes.
203
of fragrant flowers and by burning incense, in order to turn the ground, in fragrance incarnation, so that it would be befitting for the arrival of celestial beings. The fundamental underlying idea is that the strong. stink of human world is disagreeable and offensive to heavenly beings.
(7) आयाहिणपयाहिण (आदक्षिण+प्रदक्षिण) going round (a person or an object) keeping (it) to. one's right; circumambulating. साइ (स्वानि) own. साह (कथ) narrate; to tell. जोयणपरिमंडल (योजनपरिमण्डल) one Yojana in circumference (circle or ground). सक्कर (शर्करा) pebble, sand, small stone; gravel. असुइ (अशुचि) foul, dirt. अचोक्ख (अचोक्षअपवित्र) unclean (Guj: योमु.). पूइअ (पृयित-कुथितम्)putrid. दुभिगंध (दुरभिगन्ध) ill smelling; bad odour; stink. आहुणिय (आहत्य) having collected. Past passive participle. एगंते एडह (एकान्ते अपनयत) carry it to a solitary place. : Imp. 2nd person Plural. नवोद्गं नाइमट्टियं (नात्युदकं नाप्यतिमृत्तिक) neither with . much water nor earth. पविरलपप्फुसिय (प्रविरल+प्रस्पृष्ट) just touching the ground. They sprinkled water without creating mud or collections of water. रयरेणुविणासणं (रजरेणुविनाशनं) destroying dust and sand i. e. pacifying or putting down. सुरभिगन्धोदयवास (सुरभिगन्धोदकवर्षे) sprays of fragrant scented water. वसह (वर्षत). sprinkle; shower. Imp. 2nd pers. plu. Fakat
Page #223
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Räypaseniya-sutta.
( निहतरजः) dust was subsided. मट्ठ ( नष्ट ) vanished.. भट्ट (भृष्ट ) removed. उवसंत ( उपशान्त) pacified. पसंत (प्रशांत ) calmed down. जलथलयभासुरपभूयं ( जलज+स्थलज+भास्वर + प्रभूतं ) abundant (प्रभूत) and lustrous ( भास्वर ) [ flowers ] growing on water ( जलज) and soil ( स्थलज). बिटट्ठाइ ( वृन्तस्थायिन् ) with stems. जाणुस्सेहपमाणमित्तं (जानू त्सेधप्रमाणमात्र) to the height (उत्सेध) of knees. ओहिं (ओघेन ) by heaps, mass, multitude. कालागुरुपवरकुंदुरुक्क तुरुक्क धूवमघमघंत. गंधुद्धयाभिराम [कालागुरु+पवर कुंदुरुक्क+तुरुक्क+धूप + मथमघायमान + गम् + उद्भुत + अभिराम (i.e. रमणीय ) ], charming (अभिराम) due to the spreading (उडुत) of fragrance emitting (मघमघायमान) from the excellent types of तुरूक, कुंदुरुक्क (incense), and black agallochum. (कालागुरू). गंधवट्टिभूयं (गन्धवर्तिभूर्त -गंधगुटिकाकार) as if becoming a pill of fragrance; fragrance incarnation. जोग (योग्य) befitting; suitable; appropriate खिप्पामेव (क्षिप्रमेव) immediately; quickly. आणसिया (आज्ञतिका) order. पञ्चष्पिण (प्रत्यर्पय) to return to; to convey back; to report.
204
(8) Summary-With greatest pleasure those servile celestial beings accepted the order of Suriyabha god. They by super-natural gift known as Vaikriyikruddhi (emanation of soul particles from the body at the creation of a fluid from) changed their forms and with incomparable celestial gait proceeded to Lord Mahavira. After reaching there they paid homage,
Page #224
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
...Notes.
205
narrated their names, : and expressed their desire to wait upon the sanctuary.. Here we come across a. dogma viz. the celestial and hellish beings have Vaikriyik type (fluid type) of body. [कियशरीरमौपपातिकं भवति । नारकाणां देवानां चेति । त० सू० भाष्य ] ... (8) पडिसुण (प्रति+श्रु) accept; promise; listen.. अवक्कम. (अप+क्रम) to run away; to go.. swiftly.. वेउब्धियसमुग्धारण (वैक्रियिकसमुद्यातेन) by the emanation of the soul particles in the form of a stick at the creation of a fluid form (वैक्रियिक).. समोहण (समवहनन) emanation of soul particles: from the body. संख्येय numerable. निस्सरति (निसृजन्ति i.e. निष्काशयन्ति) cast aside . The sixteen types of jewels are 1 रत्न, (gem: jewel, precious stone) 2. वज्र (adamant) 3 वैडूर्य 4 लोहिताक्ष 5 मसारगल्ल (emarald ) 6 हंसगर्भ 7. पुद्गल 8 सुगंधिक .9 ज्योतीरस 10 अञ्जनपुलग 11 अञ्जन 12 रजत 13 जातरूप 14 अंक 15 स्फटिक (crystal) 16 रिष्ठ. Here these gems are referred for the sake of simile only and it does not mean that they cast aside actually the atoms of these gems, but removed the particles of soul, resembling them. बायर (बादर) gross. सुहुमः (सूक्ष्म) subtle. परियाय (पर्याय) form. उकिट्ठा (उत्कृष्टा) a kind of quick gait of gods; charming gait. पसत्था (प्रशस्ता) majestic gait of gods.... तुरिया
Page #225
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
206
Raypaseniya-sutta.
• ( स्वरिता ) swift gait of gods. चवला (चपला ) impa tient gait of gods. 1 (031) a sort of gait of gods involving no strain. जयणा ( जयना) the gait; the speed of gods which is highest of all. far (ita) a quick gait of gods. 3gar (sayar) speedy gait resembling the motion of dust clouds in the sky. fear (four) divine; heavenly; best. तिरियमसंखेज्जदीवं innumerable ( असंखेय ) human continents ( तिर्यकद्वीप). वीईवयमाणे crossing; traversing; Present participle of atkau (sufa+ag)
(9) Summary-When the Abhiyogik Devas "(Servile gods) of Suriyabha god expressed their ardent desire of waiting upon the sanctuary, Lord Mahavir approved their action on the former usage and custom. In Jain mythology we get everywhere reference to the fact that four types of Devas wait upon the prophet.
(9)
(a) conduct; usage. किञ्च ( कृत्य ) action. करणिज़ (करणीय) worthy to be done. आइन्न ( आचीर्ण) practiced; performed. भवणवइवाणमंतर - जोइसियवेमाणियादेवा the celestial beings (देव) are of four types (1) af Residential (2) - मंतर Peripatetic ( 3 ) ज्येोतिष्क Stellar (4) वैमानिक Heavenly. अब्भुण्णाय (अभ्यनुज्ञात) permitted; allow• ed; consented.
(10) Summary.-When Lord Mahavir approved the action of Abhiyogik-devas the evidence of
On
Page #226
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Notes.
207
ancient usage, they changed their bodies and by creating a terrific hurricane did the work of a sweeper. Moreover they sprinkled water by showers of rain and created heaps of flowers by strewing them to the height of knees (i. e. did the work of a gardener). They burnt fragrant incense, made the place worthy for the arrival of god Suriyabha, and returning to their dėsti. nation conveyed back the report of the execution of the order of Suriyabha god.
10. HETIT (haahara) a terrific hurricane: FET FIAT (TOT ATA#:) of unmentioned. name, of certain name ( TATATAT:) Here typical description of an ideal youth who is well trained and well accomplished both physically and intellectualy, is given. U&ITT ( fara:) son of a servant. FETT (Fra) perhaps, is, exists. att (a Eft:) young. gna (rar) not degraded by the flaws of time. बलवं (बलवान् ) possessing prowess. 3TOMAT ( 3724+3718 ) not affected by desease. Here 3729 is used in order to denote the non-existence of desease. [ 3739-ATTI T ATA or 3rmarat). Percúzco (PEBICHETA ) strong structure of the bones. To is a. Desi word. ForTMENT (FESTCHAEFA) a well built forearm. ofegoorfor etc. (afaqa+orfor+ar&+qgiat+36) complete and without any defect in hands, feet, back and chest. Groot (afroa:) developed.
Page #227
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
208
Rāypaseniya-sutta. घननिचियषवलियखंघ (धमनिचितवलितवृत्त स्कन्ध): well built shoulders which are extremely (FA) piled! up (fafaa) and enclosed (sisa) with muscles. चम्मेदृगधणमुट्टियसमाहयगत्त (चर्मेष्टकद्रुघनमुष्टिकसमाहत. गात्र) whose limbs are beaten by a club (चर्मेष्ट समाहतगात्र) a hammer. (द्रुघन) and fist (मुष्टि) at the time of taking exercise. [TÀsz is a kind of mace having a stone wrapped in leather ]. उरस्सपलसमन्नागए (उरस्यबलसमन्वागत:) who is equipped with energetic heart; who has acquired a strong chest. तलजमलजुगल-[ फलिहनिभ ]-बाहू(तलयमलयुगलबाहुः) both of his hands ( are ) long: like the branches of Tāla tree and of equal“ size.. फलिहनिभ-(स्फटिकसंनिभ) just like crystal. It is also spelt as फलिय. लंघणपवणजइणपमहणसमत्थे (लंघनप्लवनजवनप्रमर्दनसमर्थ:). capable of crushing (प्रमर्दनसमर्थ) leaping (लंघन) jumping (प्लवन) and having quick speed (जवन). छेअ (छेक) learned in seventy two arts. दक्ख (दक्ष) vigilant; circumspect. पट्ट (प्रष्ट) clever in forwarding arguments; talkative. कुसल (कुशल) proficient in all activities; expert.. मेहावि (मेधाविन् ) intelligent; endowed with the निउणसिप्पोवगअ (निपुण शिल्पोपगत ) having achieved proficiency in architecture or in fine arts. महं (महत्) big. दंडसंपुच्छणि ( दण्डयुक्ता सन्मार्जनी) a broom attached to.. a bamboo stick.. वेणुसलाइये
Page #228
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Notes..
.
209
सलामाहत्थगं (वेणुशलाकामयी संमार्जनी) a broom prepated from the small chips of bamboo. (हत्थग: a, broom, सलागा=chip, वेणु-bamboo). रायंगण (रा
जाङ्गण) a court-yard of the palace. रायतेपुर (राजान्त:पुर) .royal harem. देवउल ( देवकुल) temple. It is also spelt as देउल. सभा 'an assembly-hall. आराम a garden situated outside the city where ladies and gents pay their visit. gar (991) a place where water is distributed. to travellers. निरंतरं (निरन्तरं ) for ever. संपमज (सम्प्र+मृत) to wipe off; to cleanse. संवट्टवाए (संवर्तकवायु) a terrific hurricane. .विउब (विकुर्वन) diffusing: creating. आहुण (आ+धू) to shake. अब्भवद्दलअ (अभ्रवादलक) clouds filled with water. दगवारग (उदकवारक) a small earthen jar of water. [मृतिकामयभाजनविशेष दगस्थालग. (उदक: स्थालक) a bronze vessel full of water. दगकलसग (उदककलशक) a. pitcher full of water. दगकुंभग (उदककुम्भक) water pot; a jar to keep water. . आवरस (आ+वृष) to shower water; to sprinkle water. पतण (प्र+स्तन) to roar: to thunder. विजय (विद्यत्) lightning. पुष्फवद्दलए (पुष्पवार्दलकानि) clouds for showering howers. पुप्फपडलग (पुष्पपटलक) a garment for covering the flowers. छजिया (छाधिका) a cloth used for spreading over flowers. चंगेरि ( Desi word ) flower basket. कयग्गाहगाहयकरयलपब्भविष्यमुक (कचग्रह ग्रहीत+
Page #229
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
•
210
Räypaseniya-sutta.
करतल + प्र + विप्रमुक्त) the flowers that are spread like those that are fallen from the hands while holding the braid of hair of a young lady (at the time of sexual intercourse). दसद्ध ( दशार्थ ) five. मुकपुष्कपुंजोवयारकलिय (मुक्त + पुष्प+ पुंज + उपचार+
a) equipped with the heaps of flowers that were showered there. वद्धाव ( वर्धापय ) to congratulate.
(11) Summary-After hearing the report from Abhiyogik Devas, Suriyabha god ordered his commander of infantry to ring the bell of fabulous size, hanging in Suhamma congregation-hall, in order to draw the attention of residential gods, to the royal proclamation concerning the proceeding of his majesty Suriyabha and his dependants to the human regions, to pay homage to Lord Mahavir.
(12) Summary-According to the order of Suriyabha God, the commander of an infantry rung the bell thrice and made the royal proclamation for the presence of residential divine beings in the vicinity of Suriyabha god.
पायत्ताणियाहिवर (पदात्यनीकाधिपति) the commander; the leader of an infantry [अणिय or अणीय = army ]. मेघेोरसि गंभीर महुरसद्द - (मेघौघर सितगंभीरमधुरशब्द ) producing the sweet and deep resounding noise like the clusters of clouds. जेोयणपरिमंडल (योजन परि
3) having the circumference of one Yojana.
Page #230
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Notes.
211
सुसरघंटा (सुस्वरघंटा) bell giving out agreeable and gingling sound. उग्घोसेमाणे (उद् + घोषणां कुर्वन्) pro.claiming उल्लालेमागे (उल्लालयन् ) beating ( Present participle.) नाइयरवेण (नादितरवेन) with the echo of the sound which is continued after the ringing of the bell; with din and cry. अकालपरिहीणं without delay. पाउब्भवह (प्रादुर्भवत) arrive; come; be present; Imperative second person plural of पाउदभव ( प्रादु+भू ). पासार्याचमाणणिक खुडावडियघंटापडि सुयासय सहस्ससंकुले - (विमानप्रासादनिष्कुटापतितघण्टाप्रति श्रुताशतसहस्त्र संकुल :) filled with hundreds, and thousands of echoes of the sound of the bells, which were falling on the mansions, and pleasure hills of Suhamma heaven. forge A certain mountain.' एगंतरइपसत्तनिच्चप्पमत्तविसयसुहमुच्छिय-. [एकांतरतिप्रसकनित्यप्रमत्तविषय सुखमूच्छित]. deeply addicted to the pleasures of the senses, attached to sexual intercourse at solitary places and thereby who are for ever wanton. at sound; noise. घोसणा उहल दिनकृष्ण गग्गचित्तउवउत्तमाणसाणं- ( घोषणकुतूहलदत्तकर्ण+ एकाग्रचित्त + उपयुक्तमानसानां) those whose minds are attached, hearts are concentrated, and ears directed, due to the curiosity that had arisen by the proclamation. निसंत (निशान्त) quiet पसंत ( प्रशान्त) tranquil; absolute silence. हिय हत्थे ( हितार्थ सुखार्थच) for the happiness and benefit.
Page #231
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Raypaseniya-sutta.
...
(13) Summary. On hearing the proclamation the residential divine beings with different attitudesand inclinations e. g. servile imitating, real devotion. and loyalty towards Suriyabha etc. with all their pomp and splendour presented themselves in the vicinity of Suriyabha god without delay.
212
1
2
13 अप्पेगइया ( अपि + एकका) some. बंदणवत्तियाए (a) with the inclination of paying homage. it is also explained as for paying homage. पूयणवत्तिय ( पूजनप्रत्यय) for the sake of worship [ पूजा is a particular way of paying homage by offering fragrant things, flowers, garlands etc.] संमाण ( सन्मान ) reverence. के उहल.. ( कुतूहल ) curiosity. it is also spelt as के उहल्ल, कुऊहल, केाऊहल्ल and के ऊहल. असुयाई ( अश्रुतानि ) never heard things. () cause; object; motive. पसिण ( प्रश्न ) question. कारण ( कारण ) reason. वागरण (व्याकरण) explanation. अणुयत्तमाणा ( अनुवर्तमाना) following. जिणभत्तिरागेण (जिनभक्तिरागेन) with the devotion towards Jinas. (f) purport; meaning. () respect.
(14) Summary-When the
inhabitants of Soha
mma heaven having girted up their loins came in the vicinity of Suriyabha god, the latter asked to prepare one divine, celestial vehicle having the expanse of one lac Yojanas. In this Sutra, a glowing, graphic and pictorial description of that divine conveyance is painted..
Page #232
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Notes.
213
14 अणेगखंभसयसंनिविट्ट [ अनेक + स्तम्भ + शत+सन्निविष्ट ] supported by many hundreds of pillars. लिलट्ठियसालभंजिया (लीलास्थित + शालभञ्जिका ) wooden dolls set sportively. सालभंजिया means statues or puppets. Here different reading is also available viz. सालिभंजिया. ईहामियउसभतुरगनरमगरविहगवालगकिनररुरुसरभचमरकुंजरवणलयापउमलयाभत्तिचित्तं [which was painted with variegated ( भक्ति ), pictures (चित्र), of wolf (ईहामृग), bullock ( ऋषभ ), horse ( तुरग), man (नर), shark or crocodile (मकर), bird (विहग), snake or leopard (व्याल), Kinnar ( किनर) रुरु), grass hopper ( शरभ ), yak ( चमर ), elephant (कुंजर), creeper (वनलता) and lotus creeper (पद्मलता ). Sharabha is also the name of a fabulous animal said to have eight legs and stronger than lion. खंभुग्गयवरवर वेइया परिगयाभिरामं which is adorned (अभिराम), by encircling (परिगता), 'adamantine (वज्र ), excellent (वर), altar (वेदिका), raised upon (उद्गत), pillars (स्तम्भ). विजाहरजमल जुयलजंतजुत्त equipped with (युक्त), a machine (यंत्र), containing a ( rotating ) pair of ( यमल युगल), Vijjāharas. ( विद्याधर). अच्चिसहस्समालिणीय shining with (मालिनीय), thousands of (सहस्र ), rays of the sun. (अर्चि :). रूवगसहस्सकलियं furnished with (कलितं), . thousands of (सहस्त्र), silver coins (रूपक). भिसमाण (दीप्यमान), illuminating; shining. बक्खुल्लोयणलेस्स
Page #233
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
214
Raypaseniya-sutta.
dazzling the eyes at the very sight. GEHIA (सुख स्पर्श or शुभस्पर्श) pleasing to touch; delicate in touch.. सस्सिरीयरूयं (सश्रीकरूपं ) with graceful form. घंदावलिचलियमहुरमणहरसर charming (मनोहर), and sweet (), sound (T), of the series (afs), of pendant (चलित), bells (घंटा). निउणोचियमिसिमिसिंतमणिरयणघटियाजालपरिक्खित्तं encircled by (परिक्षिप्त), the multitudes of (जाल), small bells (घंटिका), which were studded(fanfa=afaafa), skilfully (निपुण), with brilliant (देदीप्यमान ), jewels and precious stones ( मणिरत्न) जेोयणसयसहस्त्रविच्छिण्णं having the expanse ( विस्तीर्ण), of one lac ( शतसहस्त्र), Yojanas (योजन). गमणसजं (गमनसज) ready for starting. (a) vehicle; aeroplane. सिधगमणं नाम (शीघ्रगमऩनामधेय ) Sigghagaman by name. It was properly named, as it had very rapid and quick speed.
(15) Summary-According to the order of the Lord of Suriyabha abode, the servile god prepared a divine vehicle, one lac Yojanas in expanse, adorned with numerable gems and jewels, and furnished with all sorts of arrangements. It had got three beautiful staircases, pointing to three directions. The floor inside it, was decked with five coloured glittering jewels and painted with variegated figures. The colour, the smell, the touch and the appearance of the jewels, that were studded in the floor, were so exceedingly charming that our vocabulary falls short, even in describing.
Page #234
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Notes.
215
it in general form. In the middle of that vehicle there was a great and colossus theatre supported by hundreds of pillars and almost formed out of veriegated jewels, painted with thousands of pictures, equipped with aus: picious marks and turned into fragrance incarnation. Exactly in the middle of that arena there was a very huge áltar of gems, thirty two Yojanas in area and prepared out jewels. On that altar there was a very expansive throne, to the four sides of which thousands of seats were arranged for the four chief queens of Suriyabha god, seven commanders and sixteen-thousand body-guards, Samaniya gods, residential gods and god. desses, and servile gods. The whole of the Sutra is devoted to a very glowing description of various parts and a number of materials used for its preparation.
15. fafafa (fsfera in three directions, THTHUIFFETT (F#alqlarfaET*179 ) three beautiful (frafasta), staircases (para ). In every direction there were three eminent staircases: gfEgH (OTCFT ) East. It is also spelt as gcfia. great caret) South. gremot is also rendered as au aflau (FAOI) made of adamant. In this book we come across two forms वर and वयर used oft and on. जिम्मा (ने. FA or hat ) ring or felly of a wheel; circumference; boundary. रिट्रामया (रिष्ठमया) made of Rittha jewel agro ( fagra) prop; foundation, basis, foot. fo. (apai) 'lapsis lazuli, a kind of jewel. फलग (फलक) plank, or steps. लोहियक्ख
Page #235
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
216
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
(strcare) a kind of jewel. : (at) bars.
T ( FAST) joints; soldering. 37asaor ( 37
) support. 377 TUTTIET ( 3720alg) prop by the side of a staircase; side walls helpful in ascending and descending; a railing. gesit (gra:) in front. atco (attur) arch; festoon. galatazáfafagfafanušatiafan the middle part ( star), was studded with (39fara ), various sorts of (fafara), interwoven ( #fafae), and intermingled (39fafag), pearls (ger). faragartraatafaur furnished with (39faar), various stars (fafamarti), in order to beautify (EYSTIT HTT). ufca (59) upon; on; above. EZHNETT (TE+ 3TO+ÁNEFT) eight auspicious marks. Generally these eight figures are drawn on the flags and banners in Jaiu temples.' Alfett ( Fafe )” auspicious figura. (iii) L A symbol indicatJust like this, fig. (ii). • • ing the four stages It is also spelt as of (i) Samsar ', Afy or tafiera.
(ii) path of salvation and (iii) the abode of perfection. I T streaza fig. is also
drawn like this.
4:
Page #236
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
..
Notes....
..
217
सिरिवच्छ (श्रीवत्स) It is on the chest of the image of the prophet. णंदियावत्त (नंदिकावर्त) it contains nine turnings and generally accompanies Faffaqi. वद्धमाणग (वर्धमानक) These are the aus. भहाम्रण (भद्रासण) picious figures. Jains कलस (कलश)
consider them to ' be मच्छ (मत्स्य)
of great importance दप्पण (दर्पण) . j while carving out the images. किण्हचामरज्झए (कृष्णचामरध्वजा) flags fur. nished - with black chowries. सुकिल्ल (शुक्ल°) of white colour. It is a possessive adjective formed by adding इल्ल termination. अच्छे (अच्छा
-आकाशस्फटिकवदतिनिर्मला:). crystal like pure. रुप्पपट्टे (रुप्यपट्टः) straps of silver. जलयामलगंधिए (जलजामलगंधिक:) fragrant with the scent of the flowers growing in water e. g. lotus etc. (TAJE unmixed). छत्तातिछत्ते (छत्रातिछत्राणि) umbrella over umbrella. पडागाइपडागे (पताकातिपताका.) lags over flags. उप्पलहत्थए (उत्पलहस्तक:) multitudes of lotuses (हस्त-समूह) कुमुदणलिणसुभग night lotus (कुमद), blue lotus (नलिन), white lotus (सुभग), evening blooming lotus (सौगन्धिक), white lotus (पद्म), hundred petaled lotus (शतपत्र), thousand petaled lotus (सहस्त्रपत्र) etc. आलिंगपुक्खर the leather (पुष्कर), of tabor by name "Muraj". मुइंगपुक्खर (मृदङ्गपुष्कर) the leather of timbrel: सरतल (सरस्तल)
Page #237
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
218
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
the surface of the lake filled with water. करतल (करतल) the surface of the palm. आर्यसमंडल (आदर्शमण्डल) the surface of the mirror. उरभचम्म (उरभ्रचर्म) leather of sheep. वराह (वराह) swine, pig. छगल (छगल) ram. दीविय (द्वीपी) Chitta (चित्रक:): अगेग. संकुकीलगसहस्सवितए which was dragged (stretched) with (विततं), many a thousand small nails (अनेकश
कुकीलकसहस्त्र). आवडपश्चावडसेढिपसेढि-etc. which was painted with variegated figures (भक्त्याचित्रम् ), of circles and cross-circles. (आवर्त्तप्रत्यावर्त), lines and cross-lines (forgafo), Svastik ( Faffa# ), Pushp-mānak (पुष्पमानक), Vardhmānak (वर्धमानक), egg. of fish (मत्स्यांडक), egg of shark (मकरंडक), aquatic animal (जारामार), series of flowers (पुष्पावलि), lotus leaves (पद्मपत्र), waves of the ocean (सागरतरंग), creepers of vernal season (बासंतीलता), and lotus creeper (पद्मलता). सच्छाए (सच्छाया:) with pure lustre. सम्पभेहि (सत्प्रभाभिः ) with brilli. ance. समरीइएहिं (समरीचिकैः) with series of rays scattered on al! sides. सउज्जोएहिं (सोद्योतै:) with glitterings; with light. लोहिअ (लोहित) rosycoloured. हालिद (हारिद्र) yellow. जीमूतए (जीस्तो ) black cloud (i. e. बलाहकः) name of a particular cloud which keeps the soil wet for ten years as a result of one down-pour only. अंजण' (अञ्जन) collyrium. खंजण (खंजन) soot, (i.e. दीपमल्लिकामल:).
Page #238
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Notes.
219
कज्जल (कज्जल) lamp black, considered to be collyrium and applied to the eye-lashes. गवल ( गवल ) wild buffalo; the horn of a buffalo. गवलगुलिया ( गवलगुटिका) a pill of collyrium. भमरपतंगसारे (भ्रमर-पतङ्गसार:) the internal part of the wing of a bee. जंबूफल ( जम्बूफल ) Jambū fruit black in colour. अद्दारिट्टे (आर्द्रारिष्ठक: i. e. केामलका : ) tender crow; off-spring of a crow परहुए (परभृत i. e. कोकिल) cuckoo. It is a belief that the young ones of cuckoo are fed up by crows, mistaking them. to be their own. कलभ (कलभ) young one of an ele phant. किण्हकेसर (कृष्णकेसर i. e. कृष्णबकूल) black Bakūla flowers. आगासथिग्गल (com. शरदिमेघ विनिर्मुक्तआकाशखण्ड) portion of the sky appearing black being freed from the clouds of autumn. असोए ( अशोक :) Ashok-tree. कणवीर name of a tree. इट्टे समङ्के (नायमर्थः समर्थः) no, it is not correct. ओवम्मै ( औपम्यं i. e. उपमामात्रम् ) it is to be taken simile and not in the strict sense of the words. समणाउसो (हे श्रमण आयुष्मन्) Oh! long lived ascetic. इट्ठतराए (इष्टतरका :) more agreeable. तराअ is the termination of comparative form. कंत ( कांत ) lovely. मणाम charming, pleasing. मणुण्ण (मनोश) agreeable. भिंग (भृङ्ग) bee. भिंगपत ( भृङ्गपत्र ) wings of a bee. सुए (शुकः) parrot सुखपिच्छ (शुकपक्ष). feather of a parrot बासे (बाष) a blue jay..
as a.
3
Page #239
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
220
Raypaseniya-sutta. चासपिच्छ (चाषपक्ष) the feather of jay. णोली (नोली) the indigo plant. नीलीभेदे (नीलीभेदः) part of an indigo. plant. नोलीगुलिया (नीलीगुटिका) pill of indigo. FTAT (TAT) Kasturi; Priyangu-vraksha a name of a plant; a kind of corn. उच्चन्ते (दन्तfror:) disease of teeth. its proper spelling "seems उश्चन्तय. वणराइ (वनराजि) the grove; long track of forests., हलधरवसणे (हलधरवसन) the garment of Balibhadra. : It is a mythological belief that Balibhadra used to put on jet-black
garment. मोरग्गीवा (मयूरग्रीवा.) the neck of a . peacock. अयसीकुसुम (अतसीकुसुम) the flower of
hemp. अतसी common flex, hemp, linseed. बाण it is a kind of lower bearing tree. अंजणकेसिय (अजनकेसिक) a; name of a plant. (the proper “spelling of केसिय is कासिय)..उन्मरुहिर. (उरभ्ररुधिर) blood of a ram. ससअ (शशक) rabbit; hare. बालिंदगाव (बालेंद्रगोपक:) a small Indragop' insect red in colour. संझब्भराग (संध्याघ्रराग) twilight; the scene at the time of the setting of the sun. गुंजद्धराग (गुञ्जार्धराग) the complexion of the half part of Gunja' fruit. जासुमण (जपाकुसुम) Jasmine flower. किंय (किंशुक) a kind of tree having beautiful red blossoms but without any .odour. पालियाय (पारिजात) 'Parijatak' it is also spelt as पारिय. जाइहिंगुल (जात्यहिङ्गुल) the best
Page #240
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Notes..
221
quality of vermilion.: सिलप्पवाल (शिलाप्रवाल) coral. पवालअंकुर (प्रवालाङ्कर) blossom of coral. लक्खारसग (लाक्षारस) the juice of lac. किमिरागरत्तकंबल (कृमिरागरक्तकम्बल) a blanket prepared from the blood coloured spit of a worm brought up by supplying blood; a blanket of crimson colour. चीणपिट्टरासी (चीनपिष्टराशि): the heaps of red lead; the heaps of vermilion... चंपा (चम्पक) Champa. tree. चंपछल्ली (चम्पकत्वक). the bark of Champa tree. चंपगभेए (चम्पकभेद:) the part of Champa tree. हरियालिया (हरितालिका) yellow orpiment or (Durva plant). चिउर (चिकुर) a particular kind of substance from which yellow colour is extracted. (Com. रागद्रव्य विशेष:). चिउररंगराए (चिकुररंगरागः) colour of 'Chikur'. (com. चिकुरसंयोगनिर्मिता वस्त्रादौरागः) निघस (निघर्ष) a line of excellent gold on touchstone; If its Sk. equivalent is taken as facit
means touch-stone. सुवण्णसिप्पा shell of gold. वरप-. रिसवसण (वरपुरुषवसन) the garment of an excellent
man (i. e. कृष्ण). Here वरपुरुष refers to वासुदेवs as they put on yellow garment.. अल्लकीकुसुम flower of Allaki'. कुहंडी (कूष्माण्डी) a pumpkin gourd. तडवडा (आउली-वृक्ष) a tree; 'Avala' tree. It is also spelt as तडउडा (तटपुटा Sk.). घोसाडिया (घोषातकी) a kind of plant (vegetation). सुवण्ण (सुवर्ण) gold; : pure gold. हिरण (हिरण्यः) silver; unwrought..
Page #241
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
**222
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
a
gold. कोरंटवरमलदाम wreaths (मलु ), and garlands (दाम), of excellent (वर), Koranta flowers ( कोरेंट ). बीयr ( बीजक) a tree by name 'Biyak'. पीयासाग (पीताशोक) yellow 'Ashok ' चंद (चंद्र) Moon. कुंद (कुन्द) lotus, a fragrant oleander दंत कुमुदो रहिसार कबीर (white drop of water on lotus ( कुमुदोदक ), pure water drop (उदकरज), curds (इधि), camphor (घनसार), milk of a cow. (गोक्षीर ). कांच ( क्रौञ्च) heron, curlew. सारइयबलाहअ ( शारदिकबलाहक ) cloud in autumnal season. धंतधोयरुप्पपट्टे ( ध्मातधौतरूप्यपट्ट :) a silver strap which is purified by fire and earth. (मात अग्निसंपर्केण निमलीकृतो). सालिपिट्टरासी (शालिपिष्टराशि:) heap of rice flour. सुकच्छवाडी dry pods of beans (वास) पिहुणमिंजिया moon like figure in the middle of a peacock feather. (com. पेडुणं - मयूरपिच्छं, तन्मध्यवर्तिनी मिचिका, सा चातिशुक्लेति) भिसे (बिस) fibre of lotus; lotus filament. मुणालिया (मृणालिका) a lotus fibre; lotus stalk. गयदंत (गजदन्त) teeth of an elephant, tusk. लवंगदलए ( लवंगदल ) flower of clove tree. पडरिय ( पुण्डरीक ) white lotus. सेय (श्वेत) white. कोट्टपुड (कोष्ठपुट) a vessel made of leaves containing fragrant substance. तगर (गन्धद्रव्यं) a kind of fragrant wood or plant. उसीर ( उशीर) fragrant grass. ( Guj वाजा ). चोय (गन्धद्रव्यं) bark; skin. मरुअ (मरुक ) one kind of
(दंत) teeth.
like )
Page #242
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Notes.
223
tree by name मरुआ, मरुवा जाइ (जाती) flowers of ‘Jai’. जूहिया ( यूथिका ) a kind of Jasmine flower. मल्लिया (मल्लिका) a particular creeper known as 'मालती'. पाणम ( स्नान म) Jasmine plant. केगी (केतकी) name of a plant पाडली ( पाटली ) trumpet flower; rosy flower. णोमालिया (नवमालिका) a plant of the Jasmine species. अगुरु (अगुरु ) fragrant aloe wood; agallochum. लवंग ( लवङ्ग ) - clove, कप्पूर ( कर्पूर ) camphor. वासकर्पूर (वासकर्पूर) fragrant camphor. अणुवाय (अनुवात) favourable wind. ओभिजमाण ( उद्भिद्यमान) being beaten into fine pieces. माण and अन्त are the terminations used in forming present participles. कोडिजमाण · ( कुश्यमान) being pounded. भंजिजमाण ( श्लक्ष्णखण्डीकियमान) being turned into small pieces. उक्तिरिजमाण • ( उत्कीर्यमान ) being turned into dust like particles. विकिरिजमा (विकीर्यमान ) being diffused परिभुजमा ( परिभोगाय उपयुज्जमान ) being used परिभाइजमा while being distributed to the persons. भंडाओ ( भाण्डात् ) from a vessel; Ablative sing. साहरिजमाण (संहियमान) being carri.ed, or poured. ओराल (उदार) great; prominent, extensive, मणुन्न ( मनोज्ञ) pleasing. मणहर ( मनोहर) charming. घाणमणनिव्बुइयर-giving delight (निर्वृतिकर), to the sense organ of smelling (घ्राण ) and mind ( मन ). अभिनिस्सर्वति scatters towards the
Page #243
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
224
Rāypaseniya-sutta. man who smells, (fagatata faenapa). Sargot ( a) garment made form the leather of a black antelope; skin; leather. Com. ZÁADTË Free (ET) cotton. (T) a kind of tender plant. Fauiter (eta) butter. AMHats (grafes:) a bed of tender and soft cloth. FACTAREAfaaru collection of (faerzt), Sirisa flowers (foretaEA). arg 9 7treft (aromathT:) the heap of the leaves, of tender lotus... FIA (af) touch, contact. agarani (azaziorat) exactly in the middle portion (part). f9EBIETET (GSTITEHUSN) theatre; place for spectators to sit. It is also spelt as पेच्छाहर. अन्भुग्गयसुकय etc:-protruding and well arranged excellent altars (अभ्युद्गतसुकृतवरवेदिका) decked with trata), excellent (art), arches (arco), and puppets or statues (ITISH FAT). efafsefarag etc.-spotless pillars (ASFH), well adhered (Efeze), having particular beautiful shape and studded with auspicious Vaidūrya gems. ( garea ). Afatiga-etc.-It was made dazzling (JETJ) by studding (erga), many varieties of jewels (Tatafo), at quite different places ( E H LAHIO). TETIT ( Faraat) a monument, a kind of tope; small peak; summit. TEMI (qar#1) banner. 37037FART (TATTET) topmost part of the peak; crest of the peak. 795
Page #244
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Notes- .
226
(चपल) moving, swift, active, impatient. मरीइकवये. (मरीचिकवच) a host of rays; a collection of rays. विणिम्मुयंत (विनिर्मुञ्चत् ) shooting forth; releasing. लाउल्लोइयमहियं-besmearing the ground by means of cow-dung, and. · plastering the walls too. गोसीससरसरत्त etc. stamped (दत्त), by the palm of the hand with fingers besmeared in the varieties of sandals such as 'Goshirsh, Rakt-chandana, and Dardar.' (गोशीषरक्तचंदनदर्दरद. त्तपञ्चांगुलितलं ). उवचिय (उपचित) set, fixed. चंदणघडसुकय etc.-the arches beautified. (सकृततोरण), by the sandal pitchers (चन्दनघट), kept on the entrance door (प्रतिद्वारदेशभाग). आसत्तोसत्तविउल etc. (आसत्तोसत्त+विपुल+वृत्त+प्रलम्बित+माल्य+दाम+कलावं) the collection of long circular · garlands and wreaths extending from top to toe पुष्फपुंजोवयारकलियं (पुष्प+पुञ्ज+उपचार+कलितम् ) equip. ped with the heaps of flowers. तुडियसहसंपणाइयंresounded with (सम्प्रणादितं ), the noise of the beating of heavenly drüms and blowing of the trumpets (दिव्यत्रुटितशब्द). अच्छरागणसंघविकिण्ण the bands of heavenly nymphs (3TCATTITUTAF), dispersed here and there (विकीर्णम् ). उल्लोय (उल्लोच) upper portion, a cloth-ceiling. अक्खाडग (अक्षवाट) arena, wrestling ground, gymnasium, a verandah for spectators, a place where festival
Page #245
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
is held. महेग (महति) a great मणिपेढिया ( मणिपीठिका) altar of gems आयामविक्खंभ (आयाम + विष्कंभ) length and breadth. बाहल्ला ( बाहल्य) thickness. तवणिज्जमया ( तपनीयमया) golden. चकला – discs. सीह (सिंह) lion. पायसीसग ( पादशीर्षक) The upper part of the feet of the throne. गत ( गात्र ) limbs. वेच्च (व्यूत) a strap for interweaving the middle part of the couch, (Desi word ( वर्त्मन् ) the middle part). सारसार or संसारसार the essence; cellent. पायवीढ (पादपीठ) foot stool. अच्छरगमिउमसूर etc.-[अस्तरक+मृदु+मसूरक+नवत्वक् + कुशान्त + लिम्ब (कोमल)
ex
केशर+प्रत्यवस्तृत +आवरण] the pillow on the foot stool was again covered by smooth covering (प्रत्यवस्तुम्) and the hanging skirt of it was smooth and tender like the new skin, ends of Kush grass, and filaments of flowers. सुविरइयरयत्ताणेwell arranged (सुविरचित), dirt absorber or 'dirt remover ( रजस्त्राण ). उवचियखोम दुगूल पट्टपडिच्छायण [ उपचित+क्षौम + दुकूल + परिच्छादन ] covered with suitable cotton garment as a covering of dirt absorber. रत्तंसुअसंवुए - covered with (संवृत ), a very charming red garment ( रत्तांशुक ). आइणगरूयबूरणवणीय etc. which is as delicate in touch ( स्पर्श ), as the skin of deer, cotton, Būr plant, and butter ( अजिनक+रूत+बूर + नवनीत etc. ). मउए (मृदुकः ) smooth; delicate; soft. विजयदुस ( विजय
226
-
Page #246
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Notes.
दृष्य) a particular kind of garment संखंककुंददग etc. - (शंख+कुंद+उदकरज+अमृतमथितफेनपुंजसन्निकाश) resembling (सन्निकाश), in whiteness to the conch (शंख), jasmine flower ( कुंद ), a drop of water ( उदकुरज ), or the collection of ( पुंज), foam (फेन), formed by the churning ( मथित), of the water of white ocean (अमृत-क्षीरोदद्धिजल; मथित). अंकुस (अंकुश ) goad; hook. just like an earthen pitcher (i. e. of the same size. ), A standard measure Magadh country. मुत्तादाम ( मुक्तादाम ) necklace of pearls तद्दुच्चत्तपमाण (तदधेचित्यप्रमाण) its height was half in proportion to संपरिखित्त (सम्परिक्षिप्त ) encircled; surrounded. लंबूसग (लंबूसक) a cluster of garlands तवणिजलंबूसगा ( तपनीयलंबूसगा) a kind of golden ornanament having a ball like shape in the middle. सुवण्णपयरगमंडियग्ग ( सुवर्णप्रतरकमंडित ) the upper portion of it decked by golden leaves. हार and अद्धाहार ( हार and अर्धहार) a necklace having eighteen series and a necklace having nine series. ईसिं ( ईषत् - मनाक् ) a little. अण्णमण्णम संपत्त ( अन्योऽन्य + असंप्राप्त ) not reaching or touching each other. वाएहिं ( वातै: ) by the wind. पुव्वावरदाहिण etc. (पूर्वापरदक्षिणोत्तरागतैः ) coming from east (पूर्व), west (अपर), south (दक्षिण), and north (उत्तर). एजमाण ( कंपमान ) trembling पलंबमाण (प्रलंबमान) hanging पेजंज or पज्झुंज ("पेज्ज
227
Page #247
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
228
Rāypaseniya-sutta. ज" इति शब्दायमानानि ) it is an onomatopoetic .. word. सिरी (श्री) splendour; glory. By the plilological phenomenon known as Anaptyxis. or स्वरभक्ति the conjunct is softened. कण्णमणणिचुइकर (कर्ण+मन+निर्वृतिकर ) giving delight (निवृतिकर), to the mind (मन), and to the ears (कर्ण ). अवरुत्तर (अपर+उत्तर) north-west. अग्गर्माहसी (अग्रमहिषी) chief queen. सपरिवार-with all paraphernalia. भद्दासण (भद्रासन) auspicious seat. अभितरपरिसा (अभ्यंतरपरिषद) the internal-assembly. अट्टण्हं (अष्टानां) of eight. The cardinals from एक to अट्ठारस take ण्& as the termination of Genitive plural. बारस (द्वादश) twelve. अणियाहिवइ (अनीकाधिपति) the commander of an army. आयरक्ख (आत्मरक्षक) body-guard. अइग्गय (अचिरोद्त-क्षणमात्रमुद्भत) recently arisen. हेमंतियबालियसूरिय (हैमन्तिकबालसूर्य) young autumnal sun. खयरिंगाल (खदिराङ्गार) burning charcoal of the wood of 'Khadir' tree. रत्तिम् (रात्रौ ) at night. पजलिय (प्रज्वलित) entiamed; burning. जावाकुसुम (जपाकुलुम) Chinarose. संकुसुमिया (संकुसुमित-सम्यक्कुसुमित) equipped with a good number of excellent flowers.
... (16) Summary:-Suriyabha god formed the fluid body by his supernatural capacities and with his chief queens, musicians, and dancers, took his seat on the ex.
Page #248
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
...
Notes..
.
229
cellent throne in the Shigra-gaman Vimana with due procedure. In the course of time the Samaniya gods, and remainining gods and goddesses occupied the auspi. cious seats which were already arranged there. There after eight auspicious things-viz, pitchers, umbrellas, flags, chowries, banners-Vijaya and Vejayanta by name, an excellent throne, Mahendradhvaj, five commanders of armies and multitudes of servile gods and goddesses started forth in due order. And other remaining residential gods began to follow in front of, by the sides, and (also) behind him.
16 farfuramfHTACITIHT (fanfATETSZ) befitting for the occasion of approaching the conqueror (prophet) sarasaachet (sacharti) the form of the body contracted or expanded at any time to any size at one's sweet will by the supernatural power known as “ Vaikriya power.” igarota (sitafat*) the band of musicians ii e. Gandharva gods. tiugeat (penggat) in due order; in due course, in serial order. There (Afafferal) started. anfaar (atacfart) pleasing to the sight. Strētaitafori (Tintaiatar) worthy to be looked at. वाउद्धय (वातोद्भुत) waved by the wind; shaken. Sfaut (exar-gatasar) raised up. styfoe (hafse) to touch; to scratch. AgFATI (AYT) rising up-right to a great height. Agama (FAS+129) chaste um
Page #249
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
230
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
brella. ECIATES etc.—ahragaáfegaga -.. श्लिष्टपरिघृष्टसुप्रतिष्ठित)-( the banner of Indra which was) well established (@afarga), smooth afrye), steadfast (erine), beautiful in structure (59
ftra), circular (age) and made of adamant (agaz). KEHTEE FEFEAT (FEHERE Jepara ) thousands of small banners were waving high-up (in the sky). Šo-lofty. Gaiet (@tqzcz) garment; dress. परिकच्छिय (परिकक्षित) put on; worn. नेजाparaphernalia; retinue. E31 (grala:) on both the sides. A10377 (Arria:) behind.
(17) Summary-Thereafter Suriyabha god with all his pomp and splendour, with the speed of one lac Yojanas, descending and proceeding on, travelled through innumerable human continents and oceans of the mortal world, and reached to the Nandiswar continent and Ratikar mountain. There he contracted the divine splendour and proceeding further, finally arrived to the holy place where Lord Mahavir had put up. He circumambulated thrice with his vehicle and alighted it in the north-eastern direction of the Lord. In due procedure all of them approached in the vicinity of the Lord, paid homage and brought it to his notice.
17. FSHATOT ( FTAT ) dragging forth. Carrara (Calgara) the splendour of celestial being; FASTIOTAHT ( farzfurari) fixed route; exit. Ferme ( farap ) the speed. The com. explains it
TH
Page #250
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Notes.
231
by the word (step) but as they were not walking it is inappropriate. ओवयमाणे (अवपतन् ) descending. वीश्वयमाणे ( व्यतिव्रजन् ) going, travelling. रद्दकरपव्वप ( रतिकरपर्वतः ) the name of a montain. पडिसाहरेमाणे ( प्रतिसंहरन् ) contracting, taking back. पडिसंखेवेमाणे ( प्रतिसंक्षिपन् ) shortening, to drag back. चउरंगुलमसंपत्तं (चतुरंगुलमस
) not touching to the ground i. e. remaining up at a distance of four fingers. पच्चोरुहइ (ra) gets down.
(18) Summary-When Suriyabha paid salutations, narrated his own name, and began to wait upon the Lord, the latter approved the action of the former on the evidence of usage and custom viz. four types of Devas paying their obeisance and at the same time narrating their names in the vicinity of the prophet (Tirthankar).
(19) Summary-The divine being Suriyabha, heard the religious sermon expounded by the Lord and began to wait upon him (Mahavir) with due courtesy and politeness.
( 19 ) नश्वासन ( नात्यासन्न ) not very near. सुसमाणे ( शुश्रूषयन् or श्रोतुमिच्छन् ) waiting upon;
anxious to hear.
(20) Summary-At the end of the religious sermon delivered by Lord Mahavir the huge congregation went back from where it had appeared.
Page #251
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
232 Rāypaseniya-sutta.
(20) AEFTAEIPE (STFATTIAAECAT ). very great.
(21) Summary.-When Suriyabha god heard the religious sermon, propounded by Lord Mahavir in that assembly (Samosaran), was filled with rapture and put forth a question with politeness in order to know what type of being (Jiva ) he was-whether a soul having the possibility of attaining beatitude or of reverse type etc. Lord Mahavir there upon assured him that he was first type of Jiva. Here we are reminded of a very strange type of religious dogma. According to Jain philosophy, all worldly (Sansari ) beings are divided in two-fold divison. viz. Bhavya (a being having the latent capacity of attaining emancipation) and Abhavya (a being having no potential capacity of acquiring salvation). If the first type of Jivas do not attain the summum-bonum of life in near future, atleast there is some ray of hope for them, but for the latter it is destined that they are to be eternally restrained in the whirl pool of Sansar.
(21) 5gr TT rose from his seat and stood up; Its an oft repeated peculiar phrase used in Jain canon; seq=3FQTT (Indeclinable past par. ticiple ) having got up. HafAfgC (Hafare:) =452:-a being for whom liberation is possible. HAFTETO (AFTIT Ef*:) possessing right faith. According to Jainas the path of salvation is constituted by right faith, right knowledge, and right conduct. By right faith they under
Page #252
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Notes.
n
.
233
stand the unflinching and well adhered belief in nine categories of Jainism. मिच्छदिट्टो (मिSyrefe) heretic; possessing wrong faith. oftaHAIRT (GEFATŠATTA:) one having limited journey in worldly transmigration. Hangg (सुलभ बोधिकः) easy to be enlightened... आराहए ( 3TITTER: ) aiming at salvation. ForceTC (fact**:) indifferent to salvation. aftA (ETA) last. a soul that has its body for the last time i. e. one going to attain beatitude without being reborn.
(22) Summary-When Suriyabha god came to know the nature of his soul he became jubilant at heart, praised the omniscience and infinite conation power of the Lord and asked the permission for displaying the dancing programme constituted by thirty-two types of dramas in order to exhibit celestial glory.
(22)* TTAFIATFA (QTARAFT ) jubilant. 963 (q a) afterwards; later on. ( Guj401). Ha a term of address to monks; it is used by a god or a layman in addressing a monk, or by a monk while addressing his preceptor or senior; It means “sir' “ revered sir. TAIG ( Caguig) of this sort. Hfergaze ( 17fegart ) with devotion. atitas ( Erfrangi) of thirty-two kinds. उवदसित्तए (उपदर्शयितुम् ) to
Page #253
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
234
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
perform; to stage. Infinitive formed by adding $to the root gaan.
(23) Summary.-Lord Mahavir did not show any favourable attitude towards the staging of thirty-two kinds of dramas by Suriyabha god. Even then suriyabha god by his super-natural lore erected a pavilion of the theatre and paid homage at the very sight of the Lord. Then he took his seat on the excellent throne, facing the prophet and produced one hundred and eight celestial lads and lasses from each of the hands, who were ready to exhibit thirty-two types of dramas. Thereafter he begetted, forty-nine kinds of musical instruments each being one hundred and eight in number, and the persons to play upon them. Then he ordered them to pay homage to the Lord and stage thirty-two types of dramas. They did accordingly and began to play upon those instruments, sing and dance. Here an attempt is made to give an idea of the nature of the dance and their procedure before the setting: forth of the dramas.
23. 3TITIE (Stiga) minds; pays attention. परियाणइ (परिजानाति) consents; approves. तुसिणीए (Etusta:) silent. Å faç (#4+F271) to remain. quoret (set passages of descriptions). Most of these वर्णकs are given in details in औपपातिक. The reader is either supposed to have read it before. or he should just refer to those rubrics omitted by the author.: Jata ( 371 Jan ) at the sight;:
Page #254
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
::
Notes.
.
235
in the presence of. नाणामणिकणग. etc.-Lustrous (उज्वल), due to the ornaments such as bracelet (कटक), armlet (त्रुटित-बाहुरक्षक), and other costly ornaments (महाभरण), studded with glittering variegated jewels ( TOTTAFO ), and formed out of pure valuable gold and gems with great dexterity (कनकरत्ननिपुणोपचितानि ). पीवर (पीवर ) well built. पलंब (प्रलम्ब ) long. भुया (भुजा) arms. सरिसयाणं (सदृशकाणं) of the same pattarn. सरित्तया (सहक्+त्वचा) having similar complexion. सरिव्वया (सहक+वयाः) having the same age. 'निजोअ (निर्योग) arragement. दुहओसंवलिम्गणियत्थाणं (द्विधातो+संवृत्त+ अग्र+निवसितानां). who had put on an outer garment covering both the sides of the shoulders.
आविद्धतिलयामेलाणं who had put on (आविद्ध),a mark on the forehead (fast), and a flower garland of a crown (आपीड). पिणिद्धगेविजकंचुया-who had put on (पिनद्ध), a necklace (प्रैवेय), and an armour (कंचुका). उप्पीलियचित्तपट्ट etc.-[ उत्पीडित+चित्रपट+ परिकर+सफेनकावर्त+रचित संगत+प्रलंब+वस्त्रान्त+चित्र (चिललग-देदीप्यमानं )+निवसनं ] who had put on, painted and glittering garment whose pendant skirts were well arranged and which was tightly fastened by girdling a painted belt which at the time of turnings of the dance appeared like foam. एगावलिकंठरय etc. (एकावली+कंठ+रचित+शोभमान
Page #255
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
236
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
+यक्ष+परिपूर्ण भूषण), whose chest was beautified (शोभमानवक्ष), by the abundant. ornaments (परिपूर्ण भूषण), and a single string of pearl beads (एकावली), placed on the neck (कंठरचित). चंदाणण (चंद्र+ आनन) Moon faced. चंदद्धसमणिडाल (चंद्र+अध+सम: ललाट) whose forehead was like half moon. उका (उल्का ) a meteor; . a spark of fire. सिंगारागारचार etc. (शंगार+आगार+चारु+वेष) who had put on charming dress which was as if an abode of erotic emotion. हसिय भणियचिट्रिय etc.-(हसित+णित+तिष्टित+विलास+सललित+ संलाप+निपुण+युक्त+उपचार+कुशल)-who were expert (कुशल ), in befitting manners (युक्तउपचार ), well versed in (निपुण.), graceful conversation (सललित संलाप), gestures (विलास), standing(तिष्टित), speaking (भणित), and smiling (हसित ).. गहिया. उज (गृहित+आतोद्य) · who had taken musical instruments such as lute etc. संख (शंख) conch. संखिया (शंखिका) small-conch. सिंग (शंग) bugle. खरमुही (खरमुखी काहला) horn. पेया (महती काहला) a big horn. पणव (पणव) a musical instrument of a baffoon; a drum. पिरिपिरिया ( पिरिपिरिका) a bamboo flute which gives out the sound 'Piri' 'Piri'. एगुणपण्ण (एकोनपश्चाशत् ) forty nine. संदिसंतु (संदिशंतु) please order; show; command. कायव्व (कर्तव्य) worthy to be done; what is fit or
Page #256
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Notes.
237
ought to be done. 3TZA ( 39+75T to show;. to manifest ) Imperative II person plural: FAIETOT ( FATETO) coming of a Tirthanker and an assemblage of twelve kinds of audience; A divine arrangement of seats etc. in a place where Bhagvān sits. ifa. (ofito ) series. FATHE (FAF57 ) simul-. taneously. अवनमंति (अवनमन्ति) they bend down. Taifa (sanfra) they raise up. FTAT (feafaa ) erect; stead-fast, motionless. ÁTTT (Àra ) together. qaliebegan to beat or play upon. qie-began to sing. org—began to dance. GT (GTA) breast; bosom. #7 ( #) slow. ari ( ari ) shrill. Fara Ariano (FAATaffea) The music arranged at three different times viz. (1) starting from the chest (2) reaching to the head, and (3) coming to the throat, in three particular successions of notes such as slow, shrill and sweet (according to the science of music). LİFTTHETIT (İFT+370+eT+39TE) the sound was like that possessed by the cave, which is favourable to singing. T ( #) attached. fastrated (freetracy) pure or clear at three places viz. chest, throat and head. Hetjša ect. (AHETTE Taiatadatogu DEEÃY)-equipped with the music which was
Page #257
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
238
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
harmomious with the tune of the lute, the melody of the fute and the clapping of the hands. मिउरिभियपयसंचार (मृदुरिभितपद. संचार) the steps were intune with the sweet and husky or grunting manner of singing. गेय (गेय) song. पगीया (प्रगीता) resonant with singing. उद्धमंत (उद्ध्मायमान) blowing e. g. conch etc. उद्धमाण (उद्ध्मान) sounding of a conch etc. by the mouth. पडह (पटह) war drum; big drum. 3764FSSTATOT being beaten; Present passive participle from अप्फाल-(आ+स्फाल). भंभा (भंभा) a particular musical instrument. होरंभ (होरम्भ) a kind of rum. तालिजंत (ताडयन् ) beating. भेरी (भेरी) a kettle drum. झल्लरी (झल्लरी) a cymbal. दुंदुभि (दुंदुभि) a large kettle drum. मुरय (मुरज) a kind of drum. मुइंग (मृदङ्ग) tabor. नंदीमुइंग (नंदी. मृदंग) a big tahor. उत्तालिजंत (उत्तालन) being sung out of tune--Present passive participle from उत्ताल. आलिंग (आलिङ्ग) a kind of drum. कुतुंब (कुस्तुम्ब) a kind of musical instrument. गोमुही (sitget) a kind of wind instrument e. g. bugle etc. महला (मर्दला) a kind of instrument. मुच्छिजंत) being played upon.. विपंची (विपञ्ची) a seven stringed harp. वल्लकी-lute; guitar. कुट्टिजंत ( कुट्टनं) being: beaten; . being struck. महती (महती.) a. lute of hundred wires. कच्छभी (कच्छपी
Page #258
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Notes.
239
a kind of lute.. चित्तवीणा ( चित्रवीणा ) a wonderful guitar with six strings. सारिजत ( सार्यमान ) being played upon. बद्धीसक a musical instrument. सुघोसा ( सुघोषा ) a bell so named. नंदिघोसा (नंदिघोषा ) a chorus of a set of twelve kinds of musical instruments. फुट्टिजत-being beaten. भामरी (भ्रामरी) a lute. छभामरी (षड्भ्रामरी) a harp परिवाइणी ( परिवादिनी) a lute of seven wires. छिपती- a musical instrument which gives out tunes in rapid succession (Here different reading is also available. छिप्पतूर). तूणा ( तूणा) a kind of musical instrument. तुंबवीणा (तुंबवीणा) a lute made of gourd. आमोडिजंत (आमोड्यमान ) being twisted a little. आमोय (आमोद), कुंभ (कुंभ) and नउल ( नकुल ) - some kinds of musical instruments. अच्छिज्जंतीणं-being played upon मुकुंद ( मुकुंद ) a divine musical instrument. हुडुक्का —a parti - cular musical instrument. fafarent-a musical instrument. बाइज्जेत ( वाद्यमान ) being played
musical
किणिया
upon.. करड ( करट ) a kind of instrument. डिंडिम a kind of drum. (किणिका) musical instrument. कडब musical instrument. दद्दरग ( दर्दरक) a kind of musical instrument दद्दरिगा (दर्दरिका) a kind of musical instrument. कलसिया ( कलशिका ) some kind of drum मड्डय ( मडुक ) a kind of drum: आवडि जंत
Page #259
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Raypaseniya-sutta.
being
beaten
heavily. तल—clapping of hands. a cymbal. कंसताल ( कांस्यताल ) cymbals made of bronze. घट्ट – to touch, to give motion. fuftfaar (fift) a musical instrument. लत्तिया ( लत्तिका ) cymbal मगरिया ( मकरिका ) a kind of musical instrument. फूमिज्जत ( फूम = वीज्) being blown. वंस (वंश) flute. (a) a flute made of bamboo. चाली - musical instrument परिली a sort of musical instrument बद्धग ( बद्धक ) musical instrument. अब्भुय ( अद्भुत ) one of the nine sentiments viz. sentiment of wonder. f ( उप्तिजलभूत ) troubled; distracted in mind. कहकह bustling noise. पवत्त ( प्रवृत ) proceeded;
240
(24) Summary-In this Sutra the description of the dance constituted by thirty-two types of dramas is forwarded in glowing terms. This Sutra is very important as it throws search light on, the problems concerning the list of the instruments, and peculiar types of dramas of the bygone days. Scholars should here consult old Indian musicians and find out equivalent terms. (Due to very short span of time I was not able to carry it out). The thirty second type of drama is concerning the whole of the biography of Lord Mahavir from his last but one incarnation to his obtaining the summum-bonum of life. Here students are advised to go through the biography of Lord Mahavir. In fine
Page #260
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Notes:
241
those celestial beings displayed heavenly brilliance, glory and splendour in the presence of Goyama and others, by revealing those dramas. Afterwards they : conveyed back the report of the execution of the order, to Suriyabha god.
24 À šta yrforeront ( a faqzi') all that is described before is to be inserted here. आवडपञ्चावडसेढिपसेढि - (आवर्त+प्रत्यावर्त+श्रेणिप्रश्रेणि) circles, cross-circles, lines and cross-lines. T arg ( +9#ftaa) in each and every. a (वक्र) crooked. खुहं goad shaped. चकवाल-a wheel of a cart; a stand or base for the throne to rest upon. agrafs fauf-a drama representing a row of moons. af FTS go-a drama with a particular arrangement of ‘Āvlis'. etraf qoa drama representing a row of suns.. gorafes ( T OT) a single string of beads, pearls etc. ACHAT (35+3547 ) rising of the moon. ( 7 ) sun. TITAO (371TAA ) appearance. 3707गमण (अनागमन) disappearance. आवरण-covering; obstructing; eclipsing. 37TAO ( 3TFAHA ) setting (of the sun). 45% (#55 :) halo. RETTA ( HETTO) type of celestial beings; great sepent; [a kind of serpent whose least length is one finger and at most, is one thousand Yojanas. (one yojana= eight miles). It is born on land, outside the
Page #261
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
242
Rāypaseniya.sutta.
region of men but even moves in water]. उसभललियविक्कत ( ऋषभ + ललितविक्रान्त) possessing a beautiful gait like that of an ox. हयविलंबिय— the gait of a horse. मत्त—intoxicated. दूत — messenger. सागर प० - a drama having scenes of seas. चंपा प० - a drama in which the beautiful bazzar of चम्पा is exhibited. मच्छंड - a drama having a special arrangement of eggs of fish. जारा — a class of aquatic animals. कत्तिककार and खतिखकार पo the dramas representing the shapes of the letters क and ख. घत्तित्रकार, ङसिङकार, गत्तिगकारdramas exhibiting the shapes of the letters घ, ङ and ग respy. (In the same way other dramas exhibiting the letters, 1, and were enacted.) असोयपल्लव प०, अंबपल्लव प०, कोसंब प० dramas exhibiting (a bower; sprout etc.) of the leaves of Ashok, Mango, and Koshamba trees respe ctively. अंचिय, रिभिय, अंचियरिभिय, आरभड, भसोल, आरभडभसोल, these are the names of 25th, 26th, 27th, and_28th dramas respy. [ रिभिय-Com. यत्र स्वरोऽक्षरेषु घोलना स्वरविशेषेषु च संचरमाणो रंगतीव प्रतिभासते स पदसंचार: रिभित, उच्यते । ] उप्पयनिक्र्य ( उत्पात + निपात) ascending and descending; a kind of drama. संकुचित - contracting प्रसारित - extend - ing. भंतसंभंत (भ्रांत संभ्रांत) illusive. चवणचरियनिबद्धं ( च्यवन + [+ चरित्र + निबद्धं ) pertaining to the life
Page #262
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
...Notes.
p.
243
period of dropping down from heavenly region. संहरण (संहरण) removing from one place to another or from one womb to another. e. g. Lord Mahavir was removed to treats womb from varázs, a Brahmin lady. fatex ( faca AUT) renouncing the world and entering an order. orgcore ( 19+377ra ) the production of knowledge, (omniscience). facengalao (ateigada) estahlishing the four-fold order viz. monk (Arg), nun ( Frat), layman (97197 ); and laywoman ( STIFT). Jainas believe that their religion is enternal, but at times when it is on the point of extinction, are appears and revives the faith by re-establishing the four-fold order. This act is termed as ateigada. facaftfaranno ( atatiaator ) the last occasion of life on this mortal world i. e. the time of attaining #tan. 2157 (atfs) musical instrument. aa (aa) stringed musical instruments. e.g. lute etc. Farca (feraa ) a non-stringed musical instrument e.g. drum tabor etc. Tot ( a ) bronze metalled instruments, [*fAsif ). AT (Erni) wind instruments e. g. conch, bungle. 3f4ea (3a) a song sung in high pitch. 77 (ogia) the second of the four varieties of songs; versified song. मंदाय (मंदाक) a tune which is slowly
Page #263
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
244
Rāypaseniya-sutta. . sung. TEATEAM (taa+TATA) having desirable end. spratorer ( 1177 ) dramatic gestures; acting. दिटुंतिय (दान्तिक ) gestures pertaining to the parable. gfecran (gratis) gestures about manners and customs of barbarian countries. सामन्तोवणिवाइय gestures in general. अन्तोAFETTETfurt ( sta+AT+370TFTA) gestures about the beginning, middle and an end of the era.
(25) Summary-Then Suriyabha god contracted all divine splendour and atoms within himself, paid homage to the Lord and getting in that divine vehicle went back to his destination.
| 25 TEATET ( afaš+E) to take back; to contract within oneself. eur ( 70 ) moment. CAT (9a:) became one. farofalg ( fastan TaiTASA) with all his retinue. .
(26) Summary-Curious Goyama the first disciple of Lord Mahavir asked where the celestial glory of Suriyabha god had gone? Thereupon Lord Mahavir answered that it was contracted by Suriyabha god. Goyama not being satisfied by this meagre explanation, Lord Mahavir gave the following analogical, precept. Just as a crowd of persons at the time of hurricane goes to the Kudagarshala, in the same way all the paraphernalia begetted by Suriyabha god for the dance bas again gone back in his body. This analogical precept is not satisfactory.
Page #264
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Notes.
245
26 yurag (sagafae:) intermingled; entered. # (77 to speak ) passive base. FINTITATOI (FITAITIOT) a house carved out or situated on a mountain peak; a house having the shape of a mountain peak. fat (fscar) besmeared with (cow-dung etc.). Tar ( ya ) protected by (rampart etc.), having concealed doors. निवाय (निर्वात ) in which air cannot penetrate; place sheltered from wind. 375HCĘST ( TTEC ) a tempest; hurricane; clouds filled with water. [3701 fazalfa II Titt-HERTO
* ). alal (@af) rain. ISTAT (TT-) coming; (27) Summary-In this Sutra being questioned by Goyama Lord Mahavir describes the whole Suriyabha abode. On the southern side of Mandar mountain innumerable crores of Yojanas high up there is sohamina heaven. It is of fabulous size and contains one lac abodes of Sohamma gods. Exactly in the middle of it there are five lofty mansions viz:-Ashok, Saptparna, Champak, Chuyag, and Sohamma in the middle. On the eastern side, in oblique direction upright at a height of innumerable lacs of Yojanas, Suriyabha abode is situated. Its dimensions are lacs of Yojanas and it is surrounded by a very huge rampart, which is expansive at the base, diminished in the middle, thin at the top, and contains one thousand entrances on each side. Thereafter the description of those doors is given, the idea of which is very hard
Page #265
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
246
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
to be formed even by persons of high intellect. The walls, the ceiling, the roofs, the mats over the roofs, coverings over the mats, and various decorations are put forth. For the formation of every part nothing but variegated jewels are used.
(27) 9 ( 9TA ) Expounded; propounded. atxaca (zraaffar ) having gone; having proceeded. Gerund of faca4. FEFACT ( Bistrica) Saudharma heaven. It is the first of the twelve heavens according to Shwetambar Jains and the first of the sixteen heavens according to Digambar Jains. पाईणपडीणआयत-the length (आयत) [ beginning ] from east to west ( Trentara atata ). gaturanfgutfaragon-the breadth (faraitor ) [extending ] to north and south. HETO ( Fra ) form; specimen. अश्चिमालिभासरासिवण्णाभे dazzling with ( a t ), the lustre (HTEETTIT), of the othosands of rays [of the sun] (sferat ). office (oft819) circumference. EFT (3778 ) the celestial abode having the configuration of a crown. It is an affix applied to aerial abodes of divine beings e. g. rataftar Acourafwa, PT (mango tree) ao etc. fartü (fast) in slanting or oblique direction. अद्धत्तेरस ( अर्धत्रयोदश ) twelve and a half. गुणयालीस ( एकोनचत्वारिंशत् ) thirty nine. अडयाल (अष्टचत्वारिंशत् ) forty-eight. वि. RAH ( CFTA) Breadth; extension. N a
Page #266
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
. Notes- .
..
247
( पञ्चविंशति ) twenty five. संखित्त ( संक्षिप्त ) compressed; diminished. तणुए (तनुकः) thin. कविसीसर (कपिशीर्षक:) cornices or horizontal moulded projections crowning a building. किण्ह (कृष्ण) black. देसूग (देश+ऊन) a little less. बाहा (बाहु) side. थूभियागा ( स्तूपिका) small peak. कोट्टिमतल ( कुट्टिमतल) the surface of the ground; the floor studded with gems and jewels. एलय (एलुक) threshold. निम्मा (जैम) the part of the wall rising from the surface of the ground under the frame of the door. गोमेजमया (गोमेदमया ) set thickly with Gomeda jewels. इंदकील (इंद्रकील) a doorbolt fastening the two doors of a gate; a portion of a city gate. जोइरसमया (ज्योतीरसमया)
made of Jyotirasa' jewel. उत्तरंग (उत्तरंग) an arch surmounting the door frame. अगला (अर्गला) a bolt; bar (for fastening a door); latch. आ. वत्तगपेढिया (आवर्तनपीठिका) the receptacle of the bolt of a door. अंकुत्तरपासग (अंक+उत्तर+पाशक) the upper noose or hatter of 'Anka' gem. faiaरियवणकवाडा (निरंतरित+घन+कपाटा) strong and jointless doors. भित्तिगुलिया (भित्तिगुलिका) a platform. गोमागसिया (गोमानसिका) a bed; a long verandah. कुड्ड (कुड्य) a wall. नाणामणिरयण etc. (नानामणिरत्नजालपंजर + मणिवंशकलोहिताख्यप्रतिवंशक+रजतभौमानि) the cage like windows made of various sorts of
THALIHITHHO
Page #267
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
•
Raypaseniya-sutta.
jewels and gems were jutting out from the main building, whose bars were of precious stones, the cross bars that of gems known as "Lohit" and the storey prepared out of silver. पक्ख (पक्ष) the roof of a house. वंसकोलुया ( वंश+कवेलुका) bamboos slantingly placed on two sides of a roof; is also spelt as कवेलूय. पट्टिया ( पट्टिका) a wooden board; strip. ओहाडणी ( अवघटनी) a mat made of thin strips of wood knit together. उवरिपुंछणी ( उपरिपुंछिनी ) a strong covering (made of straws) upon a mattress ceiling. the upper part of a gate; peak. संखतलविमल etc. - (शंख तल विमल निर्मल+दधिधन+गोक्षीरफेन + रजतनिकर+प्रकाश) whose lustre was as pure and white as that of the upper part of conch, the heaps of curds, the foam of the milk of cow, and mass of silver. farar ( तिलकरत्न+अर्धचंद्र + चित्रा ) painted with various figures such as:-Mark on the forehead and half moon.
तिलगरयणद्धचंदwhich was
248
soft; greasy; glossy.
or spread.
सह ( श्लक्ष्ण) (a) stretched
(28) Summary-The description of the very abode
is continued here. On those both the seats of the two sides of the doors there are series of sixteen sandal pitchers, sixteen tusks of elephants containing
Page #268
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Notes.
249
clusters of garlands bound by coloured threads. On these tusks, the same number of series of other types of tusks containing multitudes of loops with vessels for burning incense, are set up. By the burning of the incense the whole of the place is transformed into fragrance incarnation. Again on those both the seats of the two sides of the doors there are series of sixteen dolls decorated with innumerable ornaments, placed on Ashok tree casting coquettish glances, putting on beautiful dress and fascinating the eyes of everybody.
(28) faxilizar (Mant) seat. Oftast (aft. aret) serial order; ( tradition; custom; way ).
Tau (ataaf) smeared with sandal paste. 3rrfarandol-having put on a gold string used as an ornament for the neck. fagiot (fatta ) a cover; a lid. 16H ( - TATTARE IGOH: ) a big pot.. amia, (amia) a peg: like : tusk. JAFISAETAT etc. ( ITFILES +37at +SERHEASTSU
TFT + fffOTTÅEFIT + oftfea) which was surrounded on all sides (afereza), by the collection of garlands of small bells (fmfontŠETATS ), the wreaths of particular kinds of gems having the structure of small windows ( Margar) and pearl garlands the intervening space of which was occupied by the pendant golden necklaces (मुक्ताज़ालांतरोत्सृतहेम
r.). Tanchal ( 37*1+ 3+591) whose;
Page #269
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
250
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
downward form was like half: serpent. वग्वारिय (प्रलंबमान) Extended; elongated. [ Desi word ]. लंबूसग (लंबूसंक) a particular ornament; a cluster of garlands. सुवण्णपयरमंडिया (सुवर्णप्रतरमंडिता) the back side of which was studded with golden plates (or leaves). सिक्कग (शिक्यक) a loop or swing to suspend articles. धूववडी (धूपवटी) a vessel in which incense is burnt. पिणद्ध (पिनद्ध) worn; put on. मुट्ठिगिज्झसुमज्झ the middle part (मध्य), was beautiful (सु), and which could be grasped by the fist (grozala). आमेलगजमलजुयल etc. (आमेलक+यमलयुगल+वर्तित+अभ्युनत+पीन+रचित+संस्थित+संस्थान+पयोधरौ) whose pair of breasts (पयोधरौ), were well built (पीन), naturally strong (afara ), well placed (traa), and the nipples of which were raised up (अभ्युन्नत आमेलका-शिखर: ). रत्तावंग (रत+अपांग) The corner of the eyes being red.. असियकेसी ( अश्वेतकेशा) of black hair. मिउक्सियपसत्यलक्षण etc. [मृदु+विशद (निर्मल ) + प्रशस्त+लक्षण+संवेलिताग्रशिरोजाः] the hair on whose head were curly at the top (संवेल्लिताप्रशिरोजा: ), very tender (मृदु ); pure (विशद), equipped with the characteristics such as:-untraceable ends and beautiful (प्रशस्तलक्षग): वामहत्थगसाला (वामहस्त अग्रशाखा) holding the ends of branches by the left hand. ईसिं अद्धच्छिक.
Page #270
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
:
:
Notes. ..
251
grafaigto ( $qa+7+3fentiretālizar ) by casting coquettish glances. ASOT captivating the hearts. fEFTATOTT (fagarar) making love sick; afflicting the mind. HIAThrgang (grata Hattar ) attained permanence. glagfarar ( gferat OTHER ) made of earth, fa5TTÖTARGETer etc. (faga+raztraueftetaasitaifa kattetarti) the brilliance of which was far more surpassing than that of the dazzling light of the sun, and a thick line of lightning." :
(29) Summary-In this Sutra too, the same description is continued. On those both the seats of the two sides of the doors there are series of sixteen lattices, bells, garlands reaching the ankles and small verandahs. On each of those verandahs there are lofty mansions, two hundredefifty Yojanas in height and one-hundred-twenty five Yojanas in breadth. They are equipped with umbrellas, banners, and peaks as if suratching the surface of the sky: Above the two sides of the doors there are series of sixteen arches. In front of each of those arches there are two puppets, tusks, pairs of horses,' men..., lotus creepers, Sama creepers, DisaSɔtthiya, sandal pitchers, jars, mirrors, big dishes, bowls, vessels, square-platforms, caskets of jewels, necks of horses, men...... umbrellas, tins of oil, Tamal leaves, Choyak fruits, cardamoms etc. Here everything is made of variegated jewels and precious stones.
Page #271
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
252
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
.....(29) जालकडग (जालकटक) a wall etc. in which "windows are beautifully carved or engraved.
लाला (लाला) a pendant ball inside a bell. घंटापासा (घण्टापावः ) sides of a bell. संखला (शङ्खला) chain. रज्जु (रज्जु) a cord; a rope. ओहस्सरा ( ओघस्वरा) continuous noise or sound. मेहस्सरा (मेव+ स्वरा) thundering noise. मंजु ( मञ्जु) sweet; pleasing; handsome, beautiful. छप्पय (छट्पद) bee. पगंठग (प्रकण्ठक ) a kind of small desk; seat. अड्राइज (अर्व तृतीय) two and a half. अब्भुग्गयमूसि. अपहसिया (अभ्युद्गत+उत्सृत+प्रभासित) lofty, well spread, and shining. जालंतरयणपंजरुम्मिलियब्ध .(जाल+अन्तर+रत्न+पंजर+उन्मीलित+इव ) it was shining just like the bulging gems studded in the intervening parts of cage like windows. हेट्रा-below. संवाड ( संघाट) 'a' pair. मिहुँण (मिथुन) a couple. अक्खय (अक्षय) undecaying; imperishable. भिंगार (भृङ्गार) jar; pitcher. आयंस (आदर्श) a. mirror; a looking glass, " आसमन्तादृश्यते यस्मिन् स आदर्श: " थंभया (स्तंभका) a mirror frame. दोवारंग (द्वारांग) handle of a mirror. अणोग्यसियनिम्मला ( अन + अवघर्षित + निर्मलता ) though uncleansed yet pure; ( naturally pure). छाया-lustre; brightness. पडिणिकास (प्रतिनि. काश) similar to; like. वारनाभथाला- a big dish having the navel of adamant. 37a3fa
Page #272
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Notes.
253 च्छडिय , etc.- (अच्छा+त्रिछर्दित+शालितंडुल + नखसं. दिष्टे: परिपूर्णा: इव)- appearing as if filled with pure and white rice which are pounded thrice by means of a pestle. पाई (पात्री) a small pot or bowl. अच्छादगपरिहत्थ (i.e,. स्वच्छपानीयपरिपूर्ण:) completely illed with clear water. फलहरिय (फलभरित) filled with fruits. गोक. FOSFAATTI just like a big circular basket from which cows are fed. मणगुलिया. (मनोगुलिका) a square-platform. गवच्छ ( अच्छादन ) covering; curtain. वायकरग (वातकरक) an empty pot of water. फलिहपडलपञ्चोयडे ( स्फटिक+पटल+अवच्छादितः) covered by a thin plate or layer of crystal. साए पहाए-with one's own lustre. चंगेरी-a hat. basket to keep the flowers in. चुण्ण (चूर्ण) a miraculous powder which subjugates a man when thrown upon him; powder; flour. सिद्धत्थ (सिद्धार्थ) mustard. लोमहत्थ (लोमहस्त) a mop made of peacock feathers. कनिया (कर्णिका) the inner part of an umbrella., सलागा (शलाका) thin bars. सम्बोउयसुरही (सर्व+ऋतुक+सुरभी) the fragrance of a garden blooming in all seasons. वल्लिया-creeper. सुहुमरययदीहवाला (सूक्ष्म+रजत+दी+ वाला) having long, fine silvery hair. तेलसमुग्गय (तैल+समुद्क) an oil-tin; a bottle of oil. कोट्ट (कोष्ठ)
Page #273
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
254
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
a kind of fragrant substance. Int ( atte): a. kind of fruit. cor cardamom plant; cardamom.
(30) Summary-In this Sutra the same description of Suriyabha abode is continued. There are one thousand and eighty flags of different types, and sixty-five kinds of floors decked by auspicious seats for every door. In fine there are four-thousand doors from one end to the other. On the four sides of Suriyabha abode there are four forest-groves such as-Ashok, Sapt-parna, Champak, and mango. Those forest groves are twelve and half lacs of Yojanas in length, fivethousand Yojanas in breadth, and protected by a rampart.
30 TE ( Taal ) a banner on which the figure of wheel of a chariot is painted.
sto ( a ) a bird; sparrow. S TT ( TT+ featur) four tusks. amatas ( antarctare ) the flag on which the figure of the best elephant is drawn. Agoqrator (yatatu) with former and latter. HA ( HTA ) a piece of earth; a particular place. CTT ( 972 -*i*gatia ) every, qUEE a forest region where trees of different kinds grow.
(31) Summary-The inside ground of the forest is extremely charming. The noise created by grass made of jewels, moved by the wind is described by analogical similies. First simile is of the sound created by the moving of chariots, litters etc. with their parapher
Page #274
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Notes.
255
nalia, second is of Vaikalik lute played by dexterious persons and the third is of the noise produced by the celestial beings in Bhadrasalavana, Nandan grove, or. in the caves of Himalaya, Malaya, and Mandar mountains, when gathered in congregations, and singing dancing, playiflg upon musical instruments, according to their sweet will and with absolute freedom. Lord Mahavir explains that the first two similes are insufficient to give the correct idea of the noise, but the last one only serves the purpose.
31 जहकम (यथाक्रम) In due succession; regularly. एइय (एजित ) quaked. वेदय (व्येजित ) shaked; particularly. trembled. कंपिय ( कंपित ) trembled. चालिय (चालित ) moved. फंदिय (स्पंदित) throbbed; quivered. घट्टिय (घट्टित) caused to collide; moved in such a way so as to cause friction. .खाभिय (ोभित) agitated; distracted. उदीरिया (उदीरिता) caused to move. heavily. केरिसए (किशः ) of what sort or nature. सीया (शिवीका ) a palanquin. संदमाणिआ ( स्यंदमानिका) a palanquin as long as a man. सखिखिणिहेमजाल. परिक्खित्त-sorrounded (परिक्षित ), by the golden ornaments ( हेमजाल ), with small bells (सकिङ्किणी) हेमवयचित्ततिणिसकणगणिज्जुत्तदारुय-(हैमवत+चित्र तैनिश+ कनकनियुक्त+दारुक) made of the excellent wood of 'Tinish' tree growing on Himvata mountain, and inlaid with gold. सुसपिणद्धारगमंडलधुरा the
Page #275
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Raypaseniya-sutta.
series of spokes ( आरकमंडल ) and the yoke (घुरा) of which are well fastened ( सुसंपिनद्ध). कालायस - सुकमितकम्मा (कालायस + सुकृत + नेमि + यन्त्र+कर्मा) the felly of the wheel is well set up and made of iron. आइण्णत्ररतुरगसंपत्त (आकीर्णवरतुरगसु संप्रयुक्त) the excellent horses of noble breed are yoked. कुसलणरच्छेय सारहि सुसंपन्ग हिय ( कुशलनरछेक सारथि+सुसंप्रग्रहित ) well controlled by the charioteer who is the best among the dexteious persons. सरसयबत्तिसतोणपरिमंडिय (शरशत + द्वात्रिंत+तूण + मण्डित) encircled by thirty two quivers each containing hundred arrows. सकंटकावयंसग ( सकंटकावतंसक) a thoruy ornament as an armour over the head. सचावसरपहरणावरणभरियजुज्झसज्ज ready for the battle being equipped with (भरित), bows (चाप), arrows (शर), weapons (प्रहरण), and armours. (आवरण) रायंगणसि ( राज + अंगणे ) in the courtyard of the palace; Loc. sing. अभिघट्टिजमाण - going fast. नियट्टिजमाण returning. वेयालिय ( वैकालिक) the name of a lute. उत्तरमंदा ( उत्तर मंदा ) one of the seven notes of Indian gamut; the first note of the Madhyama scale. परियट्ट ( परिवर्त) change; alteration. केाण the key-note of a musical instrument पुव्वरतं etc. ( पूर्वरात्र + अपररात्र + कालसमये) at mid-night. this is an oft repeated phrase. वेइय ( व्येजित ) particularly trembling. कत्थगेय (कथ्यगेय )
256
Page #276
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Notes.
r
257
narrative song. गज (गद्य) prose writing. पज (पद्य) metre verse. कत्थ ( कथ्य ) Nāya and other scriptures including stories and historical matter पयबद्ध (पदबद्ध) metrical छदोसविषमुक्कं (छदोषविप्रमुक्त) devoid of six flaws. एकारसालंकार (एकादश + अलंकार) eleven metrical ornaments. अट्ठगुणोवत्रेयं (अष्ठगुणोपपेतं) possessed of eight qualities such as Com. qui रत्तं च अलंकियं च वत्तं तदेव अविघुटुं । महुरं समं सललिये अड्ड For Žiffa Ħaz || (1) singing in all terms of musical notes (q), (2) singing according to to the metre (T), (3) singing in distinct tunes(i), (4) singing in a distinct manner (), (5) singing without discordance (fay), (6) singing as sweetly as a cuckoo (t), (7) singing with a proper measure of time () and (8) enchanting (Hofså).
::
(32) Summary-In those forest-groves there are small wells, lotus-pools, zig zag rivers, having silvery banks of equal level, adamantine stone at the base, sand of gold and silver, and covered by thin layers of crystal, adamant, etc. They are filled with unfathomable cold water, lotus leaves, stalks and different types of lotuses. Further it is stated that some of them are filled with milky water, natural water and water resembling the spiritual liquor, sugar cane juice, Ghee, etc. On the four sides of those wells there are staircases. There are mountains viz. Utpata, Niyati
Page #277
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
258
___Raypaseniya-sutta.
etc.. bowers of various creepers and various types.
In those bowers there are numerous seats of different shapes, and slabs of smooth stones having excellent shapes. There, multitudes of residential gods and goddesses, relax, play and enjoy the fruits of glorious and meritorious deeds, they have accomplished in the past incarnation. . 32 खुड्डाखुड्डिया (क्षुद्राक्षुद्रिका ) small; very small. वावी (वापी) well. पुक्खरिणी (पुष्करिणी ) lotus-pool; lake. दीहिया ( दीर्घिका ) oblong well; straight river. गुंजालिया (गुञ्जालिका) zig zag river. बिलपंति (बिलपंक्ति; here बिल-कुप) well arranged series of small wells. कूल-a shore. तीर-bank. तल-surface. सुओयारसुउत्तार ( सुखावतार+सुखोत्तार) comfortable to enter and very easy to come out. facer (तीर्थ) ford; passage; a descent into river. संछन्न (संछन्न) covered. आसवायग (आसवादक) the water resembling spiritual liquor. खीरोयग (क्षीरोदक)
milky water. खारोयग (क्षार+उदक) saltish water. घओयग (घृतोदक) water appearing like Ghee. खोरोयग (क्षोद-इक्षुरस) the water like the sugar cane juice. उयगरस (उदकरस) natural water. उप्पायपव्यय (उत्पातपर्वत) name of a mountair where couples of divine beings of Vyantara class come and formulate vorious bodily figures to play. नियइप० the name of a mountain situated in Süriyabha forest. जगरप० a mountain in Suri
Page #278
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Notes.
259
yābha forest. दारुइज प० a mountain in the forest of Suriyābha Vimaua which is made of wood. दगमंडव (दकमंडप दक = स्फाटिक) crystalline bower; a particular bower in which sprays of water dripple down. दगमालगा (दकमालका) the mansion prepared out of crystals. दगमंचगा ( दकमंचका) a raised seat or sofa made of crystals. उसड्डा (उत्सृता) lofty; raised up. अंदोलगा (आन्दोलका ) swinging beds. पक्खंदोलगा ( पक्ष्यान्दोलका ) oscillating beds which could be moved by birds also. उण्य (उन्नत ) raised; elevated. पणय ( प्रणत) stooping पक्खासण ( पक्ष्यासन) seats having the form of birds. There were various kinds of seats having different shapes e g सिंहासन; गरुडासन, हंसासन etc. दिसासोवत्थिया आ० ( दिकू स्वस्तिकासन ) seats having the middle portion carved out or painted like 'Swastik' figure. आलिघरग ( आलिगृहक) the bower prepared out of 'Ali' plant. मालि घ० ( मालिगृहक) the enclosure erected from “Mali’ plant. अच्छण घ० ( अवस्थान गृ० ) an arbour in the garden meant for rest पिच्छण घ० ( प्रेक्षण) the recess of a garden from which spectacle or show can be easily observed. पसाहण घ० ( प्रसाधनगृ० ) bower meant for toilet and decoration. गभ घ० enclosure having the shape of a cellar.
the
Page #279
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
260
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
दहिवासुया म० (दधिवासुका म०) bower made fronr 'Dhdhivasuk' plant. तंबोलिय (ताम्बूली) betel plant. मोहण घ० (मोहन गृ०) bower meant for romance. मुहिया (मृद्वीका) creeper of grapes. सालघरगा (साल गृ०) saloons of Sala. नागलया (नागलता) piper betle. जालघरगा-bowers having small windows. अइमुत्तयलया (अतिमुक्तक ल०) A kind of creeper (माधवी, Mar. कुसरी or कस्तुरमोगरा) represented as twisting itself round a mango tree. चित्तघरगा (चित्र गृ०) enclosures which are prominently characterised by paintings. कुसुमघ० (कुलुमगृह) arbour made of flowers. अप्फेावमं० a bower intermingled with a strong creeper; e.g. grape creeper; नागलता etc. गंधवघ० (गंधर्व गृह) enclosure meant for musical performances.. आयंस घ० (आदर्श गृह ) bower as if made of mirrors. मंसलघुविसिट्टसंठाणसंठिया-( slabs of stones ) well established (संस्थिता), having excellent shapes. (विशिष्ट संस्थान), soft (घृष्टा), and smooth (मांसल). निसीय (निषीद) taking seat. आसय to sit com.. fortably; to lie down. तुयट्ट (त्ववर्तन) to recline. सुपडिकंताणि (सुप्रतिक्रांतानि) meritorious actions that. were performed. मालुगा (मा लुका) a kind of creeper, the fruit of which contains a stone. corar-name of a creeper.
Page #280
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Notes.
261
(33) Summary--There are lofty and colossus palaces amidst those forest-groves, where Asoya, Sattavapna, Chamak and Chuyag types of Devas are residing. (Students should here note that:-the names of the forests, palaces and the types of Devas are same). At the entrance there are huge Uvagariya-layans. wholly made of Jambunaya jewels.
(33) FESTTAFETT (TEETTAFET #r:) having the life period of पल्योरम. पत्य is a fabulous measurement of time. It is explained as—the time required for emptying a well ove Yojana in breadth and one Yojana in length which is filled to the brim with indivisible particles of hair, each to be taken out after hundred years. Janine (#1 1597) a raised square for the entrance at the gate of a palace. Tu ( )'a bow. It is a measument used for measuring the heights of mythical persons (in mythology); four cubits length. Pfafara ( fracturersta+59 ) a little bit less. A ut (सप्तपर्ण ) name of a tree. (सप्तपर्णी a sensitive plant. )
(34) Summary-Paumvarveiya is surrounded on all sides by one forest-grove whose parts and minor parts are prepared out of a good number of variegated jewels and is decked by different types of wreaths and garlands. It is entitled as Paumvarveiya because
Page #281
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
262
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
there are blue, white, hundred petaled and thousand petaled lotuses everywhere. Here Goyama puts a question to the Lord, concerning the nature of the altar. Thereupon Lord gave the explanation that it is both permanent and impermanent. This topic is vitally important in Jain philosophy as Jainas always consider a thing from two view points viz. substantial and modificatory.
(34) Jan TOTAAT (5T FIFTAT TAFALAT) same in proportion like the square kept at the entrance. पाट्ठाण (प्रतिष्ठान ) foundation. कडेवर (Final ) body, physical body. #51577 (AFIZA) group of two; pair. 9781I. (Targ ) the projecting eaves of a house. 37153170 ( 37 193197 ) covering. पुडंतर (पुटांतर) a cavity between two 'evenly joined articles. HATG-the collection of wreaths made up of gold and kept in a pendant posture. TTT FETHIT (Taipi ) the heaps of garlands having the shape of windows. ferauit ( Faragott - Taifa) a smell bell. atfe (atter) series, rows, ranges. HEINE (FÄHRTINE ) at the top of the pillars. EFRITTAAT (afinaSTAATT) like a big umbrella used in rainy season. fart (fata+fat i.e. ffriat folk ), how long; upto what period. ( 3*ZT) happened, occured, took place, irregular form of Past tense, derived from Sk. ya (at) permanent. facer (faqat or farrat) destined, steady, eternal.
Page #282
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Notes. ; 263 37577 ( 37-791) without decay; not going out of existence. Stargar (stafferat) steadfast; unchanging. TRIOTTÉH (aftio facit ) the diameter of a circle or of the wheel of a chariot. दव्वाप (द्रव्यार्थतया) by substantial point of view. This is a particular view point of Jains. It provides only the knowledge of a substance without minding the modifications. According to this, every substance is indestructible and exists in one form or another. The various ornaments prepared out of gold can be transformed but the substance itself viz. gold ever remains unchanged. qrafe (qara:) by modificatory point of view. This point of view takes into consideration only the modifications of a substance without noticing the substantial nature. According to this view every substance is undergoing changes and therefore unreal. grareta 8The numerical figure % occurring after a word stands for three words, synonymous with the one which precedes it. Thus पासादीर ४ = पासादीए, दरिसणिज, अभिरूवे, पडिरूवे.
(35) Summary-Exactly in the middle part of the surface of the square kept at the entrance there is a colossus palace. It is surrounded by four lofty mansions, which are again surrounded by lofty villas. Those villas are encircled by other four magnificent
Page #283
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
banglows. The proportion of all these banglows is half of the former one, taken in serial order i. e. The first four lofty mansions were half of the main palace and so on.
( 35 ) तयद्धुच्चत्तपमाणमेत्त ( तद् + अर्ध + उच्चत्व + प्रमाण+ मात्र ) the proportion of height was half of it. बावट्ठि ( द्वाषष्ठि ) Sixty two.
(36) Summary-In this Sutra, Sohamma assembly hall, the surrounding parts, doors, pedestals, theatrical bowers, Mahinda and other banners, Manvag sacred pillar, and Paumvarveiya, are described in glowing words. On Manavag pillar, the bones of the thighs of the prophets are kept in adamantine boxes which are worthy to be worshipped by Suriyabha god and other gods and goddesses.
(36) साइरेग (स+अतिरेक) a little bit more. तावयचेव पवेसेण ( तावन्त्येव प्रवेशेन ) by the entrance of the same size. मुहमंडव ( मुखमंडप ) a platform in front of a temple or a house. थूभ ( स्तूप) a mound erected for keeping sacred relics. मणिपेढिया ( मणिपीठिका) a stool made of gems.- जिणुस्सेहपमाणमेस (जिन + उत्से ह + प्रमाण + मात्र) having the same height (उत्सेह) as that of the prophets.. सनिखित्त (सनिक्षित) placed; installed सर्पालिथंकनिसन्न (स+पर्यङ्कासन निषण्णः ) sitting in पर्यक posture. वद्धमाण ( वर्धमान) Lord Mahāvir. He is known by different names viz. सम्मति; वीर, वर्धमान श्रमण, महावीर, etc. वारिसेण (वारिषेण) the twenty fourth
264
•
Page #284
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
... .. Notes.
.
265
Tirthankar born in Airāvatakshetra in this very era. उव्वेह (उद्वेध) depth. चंदाणण (चंद्रानन ) first Tirthankar appeared in Airavatkshetra. खंध (स्कंध) trunk. विडिमा (विडिमा) main branch shooting forth from the truuk.
सव्वंग-the whole; from top to bottom. मूला-roots. कंदा-bulbs. रुइला (रुचिरा) charming; pleasing; beautiful. साला (शाखा) branch. साहप्पसाहा (शाखा +प्रशाखा ) branches and sub branches. बिंट (वृत) stalk. वरंकुरम्गसिहरा (वर+अंकुर+अग्र+शिखरा) tops of excellent sprouts. नमिय-bent. महिंदज्झया (महंद्रध्वजा) the great banner. वइरामयवट्टलट्ठसुसिलिट्ट etc. (वज्रामय + वृत्त+लष्ट + संस्थित+मुश्लिष्ट परिघृष्ट+मृष्ट+ garafgar ) which were firmly established, very smooth due to rubbing, exceedingly charming due to 'roundness of their form, and made of adamant. कुडभि-small flag. अभिलंघमाण ( अभिलंघमान) transgressing. अडयालीस (अष्टचत्वारिंशत् ) forty-eight. गोमाणसिया (गोमानसिका) bed; a long verandah. मणोगुलिया (मनोगुलिका) a stool; a seat.
अंसि (अश्रि) corner. माणवए (मानवक:-चैत्यस्तंभः) the name of a pillar. अडयालिसइकोडीए and अडयालीसइविम्गहिए-here com. is unable to explain and therefore states-, 'संप्रदायगम्यं' however it seems that these two expressions mean-fourty eight edges and fourty-eight planes (of: that
Page #285
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
266
Rāypașeniya-sutta.
sacred pillar). ओगाहेत्ता (अवगाह्य) having come or plunged down. asar (sfer) having left; having omitted. जिनसकहाओ (जिनसक्थीनि) bones of the thighs of the propbet. N. The idea is very queer because when the phophet secures salvation on this mortal world nothing but bair and nails remain, and other parts of the body are as if evaporated or vanished like camphor exposed to air, due to the destruction of AIAFÅ. Naturally, it is very strange that the bones of the thighs of the prophets are secured by celestial beings and kept. अश्चणिज्ज (अर्चनीय) worthy to be worshipped.
(37) Sunimary-On the western side of that Manvag pillar there is a colossus pedestal upon which there is a special bed for a celestial being. Here we come across the graphic description of that celestial bed.
(37) Fafos (2727117) bed, couch. faz (D. वर्मन् ) the middle. पडिपाया-prop; base. तूली (et) a bed filled with cotton. sista ETOTT (Togtqaram) pillow ineant for cheeks. fasatzpont ( 17%) pillow. Agite (aariante) bent down and deep.alfessoreriget ( area afara ) the bed having the size of the body. jorgfesor etc. ( förrgfcatala a +077 ) it was soft like the sand of the Ganges which goes down as soon as one steps on it.
Page #286
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Notes.
267
(38) Summary-On the north-eastern side of that celestial bed there is a pedestal, where a small Mahinda banner beautified by auspicious umbrellas and flags, is erected. On the western side of that Mahinda banner, there is a store-room of weapons known as 'Choppal', where, sharp-edged, and brandished, swords, shields etc. are kept. ( 38 )
चोप्पाल Name of कोशागार पहरणकोस (a) a store-room of weapons. फलिह (fa) a stick or club studded or tipped with iron; an iron club in general. fafeur (fafuiar); sharp; brandished.
(39) Summary-On
the north-eastern side of Sohamma Sabha there is a specious temple of Siddhas, where one hundred and eight idols of the prophets are consecrated on a magnificent raised pedestal. (Each and every limb of those idols is described). At the back of those idols there are images of umbrella. holders, Nagas, Jakkas and others.
the
( 39 ) सिद्धायतण ( सिद्धायतन) temple of Jina.. देवछंद ( देवछंदक: ) a raised place for installation of images. पडिसेग (प्रतिषेक) inner part of the t nose; delicate
portion under the nails. ar (ar) shank; leg from the ankle. to the knee. जाणु ( जानु ) knee ऊरु ( ऊरु) thigh.. गायलट्ठि ( गात्रयष्टि ) limbs of the body. f is added to indicate the long parts of the body i.e. hands and feet.
Page #287
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
H
268
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
TIACTEseries of small hair on the body.
U (TEA) the nipples or teats of the breast- [ also spelt as seen. ] facueres (faremaales) coral; a stone grant. argar (alget) palate. 3tfoss (972) eye. ariethe pupil of the eye; retina. logarfo (377erqarfa) eye lashes. HET (3) eyebrow. Dato (Fire) cheek. fors (sort) forehead. BASSI (avigazi) bones of the head. Tafa (hrania:
LÀ) the skin from which the roots of hair grow.ggu (EF) hair (of the head). fag (Tg) back. fEATITE-etc. having the lustre (9737), like that of snow (FEA), silver (Ta), jasmine ($) and moon (). Birraa (3784) umbrella. YTT (ESTEETT) a celestial being; a type of god. Parot-holding; here Feminine gender is used instead of Masculine; it is the defect in Pra. of not observing gender strictly, (Com. after arcata). SIST (First) dish. aran (alakm), a kind of empty earthen pot. faatiot (fast) a pot painted with various pictures. agogo ( 79 557 ) a vessel in which incense is burnt; a laddle for incense.
(40) Summary-On the north-eastern side of that temple of Siddhas there is Uvavaya hall. In the north eastern direction of which there is, a spacious lake,
Page #288
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
::Notes.
269
Alankariya Sabha, Abhiseya Sabha, Vavasaya Sabha and Nanda lotus-pond. Each of them is situated irr the north-eastern direction of the preceding one. Here we are told that in Vavasaya Sabha there is a scriptural volume whose letters, leaves, ink, strings etc. are of variegated jewels. 40 .
3 TEHT (5991H1) the assembly hall where celestial beings are instantaneously born. अलंकारियसभा (अलंकारसभा) the hall meant for decorating one's body. TERÉHT (CATEHT) a hall meant for business purposes. drietate ( g a ) the religious volume; fazti (Tamil) rod. if (af) knot. FSCOTETUT ( FESTA ) inkpot. ggaur (ga) the lid; a covering over an inkstand. Å r (TEST) fetter; chain. HET (Hait) ink. agort (hent) pen. 3TFETIŠ (Tcia) words SFAST ( ) religious. Fiel (lascripture: AFCA (FET) just like, afsatz (afesoto) altar for.
oblation.
(41) Summary-Lord Suriyabha when took instantaneous birth in the Uvavaya hall, was overwhelmed by the dilemma, concerning his antecedent and subsequent missions. Thereupon Samaniya class of gods, having comprehended it approached near Suriyabha god and drew his attention towards the duty of paying homage to the bones of the thighs of the prophets, located on Manvag sacred pillar and the idols of Siddhas, with due procedure.
.
Page #289
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Raypaseniya-sutta.
41 अणाववण्ण मित्त (अधुना + उपपन्न + मात्र) recently born. qafa (qafat) completion. within one Antarmuhurta, the gaining by the soul of the capacity to develop fully the characteristics of the body into which it incarnates. The developments are of six kinds; 1st 4 only in one sensed souls; 1st 5 in 2, 3, 4, and 5 sensed souls without mind, and all the six in others. -in taking of the molecules to make the body. 2 To-development of the body. 3 To-development of sensed organs. 410-development of respiratory organs. 15 भासा प० - development of Vocal organs. 6-development of the organs of mind. () obtained; got; accomplished. Taa ( अभ्यर्थित) desired. चिंतिय (चिन्तित) thought. पत्थिय ( प्रार्थित) longed मणेोगय ( मनोगत) pondered. संकल्प (संकल्प) inclnition. अज्झत्थिय (आध्यात्मिक) deep inward musing. सेयं (श्रेयस् ) beneficial. णिस्सेसाय ( निःश्रेयसाय ) for blessed condition; for salvation. अणुगामियत्ता (अनुगामिकता) the happiness which accompanies continuously all incarnations. Hanna-having comprehended, Gerund. सिरसावत्त ( शिरसावर्त) taking the folded hands to the forehead.; turning the folded hands in circular way in front of the forehead.
270.
Page #290
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Notes.
271
(42) Summary-When god Suriyabha was advised by Samaniya gods about his missions, he went to the Nanda lotus-pond and having sported in water approached to the Abhiseya-Sabha where coronation water was sprinkled on him, for which lotuses, medi - cinal herbs, rape-seeds etc. were brought by Abhiyogik gods from mountains, rivers, and holy places, situated in human regions. Thereafter he went to Alankariya-Sabha and decorated himself with various ornaments, clothes etc. In this Sutra the installation ceremony of Suriyabha god is described in a very graphic manner.
( 42 ) उववन्नग - one who is born. जलावगाह-enter ing into the water. किड्डा (क्रिडा) sport; play; आयंत ( आचांत ) rinsing the mouth by sipping water; washing the hands and face with water. पचोत्तर (प्रति + अवतर) to come out. वयासी – 'spoke'. Past tense of वय (वच or वद्) for all persons and numbers. This appears to be the remnant of an Aorist form. भोमिज (भौमेय) earthen pot साभाविय (स्वाभाविक) natural. उकिट्ट (उत्कृष्ट ) excellent. खोराद
समुह (क्षीरोदकसमुद्र) name of ocean. [The oceans referred in Jain mythology are लवणसमुद्र, कालादधिस० पुष्करवरसमुद्र, वारुणीवर स०, क्षीरवरसमुद्र, घृतवर स०, इक्षुवर स०, नंदीश्वर स०, अरुणवरसमुद्र and स्वयंभूरमणसमुद्र ]. पुक्खरोदय स० ( पुष्करोदक स० ) this very name is referred in Tatvartha Sutra as 'पुष्करवर समुद्रः समयखेत्त (मनुष्य क्षेत्र) the mortal world
Page #291
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
272
Raypaseniya-sutta.
where human beings live.... भरहेरवयाई-भरत, हैम, ऐरावत, हरि, विदेह, रम्यक, and हैरण्यवत-these are the seven divisions of Jamdudvip according to Jain geography. मागहवरदामपभासाई-holy. lands such as:-Magah, Vardam, and Pabhās. We are at loss to know that why the celestial beings were prompted to take the earth, water, and flowers from the mortal world, which is filled! with foul and nasty smell. facerrs—holy places: गंगासिंधुरत्तारत्तवईओ-गंगा, सिंधु, रोहित, रोहितास्या, हरित, हरिकान्ता, सीता, सीतादा, नारी, नरकान्ता, सुवर्णकूला, रुप्यकूला, रक्ता, रक्तोदा-these are the fourteen rivers which flow in the seveu Kshetras of जम्बूद्वीप (two in each respectively). चुलहिमवंतसिहरीवासहरपन्वया-are fabulous mountains, the where abouts of which we cannot trace in the map of the modern world. सवतुयर (सर्वतुवर) all sorts . . of pulses. सवोसहि all sorts of medicinal herbs. सिद्धत्थ (सिद्धार्थसर्षपक) rape-seed. . हेमवयएरवयाई-हिमवंत, ऐरावत etc.-are the continents in Janubudvip. रोहियरोहियंसा etc. names of rivers. सद्दावइ, वियडावइ वट्टवेयडू, महाहिमवंत-names of mountains. महापउम, महापुंडरीय names of the lakes. दह (हृद) lake (Interchange of syllables or Metathesis) afral
Page #292
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Notes.
273
सरम्मगवासाई (हरिवर्ष, रम्यकवर्ष, etc.) names of continents." गंधावइमालवंत-Gandhavai and Malvant mountains situated in Harivāsa and Hiranyavasa respectively. निसढणीलवासहरपव्वया निषध, नील, हिमवान, महाहिमवान् रुक्मी, शिखरी-these six mountains are situated in Jambudvip by which it is divided into six parts. तिगिच्छिकेसरिदहाओ-तिगिच्छि, पद्म, महापद्म, केशरी, महापुण्डरीक, ard पुण्डरीक are the six lakes situated on the top of six prominent mountains of 'Jambudvip'. सीतासीतोदा-rivers in Videhakshetra. सम्वचकवट्टिविजया (सर्व+चक्रवर्तिन्+विजयाः) all particular territories of a sovereign prince. सव्वंतरणई (सर्व+' अन्तरनदी) all the rivers situated in the interior. वखारपव्वय ( वक्षस्कापर्वत ) Vakkhara mountain' situated like the shoulders of a horse. · भद्दसालवण-the forest known as Bhadrasal situated in the valley of Meru montain. मिलायंति (म्लै) assembled. आसियसम्मजिओलितं (आसिक्त+सम्मा. र्जित+अवलित) (The ground ) sprinkled with water, cleansed and plastered with cow-dung. सुइसंमट्टरत्यंतरावगवीहि (शुचि+संमृष्ट+रथ्यान्तर+आपण. eftfer ) the roads in the bazzar and the royal roads were cleaned and freed from dust. ÅETTइमंच (मंचातिमंच ) a raised seat above another; gallery. नाणाविहरागोसिय painted with diverse
Page #293
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
274
Raypaseniya-sutta.
colours. लाउल्लोइय (D) plastering the ground by cow-dung and white washing the walls. आभरण— ornament. बुक्कार - to shout. लासेंति ( लास्यरूपं नृत्यं कुर्वन्ति) performed wild dance. A dance accompanied by singing and instrumental music, लास्य - a dance in which the emotions of love are represented by means of various gestures. पीण (पीन) to be fat णुकार to produce the sound expressing contempt. तंडवेंति - they performed dance. (तांडव is the frantic of violent_dance of Shiva. ) वग्ग ( वल्ग) to leap;. to kick the legs like a horse. अन्फोड (आ+ स्फुट् = स्फाल ) to pat, to strike gently with the hand. faai fifa-broke into three-step dance. com. " तिवई' त्ति त्रयाणां पदानां समाहारः- त्रिपदी-मल्लस्येव रङ्गभूमौ पदत्रयविन्यासी विशेषः तां छिनत्ति, करोति, हयहेसिय ( हयहेषितं ) Neighing हत्थिगुलगुल (हस्तिन् + गुलगुल) gargling sound of an elephant. रहघणघणाइय ( रहघनघनायित ) tinkling sound of a chariot.. उच्छल( उत्+छल् ) to jump. पोच्छल ( प्रोत्+छलू ) to jump high up निवय ( निपात) falling from above. परिवय ( परिव्रज) to go to walk. उप्पय ( उत्पात ) leaping up. उक्तिट्ठि ( उत्कृष्टि) a voice of joy. सिंहनाय-roaring like lion दहरय ( दर्दरक) patter - ing sound made by feet. भूमिचत्रेडा (भूमि + चपेटा) slapping the ground: गज ( ग ) to roar; to
•
Page #294
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Notes.
275
thunder. fasgar-to produce lightning. Denominative from face-lightning. 516to burn. ja ( 79 ) to heat. a (ga) to heat exceedingly. #r—to exclaim "Fie upon. afstati ( Tara ) accumulation garcou ( aa+3 ) one kind of inaudible sound produced by di. vine beings. E (GECE ) saying “Duha Duha agrea ( +giata) the shower of clothes; waving of garments in the sky). ANTTEA-an imaginary division of time which is explained as:—ten (crore x crore ) paliovamas. This limitless and infinite number of years taken as a measurement of time which is beyond the scope of great mathemeticians, indicates exaggeration. TEGEHTC (TEASESATT ) delicate or soft garment, (TES-EAT= a wooly garment), M ihrg (149 :-) a fragrant or scented cloth used as a towel. We ( 7 ) to clean; to. wipe. अणुलिंप-to daub with. वोझं (वाह्य) fit to be carried. Potential passive participle directly received from Sk form. GET-(anything) that charms or delights - the eyes. हयलालापेलarstit—exceeding (11927), the softness (169), of the saliva (लाला), of a horse (हय). नियस (fata) to cause to put on; EUTETER-neck. laces. com. 3TOTEETATEA of eighteen strings.
Page #295
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
276
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
नवसरिक: of nine strings. एकावली-a necklace of various gems com. Fara AFFIT. 3in1 (317) a bracelet worn on the upper arm; (Guj. e4l094E) Afsga (fast) an ornamental belt for the waist (Guj;-547421). GAHETU (Ergfc magy) a particular ring. Tilgai (TE-E ) an ornamental string for the waist. Ystafurcrown, diadem. finalTATTARTIKA-ATA=a garland of flowers etc. knit up with a thread; afga-a ball made of rags, flowers etc. Orca-wreaths made of flowers strung on a bamboo needle; ÅETAA-anything made by putting together small things e. g. a garland. Tee-besmear; apply, grear-a long rosary to be worn in the neck.
(43) Summary-Having accomplished the decoration work, Suriyabha god went to the business chamber, read the scriptural. volume, comprehended religious topics, and after washing his hands and feet started forth towards the temple of Siddhas.
(43) TTE-to place on the lap or on stool etc. (Compare:-Guj. 45g); or to loosen (the string ). Faxis (fa+gz) to open; to disclose. वाएइ . reads. पक्खाल (प्र+क्षाल) to wash. TETTE ( gauticaea) a thing resolved or decided. ( It is also spelt as detfr )..
(44) Summary-Thereafter Suriyabha god went to the temple of Siddhas, paid homage, with due procedure and repeated one hundred eight stanzes. Then he wiped all the prominent parts such as sacred
Page #296
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Notes.
277
pillar, sacred tree, Mahinda banner etc. with the mop of peacock feathers, besmeared with sandal 'paste and offered flowers. In this way proceeding from place to place he went to the business chamber, paid homage to the religious volume and approaching to the oblation altar, offered oblations. Then he asked the celestial beings to perform worships at various places, they did according to his order. Then he with his paraphernalia went to Sohamma assembly-hall.. and took his seat facing to the east. This Sutra suggests the ritualistic nature of Jainas and according to some scholars, this has crept in, due to the influence of ether religions.
(44) fagit (rea:) from the back. 313T COTTÅT ( 37 gor #ttfa ) bowed down (to the image) at the sight of it. 3787 (3787) whole; sound: unbroken. gorague (g6q+3TITIED) offering flowers. 37589CH-very clean; transparent. 3yfare-pervaded. Aeneath (Allah:) with great and long metres. Ágor (#4+ET.) to praise; to worship. Toathe (arta +60198 ) to descend. fake-having placed; Gerund. faars ( Farara) to cause to fall; to make to fall. Causal form. GTTELE (971+z) to touch, to grip; to hold. Soye ( 3771+387 ) to sprinkle with water. आलिह. (+लिख) to draw a picture ag (h) to smear with sandal paste etc. or to worship. * (Tarta) sprinkling. Era Garazi) a door frame. Taa ( tau) a beautiful pillar situated on Aforenifotot and in the
Page #297
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
278
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
middle of a memorial tree and a particular house. जिणसकहा (जिन+सकिथ ) the molar of a Tirthankar. अग्गेहि (अप्रैः) with best. वरेहि (वरैः) with choicest. चोप्पाल-name of the weapon-house of Suryabha God..
आययणसरिस (आयतनसदृश) just like a temple. विसजण (विसर्जन) offering; presenting. सिंघाडय (शंगाटक) open place. तिय (त्रिक) where three roads meet. चउक्क (चतुष्क) where four roads: meet. चञ्चर (चत्वर) squares. चउमुह (चतुर्मुख) from where roads start to four sides. महापह (महापथ) royal road. अट्टालआ (अट्टालक-प्राकारस्योपरि भृत्याश्रय विशेषा:) abodes meant for servants on the rampart. चरिया (चरिका) the road eight cubits in breadth between the rampart and the city. गोपुर-gates of the rampart. काणग-grove; forest. वणसंड (वनखण्ड) a forest having different kinds of trees. वणराइ (वनराजि) a row of trees. of the same kind. ___ (45) Summary-Thereaftar four chief queens, members of the inner, middle, and outer chambers, seven commanders of the armies, and sixteen-thousand body-guards took their seats which were already arranged in that Sohamma assembly-hall; -- 45 अभितरिय ५० ( अभ्यंतरपरिषद् ) internal council. बाहिरिय प० (बाह्यपरिषद्) outer assembly. सन्नद्धवम्मियकवया (1) (सन्नद्ध+बद्धवर्मित+कवच), one
Page #298
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Notes. ..
279 who has put on (सन्नद्ध) fastened (बद्ध), armour (वर्मित), for protection (कवच). (2). . ready with (सन्नद्ध), mail (वर्मित) and armour (कवच) tied on his body. उप्पीलियसरासणपट्टिया (उत्पीडित+शरासन+ पट्टिका) (1) who has bound fast (उत्पीडित) his armguard for the bow. (शरासनपट्टिका). (2) one who has tightly fastened a band of leather, to the bow. बद्ध आविद्धविमलवरचिंधपट्टा (बद्ध+आविद्ध+विमलवर+ चिह्नपट्टः) who has put on and fastened his taintless and excellent tablet of insignia. fåru=faa=sign. पिणद्धगेवेज (पिनद्धप्रैवेयक) who has put on (पिनद्ध) a necklace. (ग्रेवेयक). गहियाउहपहरणा (गृहीत आयुध+ प्रहरण:) who has eqipped himself (गृहीत), with his arms (आयुध) and missiles (प्रहरण).. तिणयाणि (त्रिनतानि) bent at three places such as:- at the top, in the middle, and at the end. तिसंधियाई (faretattfa) joined at three places such as:-at the top, in the middle, and at the end. कोडि (कोटि) the top most parts; tips; points. परियायकंडकलावा (पर्याप्तकाण्डकलापा) holding enough number of arrows. नीलपाणिगो (नीलपाणयः) those whose hands are blue on account of bluish arrows. रत्त पा०. (रक्त पा०) those whose hands are appearing reddish. due to red coloured arrows. चाव पा० (चाप पा०)a having bow in the hand. चार पा० (चारु91) holding a weapon by name 'Chāru'. *
Page #299
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
280
Rāypaseniya-sutta.
(a) a leather covering the fiugers and the thumb. e. g. leather hand glove. 3 910 (3 010) holding a club. QIE (TIT) snare; net. T ITET (catriar:) engrossed in protecting, intent upon guarding. Tar—those who do not reveal the secrests of the Lord. Taqifsar (green47:) those who do not allow others to enter. gar (get) epuipped with the qualities of servant i.e. ideal servants. 493 (fra:=raita:) by bebaviour; with due courteousness. fraza ( a ). becoming servants. In heaven the survile gods. are not actual servants but they are regarded to be so.
(46) Summary.--Here curious Goyama inquires from Lord Mahavir, the life-period of Suriyabha god and Samaniya gods. Thereupon Lord Mahavir answers that their life-duration is four Paliovamas.
(46) TTT (F ET) how much. Toe (fferfa) life duration; period of existence. Startott ( 59977 ) : bořn; 39912—is a technical term specially used for the births of celestial and hellish beings. Afest ( ATT+FOTO) grert prosperity. AEIEE ( Aft+gfa) possessing great lustre. HET ( AETT ). great prowess. महायस (महायश) far-fetched fame. महाFIRE (HETATET) great happiness. HETOHRT ( HETTHT) great diginity.
Page #300
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________ USEFUL BOOKS FOR THE STUDY OF ARDHAMAGADHI. Rs. As (i) A Study of Ardhamagadhi Grammar 0-12 By Prof. H. B. Gandhi. (ii) fare By A. T. Upadliye. (iii) Paadistga (Chapter 1-VI) By A. T. Upadhye. 20 (iv) TATT5T-TET ( Chapter 1-II) 3-8 By A. T. Upadhye. (v) 1 In Press 4FGANIST Containing 500 choicest Verses, Introduction, Notes and Translation. By Prof. H. B. Gandhi. J